Source: Bahá'í Library Online (bahai-library.com), curated by Jonah Winters. Used by permission of the curator. Original citation: Universal House of Justice, The Baha'i World: Volume 29 (2000-2001), Haifa: Bahá’í World Centre, 2002, bahai-library.com.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────

THE BAHA'f wORLD
2000-01

157 OF THE BAHA.'f ERA
THE,,
BAHXI ,,
WORLD
2000•2001

AN
INTERNATIONAL RECORD

BAHA'I WORLD CENTRE
HAIFA
©2002 World Centre Publications

Order department: Baha'i Distribution Service
4703 Fulton Industrial Blvd.
Atlanta, Georgia 30336-2017
USA
E-mail: bds@usbnc.org
Photo credits: pp. 89 and 90- copyright the United Nations; pp. I 04, I 05 , I 06,
courtesy of Steven Phelps. All other photos courtesy of the Audio-Visual Department of the Baha'i World Centre.

ISBN (Hardcover) 0-85398-977-X
ISBN (Softcover) 0-85398-978-8

BTHE,,
AHXI
,,
WORLD
2000á2001
CONTENTS
Introduction to the Baha'i Community 7

WRITINGS AND MESSAGES
Baha' i Sacred Writings 21
From the Universal House of Justice 31

EVENTS 2000-01
Inauguration of the International Teaching Centre Building 41
The Year in Review 49
Millennium Events 87
Colloquium on Science, Religion, and Development 95
Conference on Modem Religions at the Hebrew University
ofJerusalem 103
Mount Carmel Projects: Progress 2000-01 109
The Baha' i Faith on the World Wide Web 115
The Baha' i International Community: Activities 2000- 01 119
Update: The Situation of the Baha' is in Iran 131

ESSAYS, STATEMENTS, AND PROFILES
Culture and the Evolution of Consciousness
by Robert Atkinson 145
Symbols of Transformation:
The Gardens and Terraces on Mount Carmel
by Elham A/nan 175
Creating a Culture of Growth:
The Institute Process in the Baha'i Community 191
World Watch
by Ann Boyles 201
Profile:
The Barli Development Institute for Rural Women 219
Statements
by the Baha 'i International Community
Sustainable Development: The Spiritual Dimension 229
Address to the Millennium World Peace Summit
of Religious and Spiritual Leaders 235
Address to the United Nations Millennium Summit 243
Ending Race and Gender Discrimination 249
Current Situation of the Baha'is in Iran 253
Current Situation of the Baha'is in Egypt 257
Elimination of Racism 261

INFORMATION AND RESOURCES

Obituaries 267
Statistics 277
Directory 281
Selected New Publications 289
A Basic Baha'i Reading List 295
Glossary 299

Index 307
INTRODUCTION
TO THE BAHA'f
COMMUNITY

I n Sierra Leone, participants in a project called Equal Wings
gather to discuss ways to encourage women to take an active
role in community building. Indigenous peoples in the Chuquisaca area of Bolivia establish a school called Unidad de las
Pueblos to provide education for children in communities where
it was previously unavailable. In Buryatia, Russia, a youth center
tackles problems such as alcoholism, drug use, and the spread of
AIDS by addressing not only the physical problems but also their
spiritual and moral causes. A young entrepreneur in Ethiopia
gains international recognition for his work in establishing a private college that has attracted eight thousand students after only
two years of operation- and has committed itself to provide
scholarships to ten thousand women from poor families. Two
women in New York establish a theater company for children in
the inner city, which aims to develop drama, dance, music, and
other artistic projects based on themes of racial harmony, unity in
diversity, the oneness of God, and conflict resolution. Groups in
Mauritius, Ireland, Cote d'Ivoire, Dominica, India, the Andaman

and Nicobar Islands, Thailand, Panama, Angola, and Uruguay organize interfaith prayer gatherings in homes, schools, and
community centers in support of a Day of Prayer for World Peace
as world spiritual leaders gather for a summit in New York City.
Although they come from diverse backgrounds and far-flung areas of the planet, these people all share a united view of the world,
its future, and their role in shaping it. They are Baha'is.
The Baha'i International Community, comprising members
of the Baha'i Faith from all over the globe, now numbers more
than five million souls. They represent 2, 112 ethnic and tribal
groups and live in some 127,000 localities in 190 independent
countries and 46 dependent territories. What was once regarded
by some as a small, obscure sect was reported by the Britannica
Book of the Year 1992 to be the second-most widely spread independent religion in the world, after Christianity. Its membership
cuts across all boundaries of class and race, governing itself through
the establishment of local and national elected bodies known as
Spiritual Assemblies. Its international center and the seat of its
world-governing council, known as the Universal House of Justice, are located in the Holy Land, in Haifa, Israel.
This article offers a brief introduction to the Baha'i community, its history, its spiritual teachings, and its aims and objectives.
Origins
In 1844, a young Persian merchant named Mirza 'Ali-MW:iammad
declared Himself to be the Promised Qa'im awaited by Shiah
Muslims. He adopted the title "the Bab," which means "the
Gate," and His teachings quickly attracted a large following .
Alarmed by the growing numbers of "Babis," as His followers
were known, the Muslim clergy allied themselves with ministers
of the Shah in an effort to destroy the infant Faith. Several thousand Babis were persecuted, tortured, and killed in the following
years, but the growth of the new religion continued even after the
Bab Himself was imprisoned and later executed in July 1850. The
horrific treatment of the Babis at the hands of the secular and
religious authorities was recorded by a number of Western diplomats, scholars, and travelers, who expressed their admiration for
the character and fortitude of the victims.

TH E B A I 1fd C O MM UNITY

The Babi religion sprang from Islam in much the same manner that Christianity sprang from Judaism or Buddhism did from
Hinduism. That is to say, it was apparent early in the Bab's ministry that the religion established by Him was not merely a sect or a
movement within Islam but an independent Faith. Furthermore,
one of the main tenets of Babi belief was the Bab's statement that
He had been sent by God to prepare the way for One greater than
Himself, Who would inaugurate an era of peace and righteousness throughout the world, representing the culmination of all past
religious dispensations.
Mirza J:Iusayn- 'Ali was one of the leading adherents of the
Babi Faith who was arrested and imprisoned during the tumultuous
years of the Bab's brief ministry. Because of pressure on the Persian
shah from European diplomats, He was spared from execution but
was banished from Persia to Baghdad, Constantinople, Adrianople,
and finally the penal colony of Acre in Palestine. Thus, the Persian
government, which had secured the support of the rulers of the rival
Ottoman Empire in suppressing the new movement, expected that
His sphere of influence would be severely limited.
During His initial imprisonment Mirza J:Iusayn-' Ali had
received the first divine intimations that He was the Promised One
of whom the Bab had spoken. He adopted the title Baha'u'llah,
which means "the Glory of God," and publicly declared His
mission on the eve of His exile from Baghdad, in April 1863.
Baha'u' llah was still nominally a prisoner when He passed
away near Acre in May 1892, although the authorities had gradually loosened their restrictions as they became acquainted with
Him and the nature of His teachings. During the long years of His
exile Bah:i'u'llah revealed the equivalent of more than one hundred volumes of writings, consisting of the laws and ordinances
of His dispensation, letters to the kings and rulers of the East and
the West, mystical teachings, and other divinely inspired writings.
In His Will and Testament, Baha'u'llah appointed His eldest son, 'Abbas Effendi, who adopted the title 'Abdu'l-Baha
("the Servant of Baha"), as His successor and sole authoritative
interpreter of His teachings. 'Abdu'l-Bahci had shared His Father's
long exile and imprisonment and was freed only after a new

regime was installed by the "Young Turk" movement in 1908.
Shortly thereafter, at an advanced age, He embarked on an arduous journey to Europe and America where, from 1911 to 1913,
He proclaimed Baha'u'llah's message of universal brotherhood
and peace to large audiences, consolidated fledgling Baha'i
communities, and warned of the potential catastrophe looming on
Europe's darkening horizon. By the outbreak of World War I in
1914, 'Abdu'l-Baha had returned to His home in Haifa, just across
the bay from Acre, and devoted Himself to caring for the local
people, fending off famine by feeding them from stores of grain
He had safeguarded for such an emergency. 'Abdu'l-Baha's humanitarian services and His promotion of intercultural harmony
were recognized by the British government, which, at the end of
the war, conferred upon Hirn a knighthood, a title He acknowledged but declined to use. He passed away in 1921 and is buried
on Mount Carmel in a vault near the spot where He had interred
the remains of the Bab some years before.
Among the legacies that 'Abdu'l-Baha bequeathed to history
was a series of letters called the Tablets of the Divine Plan, which
He had addressed to the Baha'is of North America during the years
of World War I. These 14 letters directed the recipients to scatter
to countries on all continents and share with their populations the
teachings ofBaha'u'llah- a mandate that led to the global expansion of the Baha'i community.
Another legacy of 'Abdu'l-Baha is His Will and Testament,
which Baha'is regard as the charter of the administrative order conceived by Baha'u'llah. This document appointed 'Abdu'l-Baha's
eldest grandson, Shoghi Effendi, as Guardian of the Baha'i Faith
and authorized interpreter of its teachings. Successorship to the
Founders of the Baha'i Faith would be shared by the Guardian and
an elected Universal House of Justice, whose complementary role
would be to create legislation supplementing the Faith's scriptures.
During the period of his Guardianship, from 1921to1957,
Shoghi Effendi concentrated on four main areas: the development
of the Baha'i World Centre in the environs of Haifa; the translation and interpretation of the Baha'i sacred writings; the rise and
consolidation of the institutions of the Baha'i administrative

TllE B AHA'f C OMMUNITY

order; and the implementation of 'Abdu'l-Baha's plan for the
propagation of the Baha'i Faith around the world.
At the Baha'i World Centre, Shoghi Effendi effected the construction of a superstructure for the mausoleum containing the
remains of the Bab, which had been brought secretly from Persia
and interred by 'Abdu'l-Baha in a spot designated by Baha'u'llah
on Mount Carmel. Shoghi Effendi beautified and expanded the
simple native stone structure, which is today a site of pilgrimage for
Baha'is from all over the world. He enhanced the Baha'i properties
and initiated construction of the International Baha'i Archives
building to house the original Baha'i scriptures and artifacts from
the early days of the Baha'i Faith. This building, the first on the arcshaped path on the site designated as the world administrative
center of the Baha'i community, was completed in 1957. Shoghi
Effendi's actions laid the foundations, literally and figuratively, for
the further development of the Baha'i World Centre.
Shoghi Effendi was also instrumental in interpreting the
writings of Baha'u'llah and 'Abdu'l-Baha and in translating them
from the original Persian and Arabic into English. The Guardian had served as secretary to 'Abdu'l-Baha for a number of
years and was a student at Oxford University at the time of his
Grandfather's passing. Shoghi Effendi 's mastery of Persian,
Arabic, and English, coupled with the authority conferred upon
him as the appointed interpreter of the Baha'i writings, made him
uniquely qualified to undertake their translation. He also translated The Dawn-Breakers, a history of the Babi Faith, authored
God Passes By, a history of the first century of the Baha'i Faith,
and wrote thousands of letters to communities and individuals
around the world, elucidating passages from the writings and giving direction and impetus to Baha'i communities.
Development of the Administrative Order
Shoghi Effendi's work in developing the Baha'i administrative
order is one of the most dramatic legacies of his years as Guardian. The first step in this development was to encourage the
organized, planned expansion of Baha'i communities in places
where local and national Baha'i councils, known as Spiritual Assemblies, would eventually be established. The Guardian effected

this global expansion of Baha'i communities through a series of
international plans of varying duration, during which 12 National
Spiritual Assemblies were elected.
At the time of Shoghi Effendi 's sudden passing in 1957, the
Baha'i community was in the middle of a global plan of expansion and consolidation called the Ten Year Crusade. During this
period, which concluded in 1963- the centenary of Baha'u'llah's
declaration of His mission in the Garden of Ric;lvan in Baghdadthe goal was to open 132 new countries and major territories to
the Faith and to expand existing communities in 120 countries
and territories that had previously been opened. These ambitious
targets were actually exceeded by the end of the plan, in spite of
the difficulties posed by the Guardian's death.
'Abdu'l-Baha, in His Will and Testament, had authorized the
continuation of the Guardianship through the appointment by the
Guardian of a successor from among his own sons, should he have
them, or other direct descendants of Baha'u'llah. Such a designation was dependent upon the decision of Shoghi Effendi as to
whether an individual could be named who met the demanding
spiritual qualifications specified by ' Abdu'l-Baha. Shoghi Effendi
had no children and died without designating such a Guardian to
follow him. He had, however, taken steps towards the election of
the Universal House of Justice, the supreme governing body
of the Baha'i Faith. He had also appointed a number of individual
Baha'is to an auxiliary institution of the Guardianship called Hands
of the Cause of God. These individuals had been charged with
protecting the unity of the Faith and collaborating with National
Spiritual Assemblies around the world to ensure that the goals of
the Ten Year Crusade were won. Upon Shoghi Effendi's passing,
these men and women guided the Baha'i community to complete
the plan initiated by the Guardian and to hold the first election of
the Universal House of Justice in 1963 .
Conceived by Baha'u'llah Himself, the institution of the
Universal House of Justice is established on principles laid down
in the Baha'i sacred writings. Its election, by the members of the
56 National Spiritual Assemblies that existed in April 1963, clearly
demonstrated the principle of unity so central to the Baha'i Faith,

TH E B A I LA'f C OMMUN ITY

with the nine members coming from four continents and representing a variety of religious and ethnic backgrounds.
Based on the authority conferred on it by the Founder of the
Faith, the Universal House of Justice stands as the acknowledged
central authority in the worldwide Baha'i community and has, during the past 37 years , launched eight global plans for the
advancement of the Faith. From a worldwide population of 408,000
in 1963, the Baha' i community has grown to more than five million members; the number of National and Regional Spiritual
Assemblies has grown from 56 to 182; and the number of Local
Spiritual Assemblies has increased from 3,555 to some 11 ,740.
Baha'is live in 236 countries and territories around the planet.
Spiritual and Moral Teachings and Baha'i Community Life
The force that unites this diverse body of people is the vision
achieved through their belief in Baha'u'llah as a Manifestation of
God, in the social and administrative structures He established, and
in the spiritual and moral teachings He propagated. Central to these
spiritual teachings is the concept that there is only one God and that
the world's great religions have been established by Messengers or
Manifestations of this Divine Reality- Abraham, Krishna, Moses,
Buddha, Zoroaster, Jesus, and Muhammad- who have been sent
throughout history to deliver a divine message commensurate with
humanity's stage of development. The spiritual essence of all the
major religions, in the Baha'i view, is the same: humanity has been
created to know and to worship God. Only the religions' social
teachings change through this process of progressive revelation.
The Baha'i perspective sees the cumulative benefits of progressively revealed religions as fundamental to an "ever-advancing
civilization." What divides various religious communities, Baha'is
believe, comes not from God but from humanity and its accretions
to the essential religious teachings brought by divine Messengers.
At this stage of humanity's development, the unity of the
human race must be recognized, the equality of women and men
must be established, the extremes of wealth and poverty must be
eliminated, and the age-old promise of universal peace must be
realized. Likening the development of the human race to that of
an individual , the Baha'i writings say that we have passed

through stages analogous to infancy and childhood and are now in
the midst of a tumultuous adolescence, standing on the threshold
of maturity. Baha'u'llah taught that humanity is destined to come
of age, but the course it takes to achieve that goal is entirely in its
own hands.
To promote the development of a society in which Baha'i ideals
can be fully realized, Baha'u'llah established laws and moral teachings that are binding on Baha'is. Central to these is daily obligatory
prayer. Study of and meditation upon the Baha'i sacred writings each
morning and evening is also enjoined. Baha'is between the ages of 15
and 70, with certain exceptions, observe an annual 19-day, dawn-todusk fast. Baha'u'llah referred to prayer and fasting as the "twin
pillars" of faith, an indication of their importance and the benefits to
be gained from them. He also raised work to the level of worship.
The main repository of Baha'u'llah's laws is a volume entitled the
Kitab-i-Aqdas, or the Most Holy Book.
There are no dietary restrictions in the Baha'i Faith, but the
consumption of alcohol and the use of narcotic and hallucinogenic drugs are forbidden, as they affect the mind and interfere
with spiritual growth. Baha'u'llah counseled Baha'is to be honest
and trustworthy, to render service to humanity with an abundance
of deeds rather than mere words, to be chaste, and to avoid gossip
and backbiting. He forbade lying, stealing, adultery, homosexual
acts, and promiscuity. The importance of the family is central to
Baha'i community life, as is the moral and spiritual education of
children.
Baha'is often gather together in their communities to study
the sacred writings of their Faith and to pray, but a central feature
in Baha'i community life is a meeting called the Nineteen Day
Feast, at which all members join in worship, consult about community affairs, and socialize. Pending the further development
of Baha'i communities, these meetings often occur in rented
facilities, people's homes, or in local Baha'i centers. The Baha'i
writings call for the erection in each community of a beautifully designed House of Worship, surrounded by gardens and
functioning as a spiritual center of activity. A variety of social

Till B AHA' f C OMMUNITY

and humanitarian institutions are also to be established around it.
Seven Baha'i Houses of Worship presently exist, in Australia,
Germany, India, Panama, Uganda, the United States, and Western
Samoa, and sites have been purchased around the world for the
construction of many more. The Houses of Worship are open to
people of all faiths----0r those professing no particular faith- for
prayer and meditation. Services are nondenominational. There are
no sermons, only readings and prayers from the Baha'i writings
and scriptures of other faiths with music by an a cape/la choir.
This preserves the sacredness of the experience of hearing and
meditating upon the Holy Word without the interference of manmade concepts.
Aims, Objectives, and Activities
As the Universal House of Justice stated in a message addressed
to the peoples of the world, written in October 1985, coinciding
with the United Nations International Year of Peace, "Acceptance
of the oneness of mankind is the first fundamental prerequisite for
the reorganization and administration of the world as one country,
the home of humankind." The ultimate aim of the Baha'i Faith is
the establishment of unity among all the peoples of the world, and it
is because of its orientation towards unity on an international scale
that the Baha'i community has been active at the United Nations
since that organization's inception. Today the Baha'i International
Community, an active non-governmental organization (NGO) that
represents the collective voice of national Baha'i communities
around the world, enjoys special status with the Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC). It is particularly involved in addressing
human rights issues, the needs of women and children, and environmental concerns, as well as pursuing sound, sustainable
development policies. To coordinate its international efforts in
these areas, the Baha'i International Community's United Nations
Office and Office of Public Information, as well as the Office of the
Environment and the Office for the Advancement of Women, collaborate with National Spiritual Assemblies around the world. The
Baha'i International Community's activities at the United Nations
have earned it a reputation as one of the most effective religious

NGOs in the UN system. Its national and international representatives took active roles in the major world summits and NGO
forums sponsored by the United Nations during the 1990s.
Baha'is look towards a day when a new international order
will be established, a commonwealth to which all the nations of
the world will belong. As Shoghi Effendi wrote in 1936:

The unity of the human race, as envisaged by Baha' u' llah, implies the establishment of a world commonwealth in which all
nations, races, creeds and classes are closely and permanently
united, and in which the autonomy of its state members and the
personal freedom and initiative of the individuals that compose
them are definitely and completely safeguarded. This commonwealth must, as far as we can visualize it, consist of a world
legislature, whose members will, as the trustees of the whole of
mankind, ultimately control the entire resources of all the component nations, and will enact such laws as shall be required to
regulate the life, satisfy the needs and adjust the relationships of
all races and peoples. A world executive, backed by an international Force, will carry out the decisions arrived at, and apply the
laws enacted by, this world legislature, and will safeguard the
organic unity of the whole commonwealth. A world tribunal will
adjudicate and deliver its compulsory and final verdict in all and
any disputes that may arise between the various elements constituting this universal system. 1

Shoghi Effendi went on to describe the tremendous benefits
to humanity resulting from such a world order:

The enormous energy dissipated and wasted on war, whether
economic or political, will be consecrated to such ends as will
extend the range of human inventions and technical development, to the increase of the productivity of mankind, to
the extermination of disease, to the extension of scientific
research, to the raising of the standard of physical health, to
the sharpening and refinement of the human brain, to the
exploitation of the unused and unsuspected resources of the
planet, to the prolongation of human life, and to the furtherance

1 Shoghi Effendi , Th e World Order of Saha 'u 'llah : Selected Letters, I st

pocket ed. (Wilmette: Baha ' i Publishing Trust, 1991 ), p. 203 .

THE B A I tA' i C OMMUNITY

of any other agency that can stimulate the intellectual, the
moral, and spiritual life of the entire human race. 2

To make its aims and objectives widely known and to promote its perspective on various issues, the Baha'i International
Community not only collaborates with like-minded organizations
within and outside of the United Nations, but it engages in public
information efforts to bring the spiritual and social principles of
the Faith to the attention of people everywhere. The persecution
of the Baha'is in Iran since the 1979 Iranian revolution has
prompted wide dissemination of information about the Baha'i
Faith in the international news media. More than two hundred
members of the Faith have been executed for their belief, which is
considered as heresy by the regime, and thousands more have
been imprisoned, fired from their jobs, or have had their homes
confiscated or their pensions cut off as a result of government
orders. Baha'is around the world have responded in unity to this
ongoing persecution in Iran- the land in which their religion was
born- by petitioning their governments to take action against this
injustice. It is, to some degree, as a result of these efforts that the
persecutions have not been more extreme, although Iran's Baha'is
still face the possibility of arbitrary imprisonment and execution,
and are still denied fundamental rights and freedoms. 3
The Baha'i community has also taken a proactive approach
in promulgating its views. The statement on peace issued by the
Universal House of Justice in 1985, entitled The Promise of World
Peace, sparked a worldwide campaign of presentations and public awareness programs throughout the International Year of Peace
and since, aimed at government figures, leaders of thought, and
the general population. The centenary of Baha'u'llah's passing in
1992 was commemorated, in part, with the publication of a statement detailing His life, teachings, and mission, designed to increase
knowledge of the Baha'i Faith among members of the public. A
statement presenting the Baha'i perspective on social development,

2World Order of Baha 'u 'I/ah , p. 204.
3See pp. 131-41 and 253- 56 for further information on the continuing persecution of Iran's Baha'i community.

The Prosperity ofHumankind, was disseminated at the World Summit for Social Development in Copenhagen in March 1995, and
later that year a statement entitled Turning Point for All Nations
was released as a contribution to discussions on the future of the
United Nations during its 50th anniversary. In 1999, the Baha'i
International Community released Who Is Writing the Future? Reflections on the Twentieth Century.
The Baha'i community has also been continually engaged in
a series of international teaching plans. It has seen rapid expansion in different parts of the world, perhaps most notably in Eastern
Europe and the former Soviet Union, where national Baha'i
communities have been established in recent years following the
collapse of long-standing political barriers. New national governing bodies are also being formed elsewhere, as the Universal House
of Justice deems communities to have reached a sufficient level
of maturity.
The existence and growth of the Baha'i community offers
irrefutable evidence that humanity, in all its diversity, can learn to
live and work together in harmony. While Baha'is are not unaware
of the turmoil in the world surrounding them, their view is succinctly depicted in the following words, taken from The Prosperity
of Humankind:

A world is passing away and a new one is struggling to be born.
The habits, attitudes, and institutions that have accumulated
over the centuries are being subjected to tests that are as necessary to human development as they are inescapable. What is
required of the peoples of the world is a measure of faith and
resolve to match the enormous energies with which the Creator
of all things has endowed this spiritual springtime of the race. 4

The source of this faith and resolve is the message offered by
the teachings of Baha'u'llah, a message that deserves the thoughtful consideration of all those who yearn for peace and justice in the
world.

4 Baha'i International Community's Office of Public Information, The Prosperity of Humankind (1995) . See The Bahci 'i World 1994- 95, pp. 273- 96, for the
complete text of this statement.

BAHA'f
SACRED
WRITINGS

From the Writings of Baha'u'llah

I n the abundance of Our grace and loving-kindness We have
revealed specially for the rulers and ministers of the world that
which is conducive to safety and protection, tranquillity and peace;
haply the children of men may rest secure from the evils of oppression. He, verily, is the Protector, the Helper, the Giver of
victory.

The second word We have recorded on the second leaf of
Paradise is the following : "The Pen of the Divine Expounder
exhorteth, at this moment, the manifestations of authority and the
sources of power, namely the kings and rulers of the earth- may
God assist them- and enjoineth them to uphold the cause of religion, and to cleave unto it. Religion is, verily, the chief instrument
for the establishment of order in the world, and of tranquillity
amongst its peoples. The weakening of the pillars of religion hath
strengthened the foolish, and emboldened them, and made them
more arrogant. Verily I say: The greater the decline of religion,

the more grievous the waywardness of the ungodly. This cannot
but lead in the end to chaos and confusion. Hear Me, 0 men of
insight, and be warned, ye who are endued with discernment!"
___,,.,
We entreat God to deliver the light of equity and the sun of
justice from the thick clouds of waywardness, and cause them to
shine forth upon men. No light can compare with the light of
justice. The establishment of order in the world and the tranquillity of the nations depend upon it.
___,,.,

Although a republican form of government profiteth all the
peoples of the world, yet the majesty of kingship is one of the
signs of God. We do not wish that the countries of the world should
remain deprived thereof. If the sagacious combine the two forms
into one, great will be their reward in the presence of God.
Give a hearing ear, 0 people, to that which I, in truth, say
unto you. The one true God, exalted be His glory, hath ever regarded, and will continue to regard, the hearts of men as His own,
His exclusive possession. All else, whether pertaining to land or
sea, whether riches or glory, He hath bequeathed unto the kings
and rulers of the earth. From the beginning that hath no beginning the ensign proclaiming the words "He doeth whatsoever He
willeth" hath been unfurled in all its splendor before His Manifestation. What mankind needeth in this day is obedience unto
them that are in authority, and a faithful adherence to the cord of
wisdom. The instruments which are essential to the immediate
protection, the security and assurance of the human race have been
entrusted to the hands, and lie in the grasp, of the governors of
human society. This is the wish of God and His decree .. .
___,,.,

Governments should fully acquaint themselves with the conditions of those they govern, and confer upon them positions
according to desert and merit. It is enjoined upon every ruler and
sovereign to consider this matter with the utmost care that the
traitor may not usurp the position of the faithful , nor the despoiler
rule in the place of the trustworthy.
___,,.,

B A l-IA' f S ACRED WRITI NGS

Beware, 0 King, that thou gather not around thee such ministers as follow the desires of a conupt inclination, as have cast
behind their backs that which hath been committed into their hands
and manifestly betrayed their trust. Be bounteous to others as God
hath been bounteous to thee, and abandon not the interests of thy
people to the mercy of such ministers as these. Lay not aside the
fear of God, and be thou of them that act uprightly. Gather around
thee those ministers from whom thou canst perceive the fragrance
of faith and of justice, and take thou counsel with them, and choose
whatever is best in thy sight, and be of them that act generously ...
Wert thou to incline thine ear unto My speech and observe
My counsel, God would exalt thee to so eminent a position that
the designs of no man on the whole earth can ever touch or hurt
thee. Observe, 0 King, with thine inmost heart and with thy whole
being, the precepts of God, and walk not in the paths of the oppressor. Seize thou, and hold firmly within the grasp of thy might,
the reins of the affairs of thy people, and examine in person whatever pertaineth unto them. Let nothing escape thee, for therein
lieth the highest good ...
Overstep not the bounds of moderation, and deal justly with
them that serve thee. Bestow upon them according to their needs,
and not to the extent that will enable them to lay up riches for
themselves, to deck their persons, to embellish their homes, to
acquire the things that are of no benefit unto them, and to be numbered with the extravagant. Deal with them with undeviating
justice, so that none among them may either suffer want, or be
pampered with luxuries. This is but manifest justice ...
Let My counsel be acceptable to thee, and strive thou to rule
with equity among men, that God may exalt thy name and spread
abroad the fame of thy justice in all the world. Beware lest thou
aggrandize thy ministers at the expense of thy subjects. Fear the
sighs of the poor and of the upright in heart who, at every break
of day, bewail their plight, and be unto them a benignant sovereign. They, verily, are thy treasures on earth. It behoveth thee,
therefore, to safeguard thy treasures from the assaults of them
who wish to rob thee. Inquire into their affairs, and ascertain,

every year, nay every month, their condition, and be not of them
that are careless of their duty.
Set before thine eyes God's unerring Balance and, as one
standing in His Presence, weigh in that Balance thine actions every
day, every moment of thy life. Bring thyself to account ere thou art
summoned to a reckoning, on the Day when no man shall have
strength to stand for fear of God, the Day when the hearts of the
heedless ones shall be made to tremble.
It behoveth every king to be as bountiful as the sun, which
fostereth the growth of all beings, and giveth to each its due, whose
benefits are not inherent in itself, but are ordained by Him Who
is the Most Powerful, the Almighty. The king should be as generous, as liberal in his mercy as the clouds, the outpourings of whose
bounty are showered upon every land, by the behest of Him Who
is the Supreme Ordainer, the All-Knowing ...
God is My witness. My sole purpose in revealing to thee
these words is to sanctify thee from the transitory things of the
earth, and aid thee to enter the realm of everlasting glory, that
thou mayest, by the leave of God, be of them that abide and rule
therein ...
.__,,.
Lay not aside the fear of God, 0 kings of the earth, and beware that ye transgress not the bounds which the Almighty hath
fixed. Observe the injunctions laid upon you in His Book, and
take good heed not to overstep their limits. Be vigilant, that ye
may not do injustice to anyone, be it to the extent of a grain of
mustard seed. Tread ye the path of justice, for this, verily, is the
straight path.
Compose your differences, and reduce your armaments, that
the burden of your expenditures may be lightened, and that your
minds and hearts may be tranquilized. Heal the dissensions that
divide you, and ye will no longer be in need of any armaments
except what the protection of your cities and territories demandeth.
Fear ye God, and take heed not to outstrip the bounds of moderation, and be numbered among the extravagant. ..

B AHA' f S ACRED WRITIN GS

Beware not to deal unjustly with any one that appealeth to
you, and entereth beneath your shadow. Walk ye in the fear of
God, and be ye of them that lead a godly life. Rest not on your
power, your armies, and treasures. Put your whole trust and confidence in God, Who hath created you, and seek ye His help in all
your affairs. Succor cometh from Him alone. He succoreth whom
He will with the hosts of the heavens and of the earth.
Know ye that the poor are the trust of God in your midst.
Watch that ye betray not His trust, that ye deal not unjustly with
them and that ye walk not in the ways of the treacherous. Ye will
most certainly be called upon to answer for His trust on the day
when the Balance of Justice shall be set, the day when unto every
one shall be rendered his due, when the doings of all men, be
they rich or poor, shall be weighed.
From the Writings and Utterances of 'Abdu'l-Baha
The primary purpose, the basic objective, in laying down powerful laws and setting up great principles and institutions dealing
with every aspect of civilization, is human happiness; and human
happiness consists only in drawing closer to the Threshold of Almighty God, and in securing the peace and well-being of every
individual member, high and low alike, of the human race; and
the supreme agencies for accomplishing these two objectives are
the excellent qualities with which humanity has been endowed.
--10

As to the difference between that material civilization now
prevailing, and the divine civilization which will be one of the
benefits to derive from the House of Justice, it is this: material
civilization, through the power of punitive and retaliatory laws,
restraineth the people from criminal acts; and notwithstanding this,
while laws to retaliate against and punish a man are continually
proliferating, as ye can see, no laws exist to reward him. In all
the cities of Europe and America, vast buildings have been erected
to serve as jails for the criminals.
Divine civilization, however, so traineth every member of
society that no one, with the exception of a negligible few, will
undertake to commit a crime. There is thus a great difference

between the prevention of crime through measures that are violent and retaliatory, and so training the people, and enlightening
them, and spiritualizing them, that without any fear of punishment or vengeance to come, they will shun all criminal acts. They
will, indeed, look upon the very commission of a crime as a great
disgrace and in itself the harshest of punishments. They will become enamored of human perfections, and will consecrate their
lives to whatever will bring light to the world and will further
those qualities which are acceptable at the Holy Threshold of God .
...,,.,
True civilization will unfurl its banner in the midmost heart
of the world whenever a certain number of its distinguished and
high-minded sovereigns- the shining exemplars of devotion and
determination- shall, for the good and happiness of all mankind,
arise, with firm resolve and clear vision, to establish the Cause of
Universal Peace. They must make the Cause of Peace the object
of general consultation, and seek by every means in their power
to establish a Union of the nations of the world. They must
conclude a binding treaty and establish a covenant, the provisions
of which shall be sound, inviolable, and definite. They must proclaim it to all the world and obtain for it the sanction of all the
human race. This supreme and noble undertaking- the real source
of the peace and well-being of all the world- should be regarded
as sacred by all that dwell on earth. All the forces of humanity
must be mobilized to ensure the stability and permanence of this
Most Great Covenant. In this all-embracing Pact, the limits and
frontiers of each and every nation should be clearly fixed, the
principles underlying the relations of governments towards one
another definitely laid down, and all international agreements and
obligations ascertained. In like manner, the size of the armaments
of every government should be strictly limited, for if the preparations for war and the military forces of any nation should be
allowed to increase, they will arouse the suspicion of others. The
fundamental principle underlying this solemn Pact should be so
fixed that if any government later violate any one of its provisions, all the governments on earth should arise to reduce it to

B A HA' f S ACRED WRITINGS

utter submission, nay the human race as a whole should resolve,
with every power at its disposal, to destroy that government.
Should this greatest of all remedies be applied to the sick body of
the world, it will assuredly recover from its ills and will remain
eternally safe and secure.
Observe that if such a happy situation be forthcoming, no
government would need continually to pile up the weapons of
war, nor feel itself obliged to produce ever new military weapons with which to conquer the human race. A small force for the
purpose of internal security, the correction of criminal and disorderly elements and the prevention of local disturbances, would
be required-no more. In this way the entire population would,
first of all, be relieved of the crushing burden of expenditure currently imposed for military purposes, and secondly, great numbers
of people would cease to devote their time to the continual devising of new weapons of destruction- those testimonials of greed
and bloodthirstiness, so inconsistent with the gift of life- and
would instead bend their efforts to the production of whatever
will foster human existence and peace and well-being, and would
become the cause of universal development and prosperity. Then
every nation on earth will reign in honor, and every people will
be cradled in tranquility and content.
A few, unaware of the power latent in human endeavor,
consider this matter as highly impracticable, nay even beyond the
scope of man 's utmost efforts. Such is not the case, however. On
the contrary, thanks to the unfailing grace of God, the lovingkindness of His favored ones, the unrivaled endeavors of wise
and capable souls, and the thoughts and ideas of the peerless leaders of this age, nothing whatsoever can be regarded as unattainable.
Endeavor, ceaseless endeavor, is required. Nothing short of an
indomitable determination can possibly achieve it. Many a cause
which past ages have regarded as purely visionary, yet in this day
has become most easy and practicable. Why should this most great
and lofty Cause- the daystar of the firmament of true civilization and the cause of the glory, the advancement, the well-being
and the success of all humanity- be regarded as impossible of

achievement? Surely the day will come when its beauteous light
shall shed illumination upon the assemblage of man.
J;""'

While the setting up of parliaments, the organizing of assemblies of consultation, constitutes the very foundation and
bedrock of government, there are several essential requirements
which these institutions must fulfill. First, the elected members
must be righteous, God-fearing, high-minded, incorruptible. Second, they must be fully cognizant, in every particular, of the laws
of God, informed as to the highest principles of law, versed in the
rules which govern the management of internal affairs and the
conduct of foreign relations, skilled in the useful arts of civilization, and content with their lawful emoluments.
Let it not be imagined that members of this type would be
impossible to find. Through the grace of God and His chosen ones,
and the high endeavors of the devoted and the consecrated, every
difficulty can be easily resolved, every problem however complex will prove simpler than blinking an eye.
If, however, the members of these consultative assemblies
are inferior, ignorant, uninformed of the laws of government and
administration, unwise, of low aim, indifferent, idle, self-seeking,
no benefit will accrue from the organizing of such bodies. Where,
in the past, if a poor man wanted his rights he had only to offer a
gift to one individual, now he would either have to renounce all
hope of justice or else satisfy the entire membership.
Close investigation will show that the primary cause of oppression and injustice, of unrighteousness, irregularity and disorder,
is the people's lack of religious faith and the fact that they are
uneducated. When, for example, the people are genuinely religious and are literate and well-schooled, and a difficulty presents
itself, they can apply to the local authorities; if they do not meet
with justice and secure their rights and if they see that the conduct of the local government is incompatible with the Divine good
pleasure and the king's justice, they can then take their case to
higher courts and describe the deviation of the local administration from the spiritual law. Those courts can then send for the

B AI lA' f S ACRED WRITINGS

local records of the case and in this way justice will be done. At
present, however, because of their inadequate schooling, most of
the population lack even the vocabulary to explain what they want.
As to those persons who, here and there, are considered leaders of the people: because this is only the beginning of the new
administrative process, they are not yet sufficiently advanced in
their education to have experienced the delights of dispensing justice or to have tasted the exhilaration of promoting righteousness
or to have drunk from the springs of a clear conscience and a
sincere intent. They have not properly understood that man's supreme honor and real happiness lie in self-respect, in high resolves
and noble purposes, in integrity and moral quality, in irnmaculacy of mind. They have, rather, imagined that their greatness
consists in the accumulation, by whatever means may offer, of
worldly goods . ..
The highest station, the supreme sphere, the noblest, most
sublime position in creation, whether visible or invisible, whether
alpha or omega, is that of the Prophets of God, notwithstanding
the fact that for the most part they have to outward seeming been
possessed of nothing but their own poverty. In the same way, ineffable glory is set apart for the Holy Ones and those who are
nearest to the Threshold of God, although such as these have never
for a moment concerned themselves with material gain. Then
comes the station of those just kings whose fame as protectors of
the people and dispensers of Divine justice has filled the world,
whose name as powerful champions of the people's rights has
echoed through creation. These give no thought to amassing enormous fortunes for themselves; they believe, rather, that their own
wealth lies in enriching their subjects. To them, if every individual
citizen has affluence and ease, the royal coffers are full. They
take no pride in gold and silver, but rather in their enlightenment
and their determination to achieve the universal good.
Next in rank are those eminent and honorable ministers of
state and representatives, who place the will of God above their
own, and whose administrative skill and wisdom in the conduct
of their office raises the science of government to new heights of

perfection. They shine in the learned world like lamps of knowledge; their thinking, their attitudes and their acts demonstrate their
patriotism and their concern for the country's advancement. Content with a modest stipend, they consecrate their days and nights
to the execution of important duties and the devising of methods
to insure the progress of the people. Through the effectiveness of
their wise counsel, the soundness of their judgment, they have
ever caused their government to become an example to be followed by all the governments of the world. They have made their
capital city a focal center of great world undertakings, they have
won distinction, attaining a supreme degree of personal eminence,
and reaching the loftiest heights of repute and character.
Again, there are sagacious leaders among the people and influential personalities throughout the country, who constitute the
pillars of state. Their rank and station and success depend on their
being the well-wishers of the people and in their seeking out such
means as will improve the nation and will increase the wealth
and comfort of the citizens.
Observe the case when an individual is an eminent person in
his country, zealous, wise, pure-hearted, known for his innate capacity, intelligence, natural perspicacity- and is also an important
member of the state: what, for such an individual, can be regarded
as honor, abiding happiness, rank and station, whether in the here
or the hereafter? Is it a diligent attention to truth and righteousness, is it dedication and resolve and devotion to the good pleasure
of God, is it the desire to attract the favorable consideration of
the ruler and to merit the approval of the people? Or would it,
rather, consist in this, that for the sake of indulging in feasts and
dissipations by night he should undermine his country and break
the hearts of his people by day, causing his God to reject him,
and his sovereign to cast him out and his people to defame him
and hold him in deserved contempt? By God, the mouldering
bones in the graveyard are better than such as these! Of what
value are they, who have never tasted the heavenly food of truly
human qualities, and never drunk of the crystalline waters of those
bounties which belong to the realm of man?

FROM THE
UNIVERSAL
HOUSEoF
JUSTICE

T he Universal House of Justice, the international governing
body of the Baha'i Faith, provides vision, direction, and coordination to the worldwide activities of the Baha'i community
and is the sole institution empowered to enact further application
of the laws of Baha'u'llah. This article contains selected highlights from the major letters of the House of Justice written to
Baha'i institutions, individuals, and communities between April
2000 and April 2001.
Ri<Jvan 157 BE Message
In its message to the Baha'is of the world at Ri9van 157 BE
(April 2000), the Universal House of Justice took the opportunity
to reflect on the progress made by the worldwide Baha'i community during the Four Year Plan for the expansion and consolidation
of the Faith, which had just ended. Its judgment was that "[t]he
culture of the Baha' i community experienced a change" during this
period-evident in "the expanded capability, the methodical pattern of functioning, and the consequent depth of confidence" in
individuals, institutions, and local communities. Baha'is the world

THE B AHA'f W ORLD

over were making consistent, systematic efforts to deepen their
knowledge of their Faith and apply it "to promulgating the Cause,
to managing their individual and collective activities, and to
working with their neighbors." The House of Justice identified
the chief propellant of this change of culture as "the system of
training institutes established throughout the world with great rapidity- an accomplishment which, in the field of expansion and
consolidation, qualifies as the single greatest legacy of the Four
Year Plan."
This system, wrote the House of Justice, is "an engine of the
process of entry by troops," 1 and its development marks "a major
stage in the evolution of the Baha'i community," as members
have come "to appreciate how systematization would facilitate
the processes of growth and development." Increased attention to
prayer and meditation, and Baha'is' participation in devotional
gatherings also showed an "intensified individual and collective
transformation." The "advisory influence, collaborative role and
practical work" of the Institution of the Counsellors, particularly
in regard to the institute process, and the "timely stimulation" of
the International Teaching Centre, were noted as important elements in the community's progress.
Throughout the Plan, Baha'is around the world demonstrated
their ability to integrate thought and action through "planning,
building institutional capacity, and developing human resources."
Baha'i administration at all levels was involved in both the planning process and the implementation of the plans.
Highlights of the work at the Baha'i World Centre included
the translation of a new volume of Baha'u'llah's writings; continuation of the construction work on the Terraces and Arc; completion
of a new pilgrim reception center in Haifa; and approval of the
architectural plans for a visitors' center at Bahji.
The Baha'i community made advances in many areas during
the Four Year Plan- including pioneering, public information, artistic pursuits that represented "a range of imaginative activities

1For a detailed discussion of the development of the institute process in the
Baha ' i community see pp. 191 - 99.

Tll E U N IVE RSAL H OLJSE OF Jl ' STI CE

that grounded people in the Cause"; the translation and publication
of Baha'i literature, including the Most Holy Book of the Baha'i
Faith, the Kitab-i-Aqdas, which was released in Arabic and a number of other languages; the formation of seven new National
Spiritual Assemblies; and the enrichment of scholarly Baha'i literature and the expansion of the Association of Baha'i Studies.
Social and economic development activities grew from
some 1,600 at the beginning to more than 1,900 towards the end
of the Plan, and pilot projects for youth empowerment and literacy, community health worker training, the advancement of
women, and moral education were launched. The Baha'i World
Centre's Office of Social and Economic Development held 13 regional seminars around the world, bringing together some seven
hundred participants from 60 countries.
Baha'is continued to promote two major objectives in their
external affairs work: influencing processes towards world peace
and defending their Faith. In the face of "the intractable situation
in Iran," Baha'i institutions and external affairs agencies "devised
new approaches to activating available instruments of governments
and the United Nations." As a consequence, the House of Justice
noted, "the executions of Iranian Baha' is virtually stopped and the
number of those sentenced to long-term imprisonment was drastically reduced." In other external affairs work, 99 National Spiritual
Assemblies became involved in human rights education, and 52
Offices for the Advancement of Women were established around
the world. Baha'is made contributions to conferences, workshops,
NGO committees at the United Nations, and in other venues.
Highlights of Baha'i public information efforts included the
launch of The Baha'i World Web site, the release of the statement
Who Is Writing the Future?, the launch of the Persian-language
radio program Payam-e-Doost on the Internet, 2 and The Happy
Hippo Show initiative in South Eastern Europe. 3 The House of

2<www.bahairadio.org>
3See Th e Baha 'i World 1998- 99, pp. 145- 50 for a report on the Baha' i International Community's involvement in Th e Happy Hippo Sh ow and the
Royaumont Process.

TH E B AHA' I W ORLD

Justice described the Baha'i International Community as "a unifying
agent in major discussions shaping the future of humankind," particularly in the significant part it took in organizing the Millennium
Forum.
Interfaith dialogue initiatives around the world have "increasingly involved the Faith as a recognized participant," the House of
Justice noted, and "The frequency and wide embrace of interfaith
gatherings represent a new phenomenon in the relations among the
religions."
Writing of the current world situation, the Universal House of
Justice made reference to simultaneous twin processes of integration
and disintegration, which are evident throughout the world in "contrasting but interactive tendencies" that include wars, the breakdown
of civil order, terrorism, international criminal networks, and, at the
same time, efforts towards the establishment of collective security
and an international criminal court, high-level consultation regarding
the development of a system to deal effectively with global issues,
new methods of communication, and so on.
The end of the Four Year Plan, said the House of Justice,
coincides with the close of the twentieth century and the opening
of "a new stage in the unfolding of the Formative Age" of the
Baha'i Faith. We are presented with a "vision of world-shaping
trends that have synchronized" at this "bridge between times,"
and the administrative system of the Faith "stands before the gaze
of the world in the wholeness of its essential form." Now the
capacities developed by the Baha'i community during the last
century must be used to pursue "the inescapable tasks remaining
to the Formative Age." Looking towards Ri<;ivan 2001 and the
Twelve Month Plan to be launched at that time, the House of
Justice described it as an important period in laying the groundwork "for the next twenty-year thrust" of the Divine Plan. "What
was so carefully begun four years ago-the systematic acquisition of knowledge, qualities and skills of service-must be
augmente d."
In the letter, the House of Justice gave particular emphasis to
the subject of children, referring to their "social dislocation" as

THE U NIVERSAL HOUSE OF J USTICE

the "mark of a society in decline." In such a climate, it wrote, the
Baha'i community must give paramount importance to the spiritual education of its children and junior youth. It must provide
them with spiritual and academic education and assist them to
develop their character, in recognition that "They bear the seeds
of the character of future society which is largely shaped by what
the adults constituting the community do or fail to do with respect
to children." The heavy responsibility of parents in shaping the
spiritual development of their children and molding their moral
character was also emphasized.
Significant Documents
Throughout the year, the Universal House of Justice released a
number of documents important to the development of the Baha'i
community. These included a new publication of Baha'i writings
on The Importance of Obligatory Prayer and Fasting, prepared and
released "in connection with the recent application of additional
laws related to the devotional life"; The Spiritual Education of
Children and Junior Youth: Baha 'i Classes for Children, prepared
by the International Teaching Centre; a document that outlined the
evolving role and responsibilities of Continental Pioneer Committees in assisting Baha'is to arise and pioneer or travel teach; a
revised version of A Codification of the Law of Ifuququ 'llah to
assist Baha'is around the world to deepen their understanding of the
law, which was first universally applied in 1992; The Institution of
the Counsellors, a document outlining the role and responsibilities
of this body of "eminent and devoted believers appointed for the
specific purpose of protecting and propagating the Baha'i Faith";
and Century of Light, a document produced under the supervision
of the Universal House of Justice "to provide members of the Faith
with a perspective on two defining processes that unfolded during
the twentieth century: on the one hand, the sequence of events that
made the unification of humanity the principal feature of modem
history and, on the other, the emergence from obscurity of the
Cause of God and its Administrative Order."

TI IE B AHA'I W ORLD

Functioning of the Baha'i Administrative Order
An 18 July 2000 letter regarding the functioning of the Baha'i administrative order provided a detailed discussion of the differences
between that order and the democratic system, which was summed
up as follows: "the systems differ in their essential spirit: one is a
seeking for power, the other is an acceptance of responsibility for
service." The House of Justice stated clearly, "All members of a
Baha' i community, no matter what position they may temporarily
occupy in the administrative structure, are expected to regard themselves as involved in a learning process, as they strive to understand
and implement the laws and principles of the Faith."
The Unity of Nations and the Lesser Peace
On 19 April 2001 the secretariat of the Universal House of Justice
released a letter that had been written to an individual regarding
the unity of nations and the Lesser Peace. The letter states, "there
is nothing in the authoritative Baha'i Writings to indicate that the
Lesser Peace would be established before the end of the twentieth
century. However, there are clear statements affirming that the unity
of nations would be, in the words of 'Abdu'l-Baha, 'securely established' during the twentieth century." It notes that "the evolution
of the World Order of Baha'u'llah is an organic process proceeding in accordance with the Divine Will and animated by a spiritual
reality." It will be manifested "as a result of consecrated human
endeavor over decades, and indeed centuries ... " Baha'is must be
oriented to process, in contrast to society today, "which focuses
exclusively on events rather than on evolutionary processes." The
letter differentiates between the political unity of the Lesser Peace
and the unity of nations, "which arises from a recognition among
the peoples of the various nations, that they are members of one
common human family." The unity of nations, the House of Justice concludes, clearly did emerge during the twentieth century.
Millennial Gatherings
A 24 September 2000 letter from the secretariat summarized the
significance of and the Baha'i community's involvement in the
international "Millennium" gatherings- the Millennium Forum for

Tl I E U Nl\' ERSAL H O U SE O F J UST ICE

non-governmental organizations, the Millennium Peace Summit
of Religious and Spiritual Leaders, and the Millennium Summit
for government leaders. The letter noted that "for any observer
imbued with the Baha'i vision of peace and its inherent processes,
the substance and implications of these recent events, seen together
with previous world conferences that during the last decade also
involved leaders of nations, must be gratifying indeed to contemplate. " 4
Letters regarding the Institution of the Counsellors
A letter written on 29 October 2000 announced the appointment
of 81 members of the Continental Boards of Counsellors for
the Protection and Propagation of the Baha'i Faith for a five-year
term of service and urged them to "bend their energies to foster
the systematic growth of the community worldwide." The House
of Justice wrote that in the approaching Five Year Plan, "the
Counsellors and the Auxiliary Board members will play a vital
role, in collaboration with Spiritual Assemblies and Regional
Councils, in ensuring that the design and implementation of programs of action, from the national to the local level, respond to
the exigencies of the hour." The newly appointed Counsellors
were invited, along with members of their Auxiliary Boards, to
participate in events marking the International Teaching Centre's
occupation of its permanent seat in January 2001. The House of
Justice wrote, "The coming together of the Counsellors and Auxiliary Board members in the Holy Land, for the first time, on so
propitious an occasion, will give further impetus to the activity
that they will be required to sustain."
There were also two letters from the Universal House of
Justice on the occasion of the historic events at the Baha'i World
Centre in January 2001. On 9 January a letter from the House of
Justice to the Counsellors' Conference held immediately prior
to the inauguration of the International Teaching Centre Building
provided the Counsellors with a blueprint for the upcoming Five

4 See pp. 87- 93 for a full account of these three gatherings.

Tl IE B AHA'f W ORLD

Year Plan and proved seminal to discussions at their conference
and at that of the Auxiliary Board members. 5
Then, on 16 January 2001, at the conclusion of the conference of the Continental Counsellors and Auxiliary Board members
in Haifa, the Universal House of Justice sent a letter to the Baha'is
of the world, in which it described the events, noting that this
Institution "has reached a new stage in its maturation," and that
"By internalizing and integrating the lessons and experiences of
systematization called for in the Four Year Plan, they have indeed
been transformed into channels of unified thought." Further, the
House of Justice took the occasion of the conference to announce
in the letter, "the Faith of Baha'u'llah now enters the fifth epoch
of its Formative Age." 6

5 See pp. 41--48 for a full account of these events.

6See p. 48 , footnote I, for a brief explanation of the ages and epochs of the
Baha'i Faith.

EVENTS
2000-01
, 4

Members of' the Continental Boards of Co unsellors and their Auxiliaries,
entering the Seat of the Universal House of Justice for a co1?f'erence session,
with the International Teaching Centre Building in the background.
Inauguration of the
INTERNATIONAL
TEACHING CENTRE
BUILDING

I n January 2001, nearly one thousand members of the Continental
Boards of Counsellors and their Auxiliary Boards came from
172 countries to commemorate the inauguration of the newly completed seat of the International Teaching Centre in Haifa, Israel.
The event was historic, marking the first time that the entire membership of this institution has ever come together.
The Institution of the Counsellors operates parallel to the system of elected assemblies that govern the Baha'i Faith at the local,
national, and international levels. At the international level, the International Teaching Centre is a nine-member consultative body
based at the Baha'i World Centre, which advises the Universal
House of Justice on matters relating to the propagation and protection of the Baha'i Faith. The Boards of Counsellors, comprising 81
members worldwide, carry on this work at the continental level,
and the 990 members of the Auxiliary Boards, working with their
assistants, extend the focus of the work to the regional and local
arenas. The interaction between the appointed and elected institutions in the Baha'i Faith is both close and harmonious.

Travel to the conference on Mount Carmel was not easy for
participants from some parts of the world. Take, for example, the
case of the Auxiliary Board members from the Democratic Republic of Congo. Because of the social and political upheavals in
their country, the 24 members of the Auxiliary Board there had
not been able to meet for some time. Nevertheless, 20 of themand all four Counsellors serving that country- managed to make
it to Haifa. One Auxiliary Board member who lives deep in the
equatorial jungle spent ten days in a canoe on a river traveling
from his village to the closest airport. It was necessary for him to
travel in a canoe because the riverboats that usually transport
people are barely functioning due to rebels, bandits, and general
unrest in the country. Having arrived in the town where the airport is located, he met another Auxiliary Board member who had
his plane ticket. They caught the flight with minutes to spare-a
good thing, since only one plane every two weeks flies to the
country's capital, Kinshasa. Later, there was a joyous reunion with
other Board members from around the country in the Addis Ababa
airport before they all caught connecting flights to Tel Aviv. Board

Members of the Universal House of Justice, the International Teaching
Centre, the Continental Boards a/Counsellors, and the Auxiliary Boards,
assembled in front of the new International Teaching Centre Building.

J NAUGL 1 RJ\Tl 0 l:'J

Continental
Co unsellors and
members of the
Auxi/iG1 y Boards
ascending the
terraces leading to
the Shrine of the
Bab.

members from countries in other parts of the world also faced similar challenges.
Once they arrived at the Baha'i World Centre, participants
took part in a three-day program of visits to Baha'i holy places in
the Haifa/Acre area. For many, it was their first and perhaps their
only opportunity to visit the site to which they tum in prayer each
day.
The conference itself began on 14 January with a devotional
program commemorating the completion of the International
Teaching Centre building. In the morning, as an act of devotion
and reverence, the Counsellors and Auxiliary Board members ascended the nine lower terraces leading from the base of Mount
Carmel to the Shrine of the Bab, which stands midway up the
mountain. After circumambulating the Shrine, they proceeded
along the Arc path to visit the International Teaching Centre Building itself.
In the afternoon, all participants gathered at the Seat of the
Universal House of Justice, where a welcoming message to the
conference from the international governing body was read. Emphasizing the deep historical and spiritual significance of the
completion of the terraces and Baha'i administrative buildings on
Mount Carmel, the message stated, in part, that "the occupation
of the International Teaching Centre of its permanent seat on the
Mountain of the Lord ... marks the beginning of what future generations will regard as a splendid chapter in the annals of our Faith."
The urgency of the tasks lying before the Baha'i community was

TH E B AHA'I W ORLD

also underscored in the message. Addressing the conference participants, the House of Justice said,

You hail from far-flung geographic regions and cultural backgrounds that make you truly representative of a cross-section
of the human family. The world's crying need for the divine
prescriptions is made plain by the ills afflicting society at
every level in all parts of the planet. We must be swift in
ministering to this need.

Following the reading of the message, a devotional program
consisting of prayers and readings from the Baha'i sacred writings in various languages took place.
Consultative sessions during the following two days focused
on issues germane to the work of the Institution of the Counsellors
throughout the world. Topics included the fostering of individual
initiative; the progress of training institutes throughout the world;
the development of systematic programs of growth for the worldwide community; and issues related to the protection of the Baha' i
Faith. Opportunity was also given to Counsellors and Auxiliary
Board members to engage in continental or regional consultations,
which promoted discussion of issues as they related to particular
conditions in different parts of the world.
The two living Hands of the Cause of God were invited to address the conference on the first day of the consultative sessions.
The address prepared by Hand of the Cause of God 'Ali-Mul)ammad
Varga, which was read by one of the members of the International

A choir
composed of
Auxiliary Board
members from
Kiribati,
performing
at the
Co unsellors'
Conference.

! NALIGURATION

Members a/the
Auxiliwy Boards
in A.fi'ica
ascending the
terraces of the
Shrine of the Bab.

Teaching Centre, provided an overview of the International Teaching Centre as one of the vitalizing agencies of the World Order of
Baha'u'llah, operating at the dawning point of a new era in human
history. While noting that the unfoldment of human destiny towards
the attainment of peace is well under way, he emphasized that, according to the Baha'i writings, universal peace will only be reached
through a long process of transformation of individual hearts and
minds. While more strife and conflict will occur as we progress towards this goal, he said, we stand now at the threshold of a new
century of challenge and of promise. Hand of the Cause of God 'Ali-
Akbar Furutan spoke to the participants about the importance of
obeying Baha'u'llah's injunction to teach His Faith to others and of
the importance of educating our children. Children today, he said,
are subject to great difficulties because of the generally corrupt atmosphere they face in the world, and so Baha'i parents and the
Baha'i community must provide strong moral and spiritual education to enable them to flourish and to share their positive outlook in
spite of the corruption around them. Mr. Furutan also met informally with participants in the evenings at the Pilgrim House near
the Shrine of the Bab.
One major topic of discussion in the consultative sessions was
the training institute process. For the previous four years, with the
encouragement and guidance of the International Teaching Centre
and the members of the Continental Boards of Counsellors and
their Auxiliaries, the worldwide Baha'i community had been engaged in the process of systematizing the training of large numbers

TI-IE B AHA' f W ORLD

of its members in the spiritual, moral, and social teachings of their
Faith. The goal has been to raise up the human resources capable
of establishing a distinctive Baha'i way of life and of contributing
to social advancement throughout the planet. By January 2001,
the result of these efforts was the establishment of more than three
hundred training institutes, which reach even the remotest areas
of the planet through a decentralized system of tutors, study circles,
and sequences of courses based on the sacred writings of the Baha'i
Faith.
Immediately before the conference attended by the Auxiliary
Board members, the Counsellors held a series of meetings to consider the best way forward for the Baha'i community as it was
preparing to embark on the upcoming Five Year Plan at Ric;lvan
2001. Urging the Baha'i community to build on the strength of
what has been accomplished, the House of Justice addressed a letter to the Counsellors, calling for their Institution to assist the
community to concentrate its efforts on specific, smaller geographic areas that have the potential to develop the basic elements
of community life. These would include the establishment of study

Hand of the Cause of God 'Ali-Akbar Fun/tan (/rant row, center)
with members of the Universal House a/Justice, International
Teaching Centre members, and Continental Counsellors standing
on the stairs in front of the Seat of the Universal House ofJustice.

J NALTGU RJ\TI ON

circles, children's classes, and devotional meetings, which should
be open to all inhabitants of the locality and should have the goal of
producing a positive impact on the well-being and cohesiveness of
society at large. As Baha'i communities develop, they are urged to
introduce small social and economic development projects appropriate to the needs of the area. These might include projects to
promote literacy, the advancement of women, the protection of the
environment, or education.
Both during casual informal conversations and in the consultative sessions, Counsellors and Auxiliary Board members from all
parts of the world found that, although their experiences necessarily
varied, they shared a global breadth and depth of understanding
about the activities in which they were involved. Contributions
from participants from Latin America, who shared their long years
of experience in the institute process, particularly enriched the consultations, as did those of the Auxiliary Board members from
Africa.
Simultaneous translations into English, French, and Spanish
facilitated communication throughout the conference sessions, and
Auxiliary Board members showed impressive powers of concentration and restraint as they made their observations briefly so as to
allow others to contribute to the consultations. The incorporation of
music from every region of the world into the sessions added to the
unique atmosphere of the conference, in which both joy and seriousness were evident.
With all of the Counsellors and Auxiliary Board members
gathered on the concourse of the Seat of the Universal House of
Justice during the final session, the Universal House of Justice
entered. The air was electric with a sense of excitement and anticipation as a message from the institution to the Baha'is of the
world was read. The House of Justice spoke of a new stage in the
maturation of the Institution of the Counsellors and noted that "by
internalizing and integrating the lessons of systematization called
for in the Four Year Plan, they have indeed been transformed into
channels of unified thought." Other signs, such as the synchronization of "the internal processes of institutional consolidation and
the external processes towards world unity," coupled with "the

extraordinary dynamics" of the conference itself, moved the
House of Justice to announce: "the Faith ofBaha'u'llah now enters
the fifth epoch of its Formative Age." As soon as these words were
read, the conference erupted in a torrent of joy, with participants
reveling in the historic moment. 1
The message was followed by the reading of a passage from
the writings of 'Abdu'l-Baha, after which the Universal House of
Justice exited and the conference concluded. Farewells echoed
along the colonnade of the Seat and down the path towards the
Shrine of the Bab, as participants went to say their final prayers
before setting off on their journeys home. Their days on Mount
Carmel had equipped them for the tasks ahead by imparting to
them a new vision, inspiring them to renewed commitment to their
work, firing them with spiritual energy, and providing a focus for
their vital work in the ongoing process of the consolidation and
expansion of their worldwide community.

1 Historical eras in the Baha'i Faith have been divided into three distinct ages:

the Historic Age, the Formative Age, and the Golden Age. The Historic Age
lasted from the inception of the mission of the Bab in 1844 to the passing of
'Abdu'l-Baha in 1921 and encompassed the lives of the Central Figures of the
Faith. The Formative Age began in 1921 and will continue until the commencement of the Golden Age, when universal peace will be established and the
institutions of the Baha'i Faith will function at their full capacity and power.
The Fonnative Age has further been divided into a number of epochs. The first
lasted from 1921 to 1944 and saw the begi nnings of the development of the
Baha' i administrative order. The second, lasting from 1946 to 1963 , witnessed
the extension of this development and culm inated with the election of the Faith's
international governing body, the Universal House of Justice. The period encompassed by the third epoch ( 1963- 86) was characterized by rapid growth
and the emergence of the Faith from obscurity onto the world stage, which was
due, in no small measure, to the renewal of the persecution of the Baha ' i community in Iran, the land of its birth. The fourth epoch ( 1986- 2001) saw further
development of the community's institutional capacity at all levels, its complete emergence from obscurity, and increased involvement in social and
economic development work around the world.

YEARIN
THE

REVIEW

T he worldwide Baha'i community is a vibrant, ever-growing entity that currently comprises more than five million people in
virtually every nation and territory in the world. Baha'is are united
by their beliefs and by the desire to share with the world the framework which they believe offers the best hope for the advancement
of human civilization. Bahci'is around the world are working both
to unify and to consolidate their own communities and to improve
conditions in the wider society. Internally, they strive to develop
their own understanding of their Faith and to create distinctive
communities. Externally, the community is concerned with being
a catalyst for the progress of society and using the Baha'i teachings
as guidance for practical solutions of humanity's problems. Overall, Bahci'is understand that these internal and external activities are
inextricably linked, as the development of local Baha'i communities enhances their ability to assist others, and in tum their work for
the benefit of mankind is an assistance to the wider community.
This article surveys events and activities of Baha'is around
the world during the period between Ri9van 2000 and Ri9van 2001.

Baha'i youth in
Malaysia
perform a dance
about equality
of the sexes as
part ofa
presentation for
"Wanita 2000 "
in Kuala
Lumpur in
August.

The sheer number of activities prevents this article from being
comprehensive either topically or geographically. Instead, it aims
to provide a glimpse of the constantly evolving breadth and scope
of Baha'i activities, and perhaps to offer insight into the challenges
of building a global community.
Advancement of Women
Baha' is view the equality of women and men as essential to the
success of society, with each gender having the responsibility to
uplift and assist the other. 'Abdu'l-Baha articulated this principle
in His statement, "The world of humanity has two wings---one is
women and the other men. Not until both wings are equally developed can the bird fly ... Not until the world of women becomes
equal to the world of men in the acquisition of virtues and perfections, can success and prosperity be attained as they ought to be." 1
This concept was the inspiration for the Equal Wings program, which centers around training modules designed to instruct
participants in the means by which gender equality can be realized. The training modules were introduced to the African
continent through a series of seminars for men and women conducted in 2000.

1'Abdu ' l-Baha, Selections.from the Writings o.f 'Abdu 'l-Baha (Wilmette: Baha' i
Publi shing Trust, 1997), p. 302 .

In Sierra Leone, members of the Auxiliary Boards, the National Spiritual Assembly, the National Teaching Committee, and
the Equal Wings program coordinator were among the nearly 30
participants in a one-day "Vision Conference" held in Freetown
in August 2000. The group discussed the guidelines for the institute, with emphasis on the institute 's role in increasing the human
resources in the country by ensuring the role of women in community activities and fostering their participation in all levels of
society. Participants also examined aspects of Baha'i life such as
the development of study circles, children's classes, youth activities, Nineteen Day Feasts, and the means for teaching the Baha' i
Faith and consolidating existing communities.
Mohamed Adams, coordinator of the Equal Wings program,
gave an overview of the program, in which he explained its purpose and highlighted the fact that women are an important part of
the human resources of the Baha' i community. The conference
ended with the participants drawing up an action plan for renewed
support of the institute and the Equal Wings program.
Another Equal Wings training program was held in Addis
Ababa, Ethiopia, from 7 to 11 April. The five-day course was
organized by the National Baha'i Women's Committee in collaboration with the Office of Social and Economic Development.
It was conducted by two members of the Continental Board of

~--- á,~
~ NATIO NAL 8AHAI COMMITTEE
... ~OR
,á~~~
Baha 'is in
. THE ADvANCEMENT OF WOMEN
Mbale,Uganda, ~ á
in a parade '
celebrating
International
Wom en s Day.

TH E BAHA'I W ORLD

Counsellors, Lee Lee Loh Ludher from Malaysia and Lally Warren from Botswana, and was attended by Baha'is from Botswana,
Ethiopia, Kenya, Namibia, South Africa, Tanzania, Uganda, and
Zambia. Elsewhere in Africa, Equal Wings training programs
were held in Ghana, Niger, and Zambia, with representatives from
23 countries participating in the various training seminars.
In addition to large regional initiatives, Baha'is participated
in other conferences such as the celebration of International
Women's Day in Harare, Zimbabwe. More than one thousand
people, including government ministers, representatives from
various non-governmental organizations, and members of many
religions, gathered to commemorate the day on 8 March 2001.
Baha'is distributed two hundred copies of the statement by the
Baha'i International Community (BIC) entitled Women and the
Peace Process, and one hundred copies of a pamphlet produced
by the National Spiritual Assembly about the equality of women
and men. Part of the BI C's statement was later reprinted in a local
newspaper under the heading "A Message of Peace."
The Baha'i Office for the Advancement of Women in Malaysia was involved in a variety of events to commemorate "Wanita
2000," a Women's Day celebration on 26 and 27 August. The
Baha' i youth of Malaysia organized and performed an hour-long
program of dramatic presentations and dances on the theme of
equality of women. Baha'is also joined the NGO "soapboxes."
Sessions were presented in the shadow of Kuala Lumpur 's Petronas
Towers, before crowds of two thousand or more people. Another
part of the initiative involved a two-day conference on 17 and 18
August, in which Baha'is also participated. The conference discussed proposals for the country's Eighth Malaysian Plan and
Women's Development Action Plan. The Baha' is also presented a
copy of Advancement of Women: A Baha'i Perspective, by Janet
and Peter Khan, to the prime minister of Malaysia.
And in Guam, the Baha'i Office of External Affairs organized and sponsored another event focused on promoting the
equality of men and women: the third annual Global Unity Symposium, held on 8 April 2001. A panel of experts gave presentations

on various aspects of the theme of equality, including Senator
Joanne Marie Salas Brown, of Guam's legislature; Dr. George
Kallingal, professor of education at the University of Guam; Dr.
Thomas Shieh; and Jayne Flores, a journalist for the Pacific Daily
News . Dr. Kirk Johnson, assistant professor of sociology at the
University of Guam, presented Baha'i perspectives on the issue.
Participants included a number of educators, students, and other
members of the wider community. Baha'i literature relevant to
the subject was made available to all.

Baha'i youth
running coastto-coast in the
United States to
promote racial
harmony
as part of the
"Spirit Run. "

Race Unity
The Baha'i Faith teaches that all people are equal, and Baha'is
strive to eliminate prejudices that create separations between people
based on race, creed, or culture. Far from seeking a uniform whole,
though, Baha'i communities are encouraged to integrate the cultures and heritage of the vast palette of humanity. The Baha'i
community, which has members from more than two thousand
ethnic and tribal backgrounds, seeks to create a unified planet,
one which is free from racial prejudice and realizes Baha'u'llah's
statement that "the earth be regarded as one country and one
home." 2
2 Baha'u'llah, Tablets ofSaha 'u '!!ah revealed after the Kitab-i-Aqdas (Wilmette:

Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1997), p. 127.

Tll E B AHA'I W ORLD

In the United States, a message of racial harmony in the form
of a three-month, three-thousand-mile run from Seattle, Washington, to New York City began at dawn on 29 May 2000. Titled the
"Spirit Run," it involved nine runners, all Baha'i youth of different ethnic backgrounds, who collectively ran 54 miles each day in
an effort aimed at teaching the Baha'i Faith to Native Americans.
In the evenings, the runners held meetings about the Baha'i Faith
in stops along their cross-country journey. They emphasized the
Faith's doctrines of racial unity and offered themselves- youth
from African-American, Caucasian, East Asian, Hispanic, Native
American, and Persian backgrounds- as an active model of unity
in diversity.
The Run was initiated by Arthur Fernandez-Scarberry, who
is of Choctaw descent and was inspired by the overwhelming need
for a message of racial unity. "Every step is a prayer," he said of
the journey. The youth and their entourage- a small motorcade
that accompanied them in their trek- lived together for the three
months of the run, frequently engaging in "talking circles," in
which the runners discussed their problems and challenges or
shared their joy using the Baha'i principle of consultation combined with the Native American practice of passing a "talking
stick," which designates one speaker at a time and is passed around
to ensure that everyone is given equal opportunity to contribute.
The run ended on 9 August, International Day of the World's
Indigenous People, when the team arrived in New York City. The
runners were recognized in the United Nations General Assembly
during the opening ceremonies of the Day and were invited to
participate in a consultation on indigenous children and youth.
The runners were also involved in an all-day consultation at the
United Nations in preparation for the 2001 World Conference
against Racism, which sought to formulate suggestions on issues
of concern to indigenous peoples within the context of the
conference's draft agenda.
Celebration of indigenous culture was also a key aspect of a
CD launch in Hay River, Northwest Territories, Canada, on 9 September. The CD features selections of Baha'i sacred writings set to
music and translated into six languages spoken by the Dene
people in Canada's Northwest Territories. The release of the CD
was the latest phase of a project launched four years ago by
Canada's National Spiritual Assembly to make recordings of
Baha'i scriptures available to Native Canadians in their own languages.
The meeting was held at K'atl'odeeche, the Hay River Dene
Band Reserve, and opened with a drum prayer offered by local
drummers and a traditional feeding of the fire ceremony. Ms.
Susan Lyons, a member of the National Spiritual Assembly of
the Baha'is of Canada, presented a copy of the CD on behalf of
the Baha'is of Canada to Chief Pat Martel of the Hay River Dene
Band, and other guests also received copies of the CD. The
Baha'is served a traditional meal to the approximately one hundred participants. After receiving the gift, Chief Martel addressed
the gathering at length, in his own language, speaking about the
power of prayer and its universality, regardless of its source.
Indigenous Baha'is in Bolivia are working in their communities to promote education in areas where it was formerly
unavailable. The Local Spiritual Assembly of Puka Puka in the
Chuquisaca area established a Baha'i school called Unidad de
las Pueblos (Unity of Peoples), to provide the tribal communities with an opportunity for education. Until 1997 there were
only two grades with two teachers in Puka Puka, and children
who went to school elsewhere were discriminated against because of their identity and culture. In 1998 the Puka Puka
Assembly decided to establish a private school, starting with the
fifth grade of primary school and three grades of middle school.
They were also able to build two classrooms and two houses for
teachers. In 1999 the first year of middle school was added to
the curriculum, and in 2000 a second year was added. The Local
Spiritual Assembly is currently assisting with financing the
school by selling products produced by the Baha'i community,
but the school aims to become fully self-sufficient by 2007.
Social and Economic Development
Baha'u'llah wrote to the His followers, "Be anxiously concerned
with the needs of the age ye live in, and center your deliberations

Young Baha 'is
repairing a fence
around their
vocational school
in a village in
Arunachal
Pradesh, India.

on its exigencies and requirements." 3 At its heart, the Baha'i Faith
is concerned with promoting the welfare of human society, and
by participating in social and economic development activities,
the Baha'i community seeks to assist in increasing capacity and
building resources while making contributions to the physical
conditions of those around them.
Baha' is in Buryatia, Russia, are tackling the difficult situation
of rising rates of alcoholism, drug use, and AIDS among youth in
this Siberian republic. AIDS-related deaths have increased dramatically in Buryatia in recent years-an indication of the general
moral crisis afflicting much of the region. As a means to combat the
physical problems and their spiritual and moral causes, Baha'is
created the Youth Center for Social Initiatives. The program aims to
promote healthy lifestyles among youth and to train teachers and
other specialists to do prevention work with them.
The Youth Center is an extension of the Young Lions social
project, a Baha'i project for youth that provides alternative activities, training in moral leadership, and popular social activities for
the youth of the Ulan-Ude region. The program's emphasis is on
creating a basis for individual growth and self-fulfillment through
community service, recognizing that prevention work is only effective when accompanied by a sustainable, morals-based system.

3 Baha'u 'llah, Gleanings from the Writings of Baha 'u '!!ah (Wilmette: Baha'i
Publishing Trust, 1994 ), p. 213.

Oxanna Dorzhieva, director of the Youth Center, identified
its principal concerns as "the development of young people's
awareness of their personal dignity and the need for spiritual independence, development of a volunteer movement for prevention
work, training of teachers and other specialists in prevention education, and cultivation of a positive lifestyle among youth and
teenagers."
Local officials in Ivolga approached the Young Lions for
assistance in organizing prevention activities for the whole region, where rates of drug use among youth and of alcohol and
drug-related crime have sharply increased in recent years. The
Youth Center also works to develop regional, national, and international collaboration in prevention work, seminars, and
workshops on moral leadership, the prevention of AIDS, and
substance abuse. Further, the Center is working with specialists
from the AIDS Center of Buryatia to create a program for youth
that will include materials on moral education, to be presented
to education ministers for use in schools in the region.
Dealing with the difficulties of youth was also the aim in
Swindon, United Kingdom, where the ten-week Swindon Twelve
to Eighteen Program (STEP) began on 20 February 200 l, designed
specifically for teenagers with problems such as low self-esteem
and depression. The STEP program is sponsored by Swindon's

Participants
in a dental
health class
organized
by the
Cambodian
Organization
for Research,
Development,
and
Education, in
Kanda/,
Cambodia.

Health Authority, which has encouraged the development of the
"Tranquility Zones" that led to the implementation of STEP.
For the past three years, the Baha'i community in Swindon,
in the United Kingdom, has been operating Tranquility Zones. The
program, organized and operated by the Baha'i Projects Office,
provides the people of Swindon with a place where they can "recharge" spiritually. The Zones involve a setting of candlelight, fresh
flowers, and accompanying music and inspiring readings, all intended as a means of spiritual upliftment. An average of 30--40
people attend each session, seven of which run every two weeks.
The projects gained international attention in March 2001, when
the BBC's World Service ran a 15-minute profile of the Tranquility
Zone projects. The Borough Council for Healthy Living has encouraged the creation of permanent Zones for use by the people of
Swindon and has included the project in a pamphlet on stress prevention which was distributed to local schools.
In Samoa, another project initiated by the Baha'is is focusing on a very different problem- and uses humor as an essential
ingredient in the effort. On 16 October 2000, World Food Day,
Samoa's first television series dedicated to a healthy diet, "O le
Kuka Samoa," was launched at the residence of the New Zealand
high commissioner. Well-known Samoan comedian Sumeo, alias
"O le King Kuka," stars as a master chef in the television cooking
program, aired weekly on TV-Samoa.
The Samoan Baha'i Charitable Trust for Social and Economic Development produces the show in collaboration with the
Samoan Nutrition Center. Other partners include the New
Zealand High Commission in Samoa, New Zealand Official Development Assistance (NZODA), the Australian Agency for
International Development (AusAID), the FAO Pacific Regional
Office, UNICEF, the Samoan government's Health Department,
and Television Samoa Corporation.
A spokesman for the Baha'i Charitable Trust outlined the
program's intent as increasing consumption of nutritious foods,
particularly locally produced fruits and vegetables. A cookbook
produced with the assistance of FAQ and NZODA and featuring the

YEAR IN REVJEW

recipes used in the show was released with the show's debut. Although it is designed for a general audience, the program is
specifically aimed at improving the diet of children in the area. The
show, broadcast in the Samoan language, also features interviews
with local celebrities and sports figures.
The use of the media in development is also key in other
areas. Baha'i radio programs and stations have long been a means
of educating and edifying the public. Now, the Baha'i community
in Chad, in conjunction with the Association for the Protection of
the Environment and of Nature, has established Radio Brakoss,
"Community Radio for Development." The station's main objectives are training, providing information, and contributing to the
development of the rural population of Chad. The station's proposed goal is development that encompasses parallel growth
between material, economic, and spiritual means.
The station's daily twelve-hour broadcast has two major sections. The Baha'is provide a six-hour section of the program known
as Antenne lumiere, which offers music, prayers, and spiritual
readings, many of which come from the Baha'i teachings. The second part of the program focuses on more social development and is
aimed primarily at the rural population of Chad. It informs listeners
about such issues as the rights of women and children and their
importance in overall society, education, health, and agriculture,
and it offers news of the world.
Education
For Baha'is, education, especially of children, is a means for
contributing to an "ever-advancing civilization." The Baha'i
teachings emphasize the importance of education in the various
arts and sciences, but also emphasize education in morality and
spirituality- without these, education is incomplete. Throughout
the world, Baha' i schools are combining the principles of spiritual and moral education with traditional educational disciplines.
In Australia, New Zealand, the Solomon Islands, Canada,
and the United States, Baha'i communities are making use of the
"Virtues Project" to instill these values in children. The project is
based on five strategies, or spiritual life-skills, which are tools for

creating a "culture of character." The project uses Baha'i principles
as its basis and incorporates spiritual concepts from other religions.
During the International Year of the Family, the UN Secretariat and
World Conference for Cities and Corporations endorsed it as "a
model program for families of all cultures." The Virtues Project has
received prestigious awards and extensive media coverage for its
impact.
Moral training is not limited to children, however. The Human
Plenitude Program in Brazil is collaborating with the Ministry of
Education in the "Education for Justice" project, which was inaugurated in June 2000. The project aims to provide moral leadership
training for up to six thousand legal professionals, including judges
and prosecutors who work with youth.
Baha'i education projects also focus on creating schools and
formal education programs, and many are in rural areas, where
access to education is often limited. The Unity in Diversity Foundation in Indonesia initiated a project entitled "Educating Children in
Remote Villages" to establish seven educational centers within two
years on the Mentawi Islands. Over the next four years, these centers will serve 540 children. Graduates of the Foundation's earlier
program "Empowering Youth in Child Education" are training and
educating the village children. The project is being conducted in
collaboration with the Department of Education, Elementary
Schools Division.

Participants,
speakers, and
.facilitators of
,~-- -""""' a workshop
á on moral
leadership
held in
Yaounde,
Cameroon, in
March, 2001.

Y EAR IN REVIEW

Fori Constantinescu
(right), coordinator of
the Royaumont
Process project
"Promoting Positive
Messages through the
Media , "presents
inf ormation about the
project to the
president of Romania.
Emil Constantinescu.
I
/ fl
j
,

,.r- •1"'
Indigenous peoples are also a point of focus for Baha'i educational initiatives. In Bolivia, the National Spiritual Assembly's
Environmental Studies Center has established an early education
program in a number of Aymara and Quechua areas. The programs
are targeted at parents to help them initiate spiritual training and
assist with literacy in their children. Nearly two hundred children
are participating.
During 2000-01 , Baha' i-inspired curricular materials focusing on moral education were introduced for use in public schools in
Zimbabwe, South Africa, Malawi, the Philippines, and Venezuela,
and new materials were provided to schools as part of the existing
religious education program in Brazil. Programs for training school
teachers were carried out in Honduras, Kazakhstan, and Bosnia-
Herzegovina. Moral education activities in public schools are
currently being carried out by Baha'is in more than 25 countries.
The curriculum development unit of Zimbabwe's Ministry of
Education included the Baha'i Faith as part of religious study in
secondary schools in the country. Both the syllabus and the texts
from which the syllabus was devised were developed by Baha'is.
In Ethopia, Dr. Fisseha Eshetu, a member of the Baha' i community in that country, was recognized for his contribution to
education. Dr. Eshetu was one of four young men and women
who received a Global Young Entrepreneur award at the seventh
World Summit of Young Entrepreneurs, held at the World Trade
Center in New York from 28 August to 1 September 2000. The

Summit focuses on those who creatively contribute to enterprise
and who share their prosperity, and it seeks to offer young entrepreneurs opportunities for access to venture capital, global
markets, and international joint ventures, in the belief that developing the private sector is a key component for achieving social
progress and equitable globalization.
Dr. Eshetu is the president of Unity College, the first private
college to be accredited by the Ethiopian Ministry of Education.
It was officially inaugurated in March 1998, and after only two
years of operation, eight thousand students were enrolled, making
it the second-largest institution of higher education in the country, after Addis Ababa University. The school offers courses in
accounting, business administration, marketing, personnel management, hotel management and hospitality, and language
training in Amharic, English, and Arabic. The college is already
self-sustaining and there are plans to upgrade it to a full-fledged
university by 2004. Dr. Eshetu is committed to providing scholarships to ten thousand women from poor families and already has
partial commitments from donor organizations. In September
2000 the college launched a daily, non-political newspaper with a
circulation of ten thousand, focusing on social development. It
also launched an educational radio program that airs for 20 minutes six days a week.
Arts
Baha'u'llah wrote: "the true worth of artists and craftsmen
should be appreciated, for they advance the affairs of mankind.
Just as the foundations ofreligion are made firm through the Law
of God, the means of livelihood depend upon those who are engaged in arts and crafts."4 Many Baha'i artists throughout the world
are attempting to use their arts to demonstrate and elucidate the
essence of the Faith. They use artistic means not only for expressing their Faith, but also as a means to inform others, inspired by
Baha'u'llah's words.

4Baha ' u ' llah, cited in " The Arts," Compilation of Compilations, Vol.
(Maryborough , Victoria: Baha' i Publications Australia, 1991 ), p. 3.

Artists Robin
White and l eba
Toki working with
tapa, a bark cloth,
in their studio in
Canberra,
Australia.

To express the essential truths of their Faith, artists Robin
White of New Zealand and Leba Toki of Fiji opened an exhibit of
collaborative works at the Helen Maxwell Gallery in Canberra,
Australia, which was displayed for one month in October and November 2000. Their works offer a portrait of harmony, blending
Western and Fijian artistic traditions. They use the metaphor of
tea, a symbol common to English and Indian culture and which
has been incorporated into Fijian culture, to demonstrate the coming together of people in a convivial atmosphere. Ms. White called
the month-long exhibit "a way of demonstrating the potential for
people from very different cultural backgrounds to work together
in harmony, in a positive and creative manner."
Not only the subject matter, but also the materials of the art are
meant to represent diversity. Tapa, a Fijian bark cloth, was chosen
as the medium because it is inseparably associated with indigenous
Fijian and other Pacific Island cultures, which "aimed at suggesting
the possibility of one culture embracing, in a positive way, features
of other cultures," said Ms. White. In recognition of this goal, the
set of three tapa have been titled "Cakacakavata," which means
"working together." The set has been purchased by the National
Gallery of Australia.
The high commissioner of New Zealand, Simon Murdoch,
and the counsellor of the Fijian High Commission, Akuila Waradi,
attended the 20 October opening of the exhibit. Mr. Waradi spoke
during the brief formal portion of the opening, and he expressed

his pleasure at having the opportunity to view artwork that was
the product of collaboration and called the work "very different
and very beautiful."
Hoping to foster children's enthusiasm for artistic endeavors, Baha' is in New York City instituted the Children's Theater
Company program in that city. Activities include rehearsals and
classes in drama, art projects, dance, and musical theater. The
main objective is to illustrate Baha'i principles through the artsincluding racial harmony, unity in diversity, oneness of God, and
conflict resolution. More than fifty children between the ages of
four and twelve, most of whom are not Baha' is, gather weekly at
the New York Baha'i center to prepare, rehearse, and perform
skits meant to illustrate these principles.
The children rehearse their skits and hold performances every
two months in a 140-seat auditorium, with each season's theme based
on commemorative days designated by the United Nations. The CTC
was also selected by UNICEF to perform at the conference on the
State of the World's Children at the United Nations building in New
York in December 2000. More than two hundred dignitaries and
leaders from all over the world attended the conference, including
Queen Noor of Jordan, UN secretary-general Kofi Annan, US senator
Hillary Clinton, and UNICEF executive director Carol Bellamy.
The Baha'i community of New York City offers its local
Baha' i center as a gallery for month-long displays of the artwork
produced by children in the program. The display garnered news
coverage in newspapers and on television in New York, and the
two women who founded the Children's Theater Company were
voted "New Yorkers of the Week" by a local television station.
The producers of Sesame Street Children's Television also approached them to make nine segments featuring the Children's
Theater program to be aired nationally as part of the Sesame
Street program.
On 5 February 2001 , the feature film Serenades, written and
directed by Iranian-born Baha'i Mojgan Khadem, had its world
premiere at the Perth International Arts Festival in Australia. The
film is set in the Australian outback in the 1890s, at a time when

German Lutheran missionaries were trying to bring Christianity to
Australia's Aboriginal people. It tells the story of a young woman
of Afghan and Aboriginal background who struggles against a
forced marriage after the death of her mother.
Ms. Khadem credited this quotation from Baha'u'llah as inspiration for the story:

What "oppression" is greater than that which hath been recounted? What "oppression" is more grievous than that a soul
seeking the truth, and wishing to attain unto the knowledge of
God, should know not where to go for it and from whom to
seek it? For opinions have sorely differed, and the ways unto
the attainment of God have multiplied. 5

The words, she says, "made it very clear what my film needed to
be about. It needed to be about oppression, and what that oppression meant. At the center of that idea was an Aboriginal girl who
felt this grave oppression that Baha'u'llah speaks about, where
she looks everywhere for God, but she can't find Him."
The film is Ms. Khadem's first feature, and it was shot on
location in the South Australian outback. The film's star, Alice
Haines, was also making her feature debut. Costar Aden Young,
producer Sandra Levy, and director of photography Russell Boyd
each have extensive lists of films to their credit. The movie will be
released throughout the country in May 2001.
In the United Kingdom, Baha'i composer Denver Morgan
used the words of Baha'u'llah as inspiration for his musical
composition "Ri9van-the New Dawn Oratorio." The National
Chamber Orchestra of Wales, under conductor Martin Pring,
and Cardiff's Ardwyn Singers, under musical director Helena
Braithwaite, performed the world premiere of the piece on 25
March 2001 in the Brangwyn Hall in Swansea. The libretto for
the 90-minute oratorio was the Ri9van Tablet of Baha'u'llah,
which was set to music for solo singers, choir, and orchestra. On
the night of the premiere, every member of the audience, choir,

5 Baha'u'llah, The Kitab-i-iqan (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1993), p.
31.

and orchestra, and each soloist received a copy of a presentation
booklet of the Ridvan Tablet.
Mr. Morgan, a member of the British Academy of Composers
and Song Writers, stated: "All of the musicians [who performed at
the premiere] have been in the forefront of the development of new
and innovative musical works, and their collaboration with a Baha'i
composer is an important breakthrough in the acceptance of the
Baha'i writings as a source of musical inspiration."
Patrick Dawson
(Baha'i), DN Puri
(Sikh), AN
Pandeya (Hindu),
and Janice
Johnston
(Religious Society
of Friends)
at an interf aith
devo tional
meeting at the
Baha'i center in
Dublin, Ireland,
in August 2000.
Interfaith Activities
'Abdu' l-Baha's edict "prefer all religionists before yourselves" 6
has had a strong impact on Baha'i communities throughout the
world. Baha'is have experienced religious persecution since the
birth of their Faith in the mid-nineteenth century and are acutely
aware that religion should be a means for the unity of mankind,
not for its division. This, combined with the Baha' i belief in the
fundamental verity of all the world's major religions, makes the
Baha' is vocal proponents of interreligious activities.
Baha'is, in their search for unity among the religions, focus
on similarities and points of congruence, such as prayer. Baha'i
communities around the globe organized interfaith prayer meetings in homes, schools, and community centers in response to a
6 ' Abdu ' l-Baha, Th e Promulgation of Universal Peace: Talks Delivered by
'A bdu 'l-Baha during His Visit to the United States and Canada in 1912, rev.
ed. (Wilmette: Baha' i Publi shing Trust, 1995), p. 453 .

call by the United Nations for people everywhere to observe a
Day of Prayer for World Peace as the Millennium World Peace
Summit of Religious and Spiritual Leaders opened on 28 August
2000. The Summit brought together more than one thousand spiritual and religious leaders representing every major world religion
in an effort to "forge a partnership of peace." 7
A delegation representing the Baha'i International Community attended the Summit meetings, as Baha'i communities around
the world joined in prayer meetings in places such as Mauritius,
where the National Spiritual Assembly invited representatives of
the Buddhist, Christian, Hindu, and Muslim communities to a
prayer gathering at the Baha'i Institute in Belle Rose. The event
was covered by the Mauritius Broadcasting Corporation radio and
television services.
In Ireland, representatives of several of the world's major
faiths gathered at the Baha'i center in Dublin on 28 August to
participate in a devotional program of extracts from Baha'i, Buddhist, Christian, Hindu, Islamic, Jewish, Sikh, and Zoroastrian
sacred texts. After the devotional program, tea was served and the
representatives of the various religions learned about each other's
faiths and traditions in an atmosphere of goodwill. Irish Baha'is
sponsored similar events in Cavan, Fingal (a suburb of Dublin),
Sligo, Shannon, and Waterford.
In Cote d'Ivoire, the Baha'is of Abidjan and Dabou invited
animist, Catholic, Jewish, and Muslim representatives to pray for
peace at the Cocody Baha'i Center on 28 August 2000. The
Ivorian Ministry of Communication also sent a representative,
and the invitation to the event was broadcast on national radio and
on the national television evening news, and printed in four articles in the main national newspapers. There were readings from
the Bible, the Qur'an, and the Baha'i scriptures, followed by
statements on world peace by the various religious representatives. Similar events were held in the cities of Danane and
Bouake.

7See article on pp. 87- 93 for more about the Millennium World Peace Summit
of Religious and Spiritual Leaders.

The Baha'is of Dominica hosted a prayer gathering in an auditorium at the University of the West Indies Center in Roseau,
where prayers from 13 religions were read, ending with an excerpt from the Baha'i statement The Promise of World Peace.
In India, the State Baha'i Council of Sikkim organized a
prayer gathering at the Hotel Rendezvous in Gangtok on 28 August. The governor of Sikkim, Choudhary Randhir Singh, attended
along with representatives of the Buddhist, Christian, Hindu, Jain,
and Sikh communities. News of the gathering was carried on the
Sikkim cable television and in several local and regional newspapers.
In the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, the Baha'is held a devotional gathering at the Baha'i community center in Port Blair and
invited representatives of the Buddhist, Christian, Hindu, Muslim,
and Sikh communities to chant and recite prayers for world peace.
About 60 people attended, and the event was covered by local
newspapers and announced on the local bulletin of All India Radio.
In Thailand, the Santitham School, a Baha'i-run primary
school in Yasothon, held a gathering of about 250 students, teachers, and staff to pray for world peace on 31 August 2000. Three
Buddhist monks, two Muslim representatives, and three Catholic
nuns were invited to share their prayers with the students, with the
provincial education officer and the director of the District Education Office also in attendance. Local radio and television stations
covered the event.
Other prayer gatherings were held at the Baha'i House of
Worship in Panama City, Panama, at the Baha'i center in Luanda,
Angola, and at the Baha'i center in Montevideo, Uruguay.
December 2000 saw the culmination of a year-long initiative
in Norway dedicated to promoting dialogue among faith communities in the country. On 11 December, King Harald V met with
participants in the national interfaith dialogue effort to discuss the
results of their interactions and discussions. The king had also
been the guest of honor at the launching of the interfaith project in
1999, which saw the creation of six dialogue groups on issues of
religious freedom; family life; cohabitation, sexuality and equality;

environmental issues; violence and non-violence; and religious and
values education.
Meeting with the king were two members of Norway's Commission on Human Values, the coordinator of the Cooperation
Council for Religions and Life-stance Communities, and representatives from the Baha'i, Buddhist, Christian, and Muslim
religions. Britt Strandlie Thoresen, a member of the National
Spiritual Assembly of Norway, represented the Baha'i Faith at the
meeting. "In the year since we launched this effort," she said, "we
have formed bonds of fellowship and understanding among
Norway's various faith communities, which we hope will contribute to an atmosphere that welcomes diversity in our increasingly
multicultural country."
The interfaith dialogue project was sponsored by Norway's
Commission on Human Values and the Cooperation Council for
Religions and Life-stance Communities, one of Norway's principal
interfaith organizations. The Commission on Human Values was
appointed in January 1998 with a three-year mandate to "contribute
to a broad mobilization for human values and socio-ethics," to "enhance positive joint values, and strengthen the responsibility for the
environment and community," and "to work against indifference,
and promote personal responsibility, participation and democracy."
Because the mandate of the Commission expired at the end of December 2000, the Cooperation Council for Religious and

Baha 'is in
Colombo,
Sri Lanka.
in front of
the Baha "iowned
Vishina
Niketan
Peace
Centet:

TI-IE B A IJA' f W O RLD

Life-stance Communities will take on the task of carrying forward the dialogues.
Another body that offers a prominent voice for religious
cooperation is Uganda's Always Be Tolerant Organization
(ABETO). ABETO, in collaboration with the Baha'i Office of
External Affairs in Uganda, held a workshop on 16 September
2000 on the need for tolerance between religious communities.
The workshop was attended by religious leaders from various
faith communities within Uganda. Miria Matembe, the Ugandan
minister of Ethics and Integrity, attended the workshop as the
keynote speaker. She addressed the need for collaboration among
the religious leaders, saying that achieving religious tolerance
was squarely in their hands. Each community offered statements
that addressed the separations between the various faiths. Judith
Eiyo read the Baha'i statement "Religious Tolerance: The Baha'i
Community Viewpoint," a copy of which was distributed to each
workshop participant.
Involvement in the Life of Society
Baha' is are actively involved in public outreach, desiring to share
with the world the spiritual principles and ideals that they believe
will bring peace to the world and unity to its peoples. Baha'is
work extensively with the United Nations and other international
organizations, and strive to contribute to the discourse of society
by participating in activities and dialogues with governments and

A delegation of
Baha 'is
presenting the
book Forever in
Bloom to the
1 president of
I
1 • India (center),
during a visit on
18 July 2000.

YE AR IN R EV IEW

leaders of thought. These include meetings with public officials
and government ministers, and public presentations elucidating
the position of the Baha'i Faith and its relevance, and demonstrating to the public how the Baha'i teachings can be used for the
advancement of civilization.
By far the largest of these forums in the past year was in
Hannover, Germany, at Expo 2000, where an estimated five hundred thousand people visited the Baha'i exhibit between June and
October 2000. The 170-square-meter exhibit, sponsored by the
Baha'i International Community and the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Germany, featured development projects in
Colombia, Kenya, and Eastern Europe that illustrate the importance
of grassroots capacity-building, the advancement of women, and
moral and spiritual values in the process of social and economic
development. The exhibit was designed to resemble a lotus flower,
with three-meter-high acrylic glass "petals" in a semi-circular arrangement around a central space for reflection and contemplation.
It was located opposite the entrance in the Global House- an area
designated as a forum and meeting place for organizations and
policy-makers interested in sustainable development and the
Agenda 21 process. Several Baha'i development projects were the
subject of in-depth presentations in the seminar room of the Global
House.
Nearly 250 Baha'i volunteers served at the exhibit, joining
in the opportunity to present the Baha'i grassroots efforts to
achieve what the Baha'i International Community describes as
"dynamic coherence between the spiritual and practical requirements of life on earth." The spiritual teachings of the Faith, the
idea of global expansion within the framework of an administrative system, and the activities of the Baha'i International
Community worldwide attracted great attention.
Elsewhere in Europe, representatives of the Baha'i International Community, the National Spiritual Assemblies of the
United Kingdom and Switzerland, and several other Baha'i agencies
participated in the Geneva 2000 Summit for Social Development
from 25 to 30 June 2000. The opening of the Summit on 25 June,

Manijeh Roosta (right),
academic director of the
Baha 'i-run Nur
University in Bolivia,
receiving an award f rom
the Bolivian minister of
Education, Tito Hoz de
Vila, on 30 June 2000.

which was broadcast on CNN, included the reading of a Baha'i
prayer. The event included a special session of the UN General Assembly to review progress made since the 1995 World Summit for
Social Development in Copenhagen and a parallel NGO Forum
which brought together some four thousand representatives of civil
society.
The Baha'i International Community, the European Baha'i
Business Forum, and the European Baha'i Youth Council all had
displays and sponsored seminars at the NGO event, on themes
ranging from racial integration to science, religion, and development. The European Baha' i Business Forum sponsored six
different sessions addressing the themes of values in business,
women entrepreneurs, microfinance and human development,
ethics and entrepreneurship, corporate social responsibility, and
the role of business in promoting human prosperity. One session
was featured in the Earth Times daily newspaper produced at the
Geneva event.
Baha'is in England had an opportunity to share a holy day
celebration with close to thirty thousand people when London's
Millennium Dome hosted a "Baha'i Day" on 21 October 2000.
More than two thousand Baha' is from around the United Kingdom came to the Dome to commemorate the Birth of the Bab, a
festive occasion marking the birth of the Prophet-Herald of the
Faith.
The Baha' is presented a diverse program of artistic performances and entertainment, both on the main stage and in the

Dome's entrance hall, including juggling, clog dancing, a string
quartet, singers, a Ceilidh band, dancers, and a steel band. An exhibit about the Faith just inside the main entrance, an arts and
crafts area for children, and a Tranquility Zone for prayer and
meditation were also part of the celebration.
In the Faith Zone, which was one of the Dome's permanent
exhibits, excerpts from the Baha'i scriptures were displayed on
tall pillars along with those of other faiths coexisting in Britain,
including the Buddhist, Christian, Hindu, Jain, Jewish, Muslim,
Sikh, and Zoroastrian religions.
Since its completion in 1986, the Baha'i House of Worship
in New Delhi, India, has become one of the world's most prominent physical symbols of the Baha'i Faith. The building, also
known as "the Lotus Temple" because of its distinctive lotusshaped design, with concrete "petals" sheathed in marble, has
been a source of international interest and praise, and receives an
average of three and a half million visitors every year, recently
surpassing the Taj Mahal as the most visited building in the
world.
The temple has always welcomed dignitaries, tourists, and
travelers, but 2000 marked the first visit of a head of state on an
official visit. The president of Iceland, Olafur Ragnar Grimsson,
visited the House of Worship on 29 October along with his family.
Also accompanying the president was a delegation of about 30
Icelandic dignitaries, including the foreign minister and his wife.
They were met by the secretary-general of the National Spiritual
Assembly of India, Ramnik Shah, the general manager of the
House of Worship, Shahin Javid, and a member of the Continental
Board of Counsellors for Asia, Zena Sorabjee. The Icelandic delegation also included a Baha'i, Vilhjalmur Gudmundsson, who is
director of market development for the Trade Council of Iceland.
On 19 April 2001 the Indian temple received an official visit
from Jens Stolberg, prime minister of Norway. Mr. Stolberg and
his delegation were given a reception, brief tour, and explanation
of the building's design and function. The Norwegian delegation

TH E B AI-IA' f W ORLD

was also briefed on the collaboration between the Baha'is and the
Norwegian development agency NORAD.
In Brazil, a ceremony on 19 September 2000 saw soil samples
from 26 nations deposited in the hourglass-shaped Peace Monument in Rio de Janeiro. The monument now contains soil from
nearly 150 countries and stands as a representation of the oneness
of humanity and the global cooperation needed to achieve lasting
peace. Built by the Baha'i International Community and the Baha'i
community of Brazil in 1992 for the Earth Summit and designed by
the renowned Brazilian sculptor Siron Franco, the five-meter-high
concrete and ceramic monument is located near the site of the 1992
Global NGO Forum. Forty-two nations contributed soil to the
monument at its inauguration on 14 June 1992, held as one of the
closing ceremonies of the Earth Summit and Global Forum, and
the remaining soil samples have been collected throughout the
years since, with many of them coming from sacred sites. Etched
on the four sides of the monument's upper pyramid is a quotation
from Baha'u'llah displayed in English, Portuguese, Chinese, and
Terena, an indigenous language of Brazil: "The earth is but one
country and mankind its citizens." The final deposits of soil passed
through the hands of a human chain to the top of the monument,
where a street child, who happened to be passing by at that moment, placed it in the monument.
Community Development
Just as individuals are counseled by the Baha'i teachings to "acquire the attributes of spiritual and material perfection," 8 so must
they collectively pursue the same goals for the more than two
hundred communities in countries and territories throughout the
world. There is an awareness that the communities, like the
people who compose them, need to attend to their growth and
development- to promote creativity, build capacity, and develop
distinctive social patterns.

8' Abdu ' l-Baha, Th e Secret of Divine Civilization , !st pocket ed. (Wilmette:
Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1990), p. 35.

Y EAR lN R EV[EW

Saha 'is in Belarus
with documents
certif.ving the
official registration
of the country s
National Spiritual
Assembly.

As a celebration of its own growth, on 26 November 2000
the Baha'i community of Malaysia celebrated the 50th anniversary of the establishment of the Faith in that country. The Baha'is
hosted a commemorative dinner in Kuala Lumpur, which was attended by more than six hundred people. The venue for the event
was decorated with colorful banners and displays of the Baha'i
sacred writings. The guest of honor was the deputy minister of
National Unity and Social Development, Dr. Tiki Lafe, and Dr.
John Fozdar, son of the first Baha'is to settle in Malaysia, spoke
about the early days of the Faith there. The evening included
prayers read in four languages with choral accompaniment, and
presentations by children and youth of Baha'i songs and dances.
A booklet, "Celebrating 50 Years of the Baha'i Faith in Malaysia," was produced for the event and given to all participants.
Another significant step in the development of national communities is the recognition of their national administrative bodies,
the National Spiritual Assemblies, by their countries' governments.
Such registration and incorporation allows the Baha'is to enjoy the
same freedoms and protections as their coreligionists.
In Belarus, a country where the Baha'i Faith has been legal
only since the collapse of the Soviet regime, the National Spiritual
Assembly was registered with the government on 29 August 2000.
In a ceremony the following day, the chairman of the State Committee for Religious Affairs presented a certificate of registration to
one of the first Baha'is in Belarus, National Assembly member
Agata Shpakovskaya.

TH E B AHA'f W ORLD

A similar event on 9 October 2000 saw the incorporation of
the Baha'i community of the Canary Islands. The Spanish government recognized the body as an Associative Religious Entity
in the Registry of Religious Entities of the Ministry of Justice.
On 17 September 2000, Baha' is William Collins and SM
Waris Hamadani presented 13 different editions of the Kitab-i-
Aqdas to the Library of Congress in Washington, DC. The
editions represent many of the currently available translations of
Baha'u'llah's book of laws, which is also known as the "Most
Holy Book." The languages presented include the book's native
Arabic (which appeared in 2000 in its first authorized version),
along with Danish, Dutch, English, Hindi, Indonesian, Italian,
Portuguese, Spanish, Russian, Thai, and Urdu. The first authorized English edition of the book was issued in 1992, on the one
hundredth anniversary of Baha'u'llah's passing. Many members
of the Library staff were on hand for the presentation, with Helen
Poe accepting the books on behalf of the Library of Congress. A
short talk was given by Mr. Collins, who works at the Library,
about the Baha'i Faith and the significance of the Kitab-i-Aqdas,
including a brief account of the history of its writing and the subjects it addresses. Mr. Hamadani spoke briefly about translating
the book into Urdu, a process which took approximately 18
months; it was published in 1997. Bulgarian, French, and German
translations of the book have since been donated to the Library.

Baha 'is William
Collins (far left)
and Waris
Hamadani
(second fro m
right)
presenting
copies of the
Kitab-i-Aqdas
to the Library
of Congress in
Washington,
DC.

Children
and youth
participants at a
summer school
in Catania,
Sicily, in
September 2000.

Baha' is are also attempting to deepen their understanding of
the laws of Baha'u'llah by studying the Kitab-i-Aqdas within
their own communities, in order to better reflect the ideals set
forth in it. To this end, participants from around Pakistan gathered
at the Baha'i center in Islamabad from 23 to 25 June 2000 to
participate in the first program offered by the Academy of the
Kitab-i-Aqdas, which has been established to focus on in-depth
study of the Most Holy Book and to support research on its laws
and ordinances.
Muhammad Ashraf Ali, joint secretary of Pakistan's Federal
Ministry of Minorities, participated in the program and during the
official inauguration of the Academy unveiled a glass ornament
on which was engraved the opening paragraph of the Kitab-i-
Aqdas in both Arabic and English. After the ceremony, Mr. Ali
addressed the audience, saying: "It has been memorable for me to
represent the government of Pakistan in so blessed a gathering
where participants from every nook and comer of the country
have come to study the Most Sacred Book of the Baha'i religion. I
hope, as you have made such a beautiful display of all the divine
scriptures of the world, one day we will see all the followers of
the religions united on one single platform."
Baha'i and non-Baha'i scholars presented research papers on
various religions, broadening the Academy's study program beyond the single book to incorporate elements of other religious

traditions. There were also presentations on the significance of
the Kitab-i-Aqdas, both within the Faith and in the spectrum of
holy texts. The offerings provided the participants with both a
new vision and practical techniques for their study of the book.
Youth
Youth, who collectively represent the future of human society, are
given special emphasis in the Baha'i Faith. Called upon to serve
the Faith through their energy and enthusiasm, Baha'i youth hope
to rise to meet the expectations set forth by Baha'u'llah in His
statement, "Blessed is he who in the prime of his youth and the
heyday of his life will arise to serve the Cause of the Lord." 9
Baha'i youth workshops promote the Faith through music,
arts, and dances that embody Baha'i themes and ideas. The Baha'i
youth workshop of Oahu, Hawaii, with members from the islands
of Oahu, Maui, and Kauai, arrived in Tonga in July 2000 for a
three-and-a-half-week tour. During its stay, the workshop performed 36 times for approximately eleven thousand people- 11
percent of the total Tongan population. More than eight thousand
members of the audience were students. Previously, the Tongan
workshop, Pacific Flame, had only been allowed to perform in
one school.
In Macedonia, the Theatrical Youth of Macedonia launched
a project inspired by a training seminar on "Promoting Positive
Messages Through the Media: The Happy Hippo Show" held there
recently in the framework of the Royaumont Process on stability
and good neighborliness in southeastern Europe. The interactive
dialogue for youth was launched on 3 May 2000, with the goals
of using the Happy Hippo format in schools and youth cultural
centers, filming programs for a television documentary, and publishing information on the positive messages of the show in various
languages. The organization has already conducted programs in
24 towns, visiting two to three schools in each town and involving up to six hundred youth in each program.

9Baha'u'llah, cited in "Youth: A Compilation," Compilation of Compilations,
Vol. 2 (Maryborough , Victoria: Baha'i Publications Australia, 1991 ), p. 415.

YEAR IN REVIEW

Children
and youth
performing at an
Asian Baha'i
youth conference
in Karachi,
Pakistan,
in July 2000.

Guyana's "Youth Can Move the World" project, funded by the
Varqa Foundation in collaboration with UNICEF and the Ministry
of Youth and Sport for Guyana, saw 350 youth participating in a
seven-day training program. Afterwards, between September 2000
and August 2001, 60 youth groups were functioning regularly with
more than one thousand youth participating in an integrated program of study and service to the community. The one-year program
covers issues of special importance to youth, including drug use,
domestic violence, literacy, gender equality, discrimination and
prejudice, and protection of the environment. Another key element
deals with the promotion of transformation in both individuals and
communities. As part of the second phase of the program, participants present what they have learned in schools, community
centers, and youth clubs throughout the country. Materials used in
the course include scripture from the major religions in Guyana,
namely the Baha'i Faith, Christianity, Islam, and Hinduism.
Some of the main forums in which Baha'i youth gather to
share their enthusiasm for their Faith and create strategies of action
are youth conferences like the First Latin American Youth Congress in Santiago, Chile, where some 650 youth from 25 countries
gathered in January 1998. In 2000, five more International Congresses were held, with one in Paraguay in January, and others in
Ecuador, El Salvador, Canada, and the Dominican Republic in
July and August. Thousands of youth from dozens of countries

gathered at these Congresses, which serve as the focal point for a
growing phenomenon known as the Baha'i Youth Movement.
The youth in the Movement are dedicated to discovering
both practical and spiritual solutions to the challenges facing the
world, and to becoming catalysts for spiritual transformation.
They aim to reach the hearts of humanity by sharing the message
of the Baha'i teachings, which they believe is solely capable of
healing humanity. The youth also work toward these goals
through grassroots programs such as the Youth Leadership Project
for the Common Good in Bolivia, which trains high school students in moral leadership, team building, and consultation. The
project garnered the attention of government agencies in several
countries where the Congresses were held, and spawned initiatives for similar projects in Argentina, Chile, Ecuador, El
Salvador, Paraguay, Uruguay, and six islands of the Caribbean.
In the Marshall Islands, "Share a Basket Overflowing with
the Words of Baha'u'llah" was the theme of the youth conference
held on Majuro on 25 and 26 June 2000. Nearly one hundred young
Baha'is from Fiji, Hawaii, Kiribati, the Marianas, the Marshall
Islands, and Tuvalu participated in the event. The inspiration for
the theme was the Marshallese custom of having a basket overflowing with food from which anyone can partake. In order to share
the teachings of Baha'u'llah, the youth prepared quotations from
the Baha'i writings about subjects that best suit the attributes and

Children
studying
about the
Bab and
Baha 'u '!!ah
in a class in
Crown
Haven,
Abaco,
Bahamas.

Baha 'is in
Laos
consulting
with
Continental
Counsellor
Lee Lee Loh
Ludher about
the training
institute
process, in a
workshop held
in July 2000.

qualities of the Pacific Islands peoples. The youth shared experiences and then read from Baha'i writings that support each topic,
told stories, and performed music, dances, and songs based on Baha'i
themes.
Training Institutes
Through the curriculums and programs of Baha'i training institutes, Baha'is seek to increase the human resources of the Baha'i
community. 10 Baha'is learn systematic methods for contributing
to the spiritual and administrative growth of their communities,
offering service to others, expressing their faith through arts and
music, and teaching the Faith to others. Institutes also address
issues such as health care, literacy, and the equality of women and
men- issues which relate directly to the broader society, all in an
effort to enliven the spirit and enhance the abilities of the Baha'i
community.
A key aspect in the development of the training institutes has
been the Ruhi curriculum, developed in Colombia and now used
worldwide as a systematic means for Baha'is to better understand
their Faith. The spiritual education of children is another essential
aspect of training programs. In Colombia, the Primary School Program, dedicated to strengthening existing schools, has become the
center of Baha'i activities. There are currently 66 pre-primary

°For more about training institutes, see pp. 191 - 99.

Participants in
a Baha'i
training
institute class
in Burkina
Faso, in
September
2000.

Baha'i schools in the Guajira region and 14 schools in the surrounding area, with a total of thirteen hundred students enrolled in
Guajira and five hundred students enrolled in other areas.
In Panama, the training institute has devised a nationwide
systematic sequence of courses for children and youth to study
materials that emphasize participants' spiritual development. The
program is carried out in stages appropriate to the ages of the children. To follow up, the children and youth come back together
again in national and regional gatherings and are encouraged to
carry out activities in their respective communities.
The National Spiritual Assembly, along with the Committee
for the Baha'i Education of Children and the National Institute
Office, has also planned a systematic national program for the
education of children and junior youth. The objective of this collaborative effort is to establish an official Baha'i curriculum for
Baha' i classes. Junior youth activities are also conducted at the
local, regional, and national levels. In April 2000, 724 junior
youth were involved in the institute process.
During the last year, 387 people, which constitutes 76 percent of the Baha'i population of the Ukraine, went through Ruhi
training courses as part of the institute process. Two branches of
the national training institute in Kiev and Odessa worked intensely
to provide courses. Currently there are 31 active study circles in

the Ukraine, and participants are beginning to form service projects
inspired by the institutes.
Sharing the Baha'i Message
Of all the activities of the Baha'i community, none is seen as
more fundamentally important or meaningful than teaching the
Baha'i Faith, an undertaking which 'Abdu'l-Baha called "the
greatest of all divine bestowals." 11 For Baha'is, teaching is more
than a mere numerical increase; it is a measure of humanity's response to the message that they believe is the means for the
advancement of the whole human race.
One of the most recent evolutions of Baha'i teaching efforts
is the development of Area Growth Programs, mandated by the
Universal House of Justice, which concentrate efforts to teach the
Baha'i Faith in specific geographic areas, with the support and
guidance of Baha' i institutions. The aim of the programs is to
increase the capacity of believers and communities in a region to
foster a process of accelerated and sustained growth by raising up
human resources for well-designed expansion and consolidation
activities and by strengthening local and regional Baha' i institutions. Between 2000 and 2001, 29 pilot Area Growth Programs
were initiated in various countries.
Two pilot programs are currently under way in the Russian
Federation. One program, concentrated in the Murmansk region,
is carried forward mostly by youth, who have planned and carried
out several teaching projects as well as a dance workshop and
study circles. The other program, in the Baikal region, has served
to reinvigorate the Baha'i community and has attracted people
from surrounding areas to the Faith while increasing the focus and
enthusiasm of the community.
In some places, people are especially receptive to the Baha'i
teachings and embrace the Faith in large numbers. A six-month
project in the area of Raj-Shahi, Bangladesh, resulted in close to
six thousand people declaring their belief in Baha'u'llah. More

11' Abdu ' l-Baha, Japan Will Turn Ablaze (Tokyo: Baha ' i Publi shing Trust,
1993) , p. 12.

than a quarter of them subsequently trained in the country's institute program, enhancing their understanding of their new Faith.
In Mongolia, 214 people became Baha'is in response to six
teaching projects following Baha'i summer school sessions. Nearly
all of the new believers soon enrolled in institute courses. In an
effort to teach the Faith to the Tsaatan (Reindeer) people, who live
in Hovsgol Province, a team of Baha'is visited the area and met
with the main chief of the tribe, who gave permission for them to
share their message. The Baha'is conducted two children's classes
and held a unity feast, and as a result six people enrolled in the
Baha'i community.
Use of the media to promote the Baha'i teachings has had a
tremendous impact in the Democratic Republic of Congo, where
Baha'is broadcast radio and television programs on the subjects
of peace, the elimination of prejudice, consultation, prayer, family
life, and children's education. The television programs are locally
produced and air weekly for a half-hour on the national television
station RTCN, immediately before the news, and later in the evening
on the private Channel A. Radio programming by the Baha'is is carried by RAGA Radio on Sunday mornings, and the broadcasts are
followed widely in the capital, Kinshasa, and across the Congo

l~
Baha 'is in Gitarama, Rwanda, singing and drumming at
a Baha'i teaching conference.

Y-
EJ\-
1( -JN R fV JEW
~-

River in Brazzaville, the capital of the neighboring Congo Republic. After seeing one of the Baha'i television programs about the
elimination of racial and tribal prejudice, two people walked 20
kilometers to the Baha'i center to declare their desire to become
Baha' is.
Several government officials, including the minister of Information, the minister of Foreign Affairs, and a high-ranking
official in the Ministry of the Interior, have been active supporters
of the programs and have encouraged the widespread diffusion of
the social and moral principles they transmit. After a program on
the Baha'i electoral process, an officer from the president's office
called the national Baha'i center to request more information
about the Baha'i administrative system, stating that the concepts
were important for the development of the country.

Jn 2000, three gatherings held at the United
Nations brought together leaders of nations,
of civil society, and of world religions to
address the challenges fa cing humanity as it
enters the twenty-first century.

MILLENNIUM
EVENTS

O ver the past decade, the United Nations has sponsored a series of international gatherings aimed at highlighting and
promoting constructive action on some of the most pressing social issues currently confronting humanity. Among the largest of
these gatherings have been the UN Conference on Environment
and Development (the Earth Summit); the World Conference on
Human Rights; the World Summit for Social Development; the
Fourth World Conference on Women; and Habitat II. The series
culminated in the holding of a Millennium Forum for non governmental organizations (NGOs) in May 2000 and of a Millennium
Summit for heads of state and government in September 2000.
Both took place at the United Nations Headquarters in New York.
A Millennium World Peace Summit of Religious and Spiritual
Leaders, although not an official United Nations event, was also
held in part at the United Nations immediately prior to the governmental leaders' summit.

TH E BAHA'I W ORLD

Millennium Forum
The first of these three events, the Millennium Forum, was held
from 22 to 26 May 2000 and brought together more than one thousand representatives ofNGOs from some one hundred countries. The
purpose of the gathering was "to consult about the role of the United
Nations in confronting the great global challenges facing humanity in
the twenty-first century."
Consultation focused on peace, security, and disarmament;
the eradication of poverty, including debt cancellation and social
development; human rights; sustainable development and the environment; facing the challenges of globalization; achieving
equity, justice, and diversity; and strengthening and democratizing the United Nations and other international organizations.
The Millennium Forum was first called for by United Nations
Secretary-General Kofi Annan, in recognition that the views and
recommendations of organizations of civil society would be beneficial to all delegations represented in the UN General Assembly.
At the end of the Forum, participants adopted a Declaration
to be presented to world leaders at the Millennium Summit in
September. The Declaration made recommendations for revitalizing the United Nations and affirmed,

... in our vision, we are one human family, in all our diversity,
living on one common homeland and sharing a just, sustainable, and peaceful world, guided by universal principles of
democracy, equality, inclusion, voluntarism, nondiscrimination, and participation by all persons ... It is a world where
peace and human security, as envisioned in the principles of
the United Nations Charter, replace armaments, violent conflict, and wars. It is a world where everyone lives in a clean
environment with a fair distribution of the earth's resources.
Our vision includes a special role for the dynamism of young
people and the experience of the elderly and reaffirms the universality, indivisibility, and interdependence of all human
rights--civil, political, economic, social, and cultural.

As the cochair of the Millennium Forum was the Baha'i International Community's principal representative, Techeste
Ahderom, the BIC's United Nations Office served as the focal

point and de facto office of the Millennium Forum during the
period leading up to the event. Upwards of eight Forum interns
worked with the BIC staff. BIC representatives also served on the
executive committee, convened the thematic group on religion,
and served on the drafting committee for the final document issued
as the Millennium Forum Declaration. Lawrence Arturo and Diane
'Ala'i represented the Baha'i International Community at the Millennium Forum.
Millennium World Peace Summit
of Religious and Spiritual Leaders
The Millennium World Peace Summit of Religious and Spiritual
Leaders took place from 28 to 31 August 2000 at the United Nations and the Waldorf-Astoria Hotel in New York City. It brought
together some one thousand religious leaders, representing every
major world religion- the Baha'i Faith, Buddhism, Christianity,
Hinduism, Islam, Jainism, Judaism, Shintoism, Sikhism, and Zoroastrianism, as well as indigenous religions from almost every
continent. The purpose of the gathering was "to further the prospects for peace among peoples and nations, and within every
individual." In essence, participants recognized that it is time for
the world's religious communities to stop fighting and arguing
among themselves and, in an atmosphere of mutual respect and
understanding, to begin working together-in cooperation with
secular leaders at the United Nations and elsewhere- for peace,
justice, the eradication of extreme poverty, the protection of the
environment, and social harmony.
At the event's conclusion, participants adopted and signed a
Declaration entitled Commitment to Global Peace. It notes that
"the United Nations and the religions of the world have a common
concern for human dignity, justice and peace"; it accepts that "men
and women are equal partners in all aspects of life and children are
the hope of the future"; it acknowledges that "religions have contributed to the peace of the world but have also been used to create
division and fuel hostilities"; and finally, it resolves to "collaborate
with the United Nations and all men and women of goodwill locally, regionally, and globally in the pursuit of peace in all its
dimensions." Further, the Declaration condemns all violence in the

name of religion, calls for the protection of the environment for
future generations, and urges religious communities to respect the
right to freedom of religion.
The secretary-general of the Baha'i International Community,
Mr. Albert Lincoln, represented the Baha'i Faith at the gathering.
He was invited to offer a Baha'i prayer during the opening session
of the Summit and to give an address during the third plenary
session in the General Assembly Hall of the United Nations. His
presentation called on the gathering to work for a "global community based on unity in diversity" through identifying "core values
that are common to all religious and spiritual traditions." He noted,
"Our disordered world is in desperate need of a moral compass that
is above passing fashion and untainted by the pervasive materialism of the modem era. The convening of this Summit suggests that
the world has become aware of this need and of the capacity latent
in the world's religious traditions." Lawrence Arturo and Bani
Dugal-Gujral also attended the Summit as Baha'i representatives,
and the Baha'i International Community's United Nations Office
contributed to the Commitment to Global Peace Declaration.
While the religious summit was not an official United Nations event, the United Nations made its General Assembly Hall
available for plenary sessions, and UN Secretary-General Kofi
Annan addressed the participants, referring to the event as "one of
the most inspiring gatherings ever held here" and noting, "Whatever your past, whatever your calling, and whatever the
differences among you, your presence here at the United Nations

Albert Lincoln,
secretary-general
of the Baha'i
International
Community,
addressing the
Millennium World
Peace Summit of
Religious and
Spiritual Leaders.

MILLENNIUM E VENTS

signifies your commitment to our global mission of tolerance, development, and peace." Summit organizers said that many of the
groups involved had not previously participated significantly in
interfaith events, and so their commitment was particularly heartemng.
Millennium Summit
The largest gathering of heads of state and government ever held,
the Millennium Summit took place from 6 to 8 September 200 l at
United Nations Headquarters in New York City. Of the UN's 189
member states, 187 took part in the event, which focused on the
theme "The Role of the United Nations in the Twenty-First Century." Nearly 200 delegations were represented by 99 heads of
state, 47 heads of government, three crown princes, five vice presidents, and a number of deputy prime ministers, foreign ministers,
and ambassadors.
The Summit's final Declaration lists six "fundamental values"
that must form the basis of international relations: freedom, equality,
solidarity, tolerance, respect for nature, and shared responsibility. The
Declaration also voices a determination "to establish a just and lasting peace all over the world." In it, the world's leaders state: "We
recognize that, in addition to our separate responsibilities to our individual societies, we have a collective responsibility to uphold the
principles of human dignity, equality, and equity at the global level.
As leaders we have a duty therefore to all the world's people, especially the most vulnerable and, in particular, the children of the world,
to whom the future belongs."
Leaders also discussed the moral imperative and necessity of
ending extreme poverty; the importance of understanding globalization as more than an economic phenomenon, with positive and
negative impacts, and that it must be justly and democratically
regulated in order to benefit all; the importance of giving special
attention to the development needs of Africa; the imperative to
take action on climate change; the need to reform the Security
Council as well as international financial and trade systems; and
the importance of involving civil society and the private sector in
development efforts. Debt relief, combating HIVI AIDS, corruption, the effects of civil war, and the challenges of building

Techeste Ahderom,
principal
representative of' the
Baha'i International
Community to the
United Nations,
speaking before the
Millennium Summit
in his capacity as cochairman of the
Millennium Forum.

democratic societies in the wake of the collapse of communism
were other topics on the agenda.
By the time they left, the leaders had signed, ratified or acceded to some 40 international treaties. They had also pledged, in a
special session of the Security Council, to strengthen peacemaking
and peacekeeping efforts.
In an innovative approach to UN summitry, four roundtable
discussions took place, allowing world leaders to exchange views
freely in gatherings of 30 to 50.
A significant feature of the Millennium Summit was the invitation extended by UN Secretary-General Kofi Annan to the
NGO Forum to participate. As cochair of the Millennium Forum,
the Baha' i International Community's principal representative,
Techeste Ahderom, was asked by Mr. Annan to undertake this assignment. After all national leaders had spoken and before the
Summit adopted its final Declaration on 8 September, Mr.
Ahderom addressed the gathering and presented to it a report of
the Forum. Referring to the Declaration and Agenda for Action
that had been formulated and adopted by the Forum participants,
he said:

After hearing your speeches here over the last three days, I
must say that our vision and plan of action are consonant with
much of what has been said . ..
I am personally heartened by this and feel that this historic
Summit may well be remembered as having opened the door

MILLENN IUM E VENTS

to a long-awaited era of peace, justice, and prosperity for all
humanity. This new era will , of course, require concrete deeds
and not just words.
We in civil society stand ready to work with you and your
governments, side by side, in a strong new partnership to
create this new world. At the same time, civil society also
stands ready to hold you to your commitments if you do not
deliver on your words. 1

While the media's coverage of these three signal events was
generally either cynical or nonexistent, the significance of the gathering of so many organizations representing the world's peoples,
so many religious leaders, and so many governments and heads
of state will someday be recognized as an important step forward
in humanity's journey towards the attainment of world peace. As
the Universal House of Justice noted, in a letter that was addressed
to all National Spiritual Assemblies, dated 24 September 2000:

For any observer imbued with the Baha' i vision of peace and
its inherent process, the substance and implications of these
recent events, seen together with previous world conferences
that during the last decade also involved leaders of nations,
must be gratifying indeed to contemplate. It must, too, be
doubly thrilling to realize that at so early a stage in the Baha'i
era, representatives of our international community took part
so notably in these occurrences that have set down milestones
along the way towards that new World Order so clearly foreshadowed by the Pen of Baha ' u' llah.

1 For the full text of Mr. Ahderom 's address to the Millennium Summit, see pp.

243-47.

Jn November 2000, the Baha'i
International Community s Institute for
Studies in Global Prosperity sponsored a
gathering to explore how religious
values and scientific methods can be
integrated in development work.

COLLOQUIUM ON
SCIENCE, RELIGION,
& DEVELOPMENT

T he past century has seen much of human society propelled by
unprecedented advances in communication, production, medicine, and other scientific and technical fields. Despite these
scientific leaps, the stratification between the developed and developing nations is greater than ever. Human society seems to lack the
collective direction and focus needed to deal with the fact that
many of its nations are being left behind in the process of social
evolution. Instead, the development of nations is seen primarily in
terms of scientific and commercial advancement, governed by the
idea that humanity's problems are no more than a checklist of
physical needs that can be filled by agencies of development experts.
But this limited perspective, which has been prominent in development efforts for much of the past fifty years, has eliminated
the overarching structure that can relate problems to their sources.
Increasingly, governments and NGOs are coming to an understanding that none of the physical elements of development-whether
food, shelter, or money- is alone enough to make lasting changes
in human lives without a basis in the spiritual aspects of human life.

The spiritual basis of development and the need to include
moral and ethical training in development efforts were issues
explored by the Colloquium on Science, Religion, and Development held from 21 to 24 November 2000 in New Delhi, India.
The Colloquium convened to discuss ways to address the social,
physical, and technological advancement of mankind and the
spiritual perspective that is needed if such advancement is to lead
to lasting improvements in global society.
"Our goal was to bring together a diversity of organizations
and practitioners in the field of development to explore how
scientific methods and religious values can work together to bring
about a new, integrated pattern of development," said Matthew
Weinberg, director of the Institute for Studies in Global Prosperity (ISGP), one of the Colloquium's organizers. The ISGP's
statement to the conference, entitled "Science, Religion, and Development: Some Initial Considerations," explains the breakdown
of development as it evolved in the twentieth century and identifies the areas where progress is needed.
The proceedings of the event, a mix of plenary sessions and
workshops, took place in the India International Center and allowed
for a wide range of discussion and consultation. The primary focus
was on capacity building in five key areas identified by the ISGP's
document: economic activity, education, technology, governance,
and justice.
Farida Vahedi, Colloquium coordinator and director of the
Indian Baha'i Office for the Advancement of Women, articulated

The lieutenantgovernor ofDelhi,
Vzjai Kapoor,
addressing the
inaugural session
of the Colloquium,
on the grounds
of the Baha 'i
House of Worship
in New Delhi.

S CIENCE, R ELIGI ON, & DE VELO PME NT

the Colloquium's aim as giving "impetus to a discourse that explores the relationship between technical knowledge, spiritual value
systems, and social advancement-something which until recently
has been lacking worldwide."
Dr. Benham Ta'i, the regional representative for South Asia
of the Netherlands-based Institute for Housing and Urban Studies, spoke of a "missing link" in development that would "explain
the shortcomings of the current model." Said Dr. Ta'i, "Now there
is a perception that spirituality is the link and the key idea for
changing the attitudes for decision-making in the processes of deve !opment. "
In keeping with the spiritual focus, the conference commenced
with a devotional session inside the prayer hall of the Baha'i House
of Worship in New Delhi. Bani Dugal-Gujral of the Baha'i International Community's United Nations Office, Katherine Marshall
of the World Bank, and Continental Counsellor Zena Sorabjee all
gave addresses that evening, and a message from the president of
India was read to the gathering. The opening session concluded
with a performance entitled "Sarod for Harmony," by master of
the sarod Ustad Amjad Ali Khan. 1
"Although there has been considerable evolution in development thinking over the past several decades, serious questions
remain concerning present approaches and assumptions," said
Ms. Dugal-Gujral in her opening address. "The great majority of
the world's peoples do not view themselves simply as material
beings ... but rather as social and moral beings concerned with
spiritual awareness and purpose."
Ms. Marshall, who oversees the World Bank 's recently
launched collaboration with religious organizations, known as the
World Faiths Development Dialogue, urged a new partnership between religious groups and development specialists. She noted the
"special role" in both understanding and helping the poor that religious groups have long played, despite the fact that, as she said,
"their insights and their work are too little known in many development circles."

1 The sarod is a many-stringed lute, native to northern India.

A panel discussion
at the Colloquium,
exploring the
relationship
between justice
and development.

"The idea should be to engage in a process that opens new
windows of understanding, raises the bar of objectives, offers new
insights and new visions, on all sides," Ms. Marshall said in an
address to the opening session.
The Colloquium was organized by the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of India and the Institute for Studies in
Global Prosperity, an agency of the Baha'i International Community. Cosponsors included the United Nations Children's Fund
(UNICEF), the International Development Research Center of
Canada, Decentralized Training for Urban Development Projects,
the Department of Secondary Education and Higher Education of
the Ministry of Human Resource Development, the World Health
Organization, and the Textile Association (India).
Participating groups came mainly from India, with others
from Bolivia, Colombia, Nepal, and Sri Lanka. There was also
participation by representatives of the World Bank, the United
Nations Development Fund for Women (UNIFEM), the United
Nations Development Program (UNDP), and the United Nations
Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). In
all, some one hundred NGOs, government officials, and international development specialists took part in the conference,
focusing on issues such as the empowerment of women, environmental preservation, appropriate technology, education, human
rights, and rural development.
Central to discussions about humanistic development, these
issues are also present in the teachings of the Baha'i Faith. The

S CIENC E, RELIGI ON, & DEV ELOPMEN T

interest of the Baha'is in the Colloquium is intrinsic to their ideas
about the nature of humanity and its natural, inevitable progress.
Baha'is have long recognized the essential element of spirituality in efforts to assist the development of mankind. Baha'u'llah,
in many of His writings, characterizes God as the "Divine Physician" for humanity's sicknesses. He exhorts the Baha'is, "Be
anxiously concerned with the needs of the age ye live in," but He
also warns that humanity cannot alone find the solution to its ills:

We can well perceive how the whole human race is encompassed with great, with incalculable afflictions. We see it lying
on its bed of sickness, sore-tried and disillusioned .. . [humanity] can neither discover the cause of the disease, nor [has it]
any knowledge of the rernedy.2

This new understanding of development work hinges largely
on the complementary relationship between science and religion,
a theme frequently stressed in the Baha'i writings, which runs
strongly counter to views held by many experts that religion is a
hindrance to progress and scientific advancement. Although historically an adversarial relationship has often emerged between
organized religion and science, with each considering the other a
flawed means of discovering truth, the agencies involved in the
ISGP Colloquium recognized that a new paradigm of interaction
is needed.

Participants in
a workshop at
the Colloquium
exploring the
relationship
between values
and economic
activity.

2 Baha ' u' llah, Gleanings from the Writings of Baha 'u 'llah (Wilmette: Baha'i

Publishing Trust, 1994), p. 213.

As Mr. Weinberg said, "Science can explain how the world
works-it can give us tools for material progress. But it can't tell
us how we should treat each other, nor can it tell us what our ultimate purpose should be." In the Baha'i view, science and religion
can and should be mutually beneficial instead of mutually exclusive, he said.
Haleh Arbab Correa of the Colombia-based Foundation for
the Application and Teaching of the Sciences (FUNDAEC), said
that development specialists must begin to see "science and religion as two complementary sources of knowledge."
"The two systems are not as dissimilar as they are presented
to be," said Dr. Arbab Correa. "Objective observation, induction,
the elaboration of hypotheses, and the testing of predictions are
important components of scientific methods. But they are also
present in religious pursuits, albeit in different configurations and
at different levels of rigor.
"Similarly, faith does not belong exclusively to religion," Dr.
Arbab Correa continued. "Science, too, is built on elements of faith,
particularly faith in the order of the world and the ability of the
human mind to explain the workings of that order."
MS Swaminathan, holder of the UNESCO chair in Eco-technology, said in his talk at the Colloquium, "The formidable power
of science and technology can benefit humankind only if we
know how to temper it with humanism and spirituality."
The end of the conference saw a call for more research in
many key areas, including ways to create a set of development
indicators that assess the impact of values-based approaches and
identify the "best practices" of religiously-inspired development.
"The emphasis of this event was to involve national and
grassroots level organizations in this dialogue. And we were
pleased that a number of key points and possible lines of action
were identified by the participants here for future consideration,"
said Mr. Weinberg. He called the conference "an experiment and
a learning endeavor, since an integrated discourse on these three
topics has really only recently begun to take shape in the world at
1arge. "

S CIENCE, RELIGI O N, & D EVELOPME NT

"The development community," said Mr. Weinberg, "has
come to understand that development is all about building capacity ... and capacity building is all about knowledge. We have to
recognize and value appropriate indigenous knowledge systems
and blend them with the modem systems."
The ISGP's initial findings, along with an open letter to all
of the participating development organizations, were published and
distributed to the participants. The document identifies the challenges and goals of the movement towards the spiritualization of
development efforts and calls the new path of development "inevitable." In the words of that statement,

It is simply no longer possible to maintain the belief that social and economic progress can flow from a strict materialistic
conception of life . .. Civilization flies on two wings: reason
and faith. The building of human capacity cannot occur by
relying on one wing alone.

Scholars.from Saha 'i, Christian, Jewish,
and Muslim backgrounds came together in
December 2000 to look at the challenges
facing their religious communities at the
beginning ofthe 21st century.

CONFERENCE
ON MODERN

RELISHf?NS
Hebrew University
of Jerusalem

A t the opening of the twenty-first century, religions are being
confronted with a world complicated by problems and opportunities that were inconceivable centuries or even decades ago.
Increasingly, they must look inward, to examine their ability to
address this changing world, and outward, to understand and cope
with their new surroundings. Long-established religions such as
Christianity, Judaism, and Islam are searching for keys to modernity that come without the sacrifice of the integrity of the teachings
that have long sustained their respective communities. The Baha'i
Faith, a much younger religion, offers quite a different perspective on the role of religion in a modem, multicultural world.
At the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, from 17 to 21 December 2001, religious scholars gathered to discuss the context and
implications of their collective search for coexistence and adaptability by discussing the social, philosophical, and psychological
challenges facing their communities. The gathering brought together some 54 participants from Baha'i, Christian, Jewish, and
Muslim backgrounds, and was cosponsored by the Chair for Baha'i

THE B AHA: f W ORLD

Dr. Hossain Danesh,
rector of Landegg
Academy, and Dr.
Moshe Sharon, holder
of the Chair for Baha 'i
Studies at the Hebrew
University, convenors
of the conference on
modern religions held
at the Hebrew
University.

Studies at the Hebrew University and Landegg Academy, a Baha'iinspired institute of higher learning in Switzerland.
The issues addressed are not necessarily new, but as the world
shrinks into a single neighborhood, the requirements of coexistence
are becoming ever more urgent. This issue was particularly significant at the December conference, given its setting- a city sacred
to three religions which is straining under the weight of religious
coexistence. As Ehud Olmert, the mayor of Jerusalem, said in his
opening remarks to the conference, "There is certainly no place
more appropriate for this kind of conference than Jerusalem." The
challenge that faces religious communities, he said, is "to flourish,
but not at the expense of each other."
The president of the Hebrew University, Menachem Magidor,
described his vision of making the university into a preeminent
center for the study of religion, with research centers devoted to
each of the monotheistic faiths. He said, "The university is not a
house of prayer, but it should be a house of learning and understanding."
The rector of Landegg, Hossain Danesh, called the proceedings "historic" and summarized the conference as a counterpoint
to the conflict in the midst of which it was taking place, saying:
"The conference focused on fundamental issues that are common
to religions, held in a city and at a time when religious conflict in
political terms was considerable." Dr. Danesh announced on the
final day of the proceedings that the conference was to become an
annual series, with the second event planned for January 2002 on

C ONFERE NCE ON M O DERN R ELIGIONS

the Landegg campus. 1 The overarching theme of this series of
conferences will be "Religion and Science."
Moshe Sharon, the holder of the Chair for Baha'i Studies and
co-convenor of the conference, said that the field of Baha'i studies
is emerging as an independent area of academic inquiry and that
this was the first conference convened by a major international university for the study of the Baha'i Faith and its relationship to its
sister faiths. The Chair for Baha'i Studies at the University is, likewise, currently the only one of its kind. 2
"Through this conference," said Dr. Sharon, "the Hebrew
University has declared its interest in Baha'i studies and its recognition of the importance of this field alongside Jewish, Christian,
and Islamic studies."
The conference began with opening remarks from Mayor
Olmert; President Magidor; Yair Zakovitch, the dean of the Faculty of
Humanities; and Professor Sharon. In the evening's keynote address,
Dr. Danesh reviewed the common elements of the monotheistic religions that have made them cornerstones of civilizations, as well as

Dr. Stephen
Lambden, Dr.
Susan Maneck,
Dr. Va hid Ra Jati
and D1'. Am in
Banani (leji to
right) participate
in a panel
discussion at the
conference.

1 At that time, the institution will have formally become Landegg International

University.
2 Other academic centers and programs, most notably the Baha'i Cha ir for

World Peace at the University of Maryland's Center for International Development and Conflict Management, have been established to study Baha'i
perspectives on and contributions to other academ ic disciplines, but the Cha ir
for Baha 'i Studies at the Hebrew University is the first academic cha ir devoted to the study of the Baha'i Faith. For information about the fonnation of
the Hebrew University Chair, see The Baha'i World 1999- 2000, pp. 123- 26.

TII E BAHA'I W ORLD

Conference
participants in
a session on the
"Contemporary
Meeting of
Ultimate
Differences. "

some of the teachings and principles of the Baha'i Faith that address
challenges unique to the modem age.
The proceedings of the conference consisted of panel discussions and presentations of papers by participants. More than 50
papers were submitted, on subjects such as "Religious Fragmentism," ''The Baha'i Idea of a World Religion," "The Mystery
of Religious Conversion," and "Eschatology and Globalization."
A book of the proceedings is planned, and some of the papers are
available in electronic form, on the Landegg Academy Web site.3
Most of the presentations dealt with aspects of Judaism or
the Baha'i Faith, but there were also contributions on Sufism, the
Wahhabi movement, modem Islam, and Mormonism. The final
panel discussion, "Contemporary Meeting of Ultimate Differences," featured presentations about African Christians in Israel
and about the Baha'i Faith, Christianity, and indigenous religions
in the Pacific islands. One of the last presentations was a paper
by Dr. Ammon Netzer of the Hebrew University on "The Jews
and the Baha'i Faith" in which Dr. Netzer, a Jew of Iranian descent, discussed the factors that had caused nearly 10 percent of
Iranian Jews to convert to the Baha'i Faith.
In addition to the discussions and presentations, the conference also included two musical performances: the first by the King
David String Ensemble, conducted by Anita Kamien, concluded
the first evening; and the second, by the world-renowned santour

3 <www.landegg.org>

C ON FERENCE ON MODERN RELIGIONS

player Kiumars Haghighi, highlighted the closing session. The final day of the conference comprised a day trip to the terraces of
the Shrine of the Bab in Haifa, the Shrine ofBaha'u'llah near Acre,
and a walking tour of Baha'i holy places in Acre's Old City.
Participants represented a wide geographic spectrum, coming mainly from the United States and Israel, but also from Canada,
Denmark, Russia, South Africa, Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand,
and the United Kingdom. The conference was also marked by the
participation of many young scholars alongside well-known professors and scholars in the field of religious studies. Dr. Danesh
noted this as he expressed hope for the future, saying, "The juxtaposition of youth and experience was very insightful and promising
for the future of religious studies. It demonstrated that there are
fine minds coming up, and this augurs well for the emergence of
new insights into the role ofreligion in the development of civilization."

The Shrine of the Bab and lower terraces, illuminated after sunset.
MOUNT
CARMEL
PROJECTS
Progress 2000-01

I n May 1990, concentrated construction efforts began on the
Baha'i projects on Mount Carmel, cultivating seeds that were
planted in the late nineteenth century, when Baha'u'llah visited
Mount Carmel during his imprisonment in the Ottoman penal
colony of Acre. He pointed out to His son, 'Abdu'l-Baha, the spot
where the Shrine of the Bab, the spiritual and physical centerpiece of the Baha'i properties on the mountain, was to be built.
The most recent work is an elaboration of the projects initiated by
'Abdu'l-Baha and carried on by Shoghi Effendi. This effort has
been undertaken not only to preserve and beautify the Baha'i holy
places, but also to provide a series of buildings to serve as the
administrative heart of the Baha'i Faith.
Before his passing in 1957, Shoghi Effendi oversaw the
completion of the superstructure of the Shrine of the Bab, and it
was his direction that led to the building of the International Baha'i
Archives, the first of a "far-flung Arc of administrative buildings."
The second of these, the Seat of the Universal House of Justice,
was finished in 1983. The Centre for the Study of the Texts and

Th e International
Teaching Centre
Building, completed
in 2000.

the International Teaching Centre Building, completed in 1999 and
2000, are the most recent additions to the Arc. The current projects
on Mount Carmel are now in their final year, with the public inauguration of the 19 terraces of the Shrine of the Bab set for May
2001.
The International Teaching Centre Building
Completion of the International Teaching Centre Building represented the last element in the current projects on the Arc. The
final stages of work focused on finishing the four-hundred-seat
auditorium, installing state-of-the-art audio-visual equipment, and
finishing the library and the meeting chamber of the International
Counsellors. As the building's interior reached completion, crews
began landscaping patios inside the building and planting grass
on the external slopes.

An aerial view of the buildings on the Arc at the Bahri 'i
World Centre on Mount Carmel.

Mot
--
NT C -
1 ARME
--
L PROJECTS

A view of the lower terraces at dusk.
The Counsellor members of the International Teaching Centre occupied the building on 6 October 2000, and later that month
a reception was held in the new building to officially mark the
move of that institution, "which is specifically invested with the
twin functions of the protection and propagation of the Cause of
God." 1 Guests included the Hands of the Cause of God 'Ali-Akbar
Furutan and 'Ali Mul)ammad Varqa, members of the Universal
House of Justice, and Counsellor members of the International
Teaching Centre. Later, during the second week of January 2001,
nearly one thousand members of the Continental Boards of Counsellors and their Auxiliaries from around the world participated in
the formal inauguration of the building. 2
The Terraces of the Shrine of the Bab
With the completion of most of the basic architectural features
such as balustrades, fountains, and ornaments on the terraces above
the Shrine of the Bab, efforts during 2000-01 centered on landscaping the inner and outer areas of the gardens. The terraces below
the Shrine, largely completed, received final touches in preparation for their public inauguration.

Letter of the Universal House of Justice, 31 August 1987.
2 For an account of thi s conference, see pp. 41--48.

A view fro m the
eighth terrace
of the Shrine of
the Bab and the
surrounding
gardens,
April 2001 .

Lighting plays an important role in the architectural scheme
of the terraces surrounding the Shrine. The illumination not only
enhances the appearance of the Shrine and gardens, but also serves
as a reminder of the Bab's suffering during His incarceration in
prison fortresses such as Chihriq and Mah-Ku, of which He wrote,
" .. .In His presence, which is My presence, there is not at night
even a lighted lamp! " 3
Soon after Ri~van 2000, technicians began upgrading the
lighting system of the Shrine, which is centralized in a computer
program that controls the buildings on the Arc as well as the Shrine
and Terraces. An automated dimmer system now controls all outer
floodlights. A similar electrical upgrade was also carried out in
the Monument Gardens, where floodlights for the monuments were
installed.
Water is another prominent feature in the design of the Terraces. The entrance plaza on Ben Gurion Avenue features 14
cascading pools and an ornamental star-shaped fountain, with surrounding stone paving and planters filled with flowers that
contrast vividly with the fountain's white marble. Three large
gates with double doors and four single gates, all worked in
wrought iron, have been set in the wall around the perimeter of

3 The Bab, Selections.from the Writings of the Bab (Haifa : Baha' i World Centre, 1982), p. 87 .

MOt INT CARMEL PROJECTS
- -

the plaza, providing a grand fa9ade for the terraces leading to the
Shrine of the Bab.
In June 2000, the Office of Public Information moved into
the west wing of the structure below the eleventh terrace, midway
up the mountain. The facility houses a visitor information center
for the reception of dignitaries and special visitors, a 164-seat auditorium, and an exhibition room with displays about the history
and teachings of the Baha'i Faith.
Bahji Visitors' Center
Outside of Haifa, near Acre, work progessed on the visitors' center at Bahji, which was designed in a style harmonious with that
of the Shrine ofBaha'u'llah and the Mansion ofBahji. The building will accommodate pilgrims and other visitors and was
structurally complete by December 2000. Work also continued on
the design for a monumental gate structure and courtyard leading
to the Shrine of Baba 'u 'llah. The gate structure will be clad in
stone, approximately five meters tall, with several arches, and two
small, enclosed patios will lead to a formal, landscaped courtyard.

The entrance plaza to the Terraces,
_Ii-om Ben Gurion Avenue in Haifa.

By April 2001, the basic structure was completed, and work had
commenced on stone cladding and landscaping.
Looking towards May 2001
As the projects near completion, public visits to the Shrine and
gardens are on the rise, with estimates of a significant increase
from the current 250,000 visitors per year. To accommodate these
visitors, an automated booking system for walking tours of the
Terraces will be instituted shortly after the public inauguration in
May 2001.
Also planned for the Terraces' opening is the publication of a
book on the Shrine of the Bab and the surrounding terraced gardens, produced by the Haifa Tourist Board with the assistance of
the Mount Carmel Projects Office. The text of the 144-page book
offers an introduction to the Baha'i Faith and describes the gardens' design concepts. It is illustrated by nearly 150 color
photographs of the Shrine and Terraces.
In addition, the Philatelic Service Department of the Israel
Postal Authority, with the assistance of the Mount Carmel Projects
Office, will issue a special nine-centimeter stamp to commemorate the completion of the Terraces.

The
BAHA'f FAITH
ontheWORLD
WIDE WEB

T he virtual landscape of the Internet has blossomed in the
past decade from a mostly text-based universe used only by
technophiles into a dynamic resource that is becoming more and
more a part of everyday life for millions of people. Although the
past year has seen many of the financial expectations of the World
Wide Web deflate, the public seems no less engaged by its potential in other areas. The rush that fueled the rapid expansion of the
Internet has hinged not only on its potential profitability but also
on its ability to connect people, to allow them to share ideas. It
has the capacity to bring people together, to become a point of
contact for people to share news and views-a digital version of
the global village.
The Baha'i Faith is founded on the principles of uniting
people and eliminating the prejudices that separate them. The
Internet gives a glimpse, however imperfect, of the possibilities
for communication across not only geographic but also political
and ideological divides. This is surely not far from what Shoghi
Effendi envisioned in 1936, when he wrote,

Tl IE B AI-IA'f W ORLD

A mechanism of world inter-communication will be devised,
embracing the whole planet, freed from national hindrances
and restrictions, and functioning with marvelous swiftness
and perfect regularity. 1

For many, the Web has become a primary source of information , and the Baha'i International Community launched The
Baha'i World Web site in 1996 in order to provide an official
presence on the Web, authorized and maintained by the BIC. In
the five years since, the site has experienced more than a five-fold
increase in visits and by early 2001 was averaging more than fifty
thousand visits per month from all over the world, with each lasting an average of 11 minutes.
The site offers in-depth information about the central figures
and institutions of the Faith, its history, and its theological and
social teachings. It includes a profile of the worldwide Baha'i
community and its involvement in social action. Selections from
the Baha'i writings are available, as are a library of statements of
the Baha' i International Community and links to national Baha'i
communities around the world.
In June 2000, a redesign of The Baha'i World site was
launched, to provide an enhanced appearance and a more up-todate interface. In addition to the visual changes, the content of the
site has also expanded. The English material available has approximately doubled in volume, and sections of the site are
available in Arabic, Chinese, French, Portuguese, and Spanish,
with a Persian version planned for the near future.
The Baha 'i World site is only a part of the ever-growing
presence of the Baha'i International Community on the Web. The
Baha'i World News Service (BWNS) site, 2 launched in November 2000, contains news stories about developments throughout
the Baha' i world. Users can subscribe to the service and have individual stories e-mailed to them or receive a monthly digest of
stories.

1 Shoghi Effendi , Th e World Order ojBaha 'u 'I/ah: Selected Letters, 1st pocket
ed. (Wilmette : Baha ' i Publishing Trust, 1991 ), p. 204.
2 <www.bahaiworldnews.org>

wo1~LJ) wrn_i; W EB

The new look.for
the home page of
The Baha' i World
Web site at
<www.bahai.org>.

...... ,_.............. _..... ,
__ ...................
-~-

Wh9•ro•ro<>o..W.roou">ln-1o

..._h ... - ....
- - á £-oltto•or•"'•á-•
._.,.,i...i -áááá
•ri> ....... -
. ..
• • 1............ .
,

BWNS carries reports on activities, projects, and events in
the worldwide Baha'i community and includes a searchable news
and photo archive. It provides timely reports to the news media
about Baha'i involvement in a broad range of issues and news
about the growth and development of the worldwide Baha'i community. Baha'i-sponsored magazines and newsletters around the
world are also able to draw upon the service.
Another prominent Baha'i Web site is the electronic version
of One Country, the official newsletter of the Baha'i International
Community. 3 Launched in 1998, the site contains quarterly features about the Baha'i community as well as book reviews and
profiles of Baha'i activities in areas such as socioeconomic development, the advancement of women, and human rights.
In addition to the general-interest and information sites, there
are many more which have more specific aims. The International
Baha'i Library Web site, 4 launched in June 1999, includes a general description of the Library and some of its special collections.
It outlines expansions of both Dewey Decimal System and Library
of Congress classifications for categories of Baha'i books.
A Web site for the Official Opening of the Mount Carmel
Terraces in May 2001 5 features downloadable press materials and
publication-quality photos for use in local and national media

3 <www.onecountry.org>

4 <library.bahai.org>
5 <www.bahaiworldnews.org/terraces>

campaigns. In addition, the site will host a live Webcast of the
Inauguration.
Many of the nearly two hundred national Baha'i communities have their own Web sites (some of which are accessible via
The Baha 'i World site), and beyond these, hundreds of personal
and local community pages fill out the range of sites dedicated to
the Faith. Youth workshops, publishers, bookstores, directories, and
Baha'i schools are just some of the entities participating in this
new realm of communication by creating sites that reach out,
through digital means, to other Baha'is and to the rest of the world.

The Baha'i International Community represents, at the United
.l Nations and at other international gatherings, the more than five
million Baha'is living in some 236 countries and dependent territories around the world. Its 182 national and regional administrative
bodies are engaged in a wide range of activities aimed at promoting
a just and peaceful society. In recent years, Baha'i International Community activities at the local, national, and international levels have
centered on four major themes-human rights, moral development,
the advancement of women, and global prosperity.
The Baha'i International Community's United Nations Office and its Office of Public Information play complementary roles
in this work. The United Nations Office offers Baha'i perspectives on global issues, supports UN programs, and has been
assisting its national affiliates to engage in shaping policies and
programs that will promote progress toward global peace and prosperity in their own countries. The Office of Public Information
disseminates information about the Baha'i Faith around the world,

oversees production of the award-winning newsletter One Country, and maintains the official Web site of the Baha'i International
Community.
United Nations
The Baha'i International Community (BIC) has consistently supported the social and educational objectives of the United Nations
(UN) since its inception and has been formally affiliated with the
UN since 1947. The BIC was granted special consultative status
with the UN Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) in 1970,
the first year such status was granted to international NGOs. Consultative status with the UN Children's Fund (UNICEF) was
accorded in 1976, and with the UN Development Fund for Women
(UNIFEM) in 1989; that same year, the BIC established a working relationship with the World Health Organization (WHO). The
BIC has United Nations Offices in New York and Geneva and
maintains representations to United Nations regional commissions
in Addis Ababa, Bangkok, and Santiago, and to the UN offices in
Nairobi, Rome, and Vienna. Its Office of the Environment, established in 1989, and its Office for the Advancement of Women,
established in 1992, function as adjuncts of the United Nations
Office. Over the course of the last decade, the Baha'i International
Community's United Nations Office has increasingly encouraged
its national affiliates to expand their work with the United Nations in their own countries and regions, focusing most recently
on the Decade for Human Rights Education.
Human Rights
The Baha'i International Community's Human Rights Education
Campaign is a natural extension of the Baha'i commitment to
justice and the belief that without a profound emphasis on human
rights and responsibilities the cherished goal of creating a peaceful, prosperous, and sustainable world order will remain beyond
our grasp. Human rights and responsibilities were, in fact, the
subject of the first formal Baha'i statement to the UN, delivered
in 1947. Subsequent statements have elaborated the Baha'i position on a wide variety of related issues, including such evils as

B A I IA' f l NT ERNATlONAL COMMUNITY

racism, the subject of a major global UN conference to be held in
South Africa in September 2001.
Preparations for the World Conference against Racism have
been monitored by the Baha'i International Community, which has
participated in preparatory meetings held in Geneva in May 2000,
and in January and March 2001. It is also one of the twelve NGOs
on the Coordinating Committee for the Conference and its NGO
Forum. Representatives of National Spiritual Assemblies attended
all Regional Preparatory Meetings for the conference, except in
Asia; that conference was held in Iran, where the Iranian government refused to issue visas for the members of the BIC delegation.
While promoting human rights generally, the Baha'i International Community has also sought to defend the right of Baha'is
throughout the world to practice their Faith, making effective use
of the United Nations' human rights machinery. For more than
twenty years, the Baha'i International Community has sought to
ease the suffering of the Baha'i community in Iran, whose situation remains perilous to this day. 1
The ability of National Spiritual Assemblies to intervene effectively has been enhanced by training seminars focused on
coordinating efforts to defend the Faith and on strengthening the
diplomatic skills of those charged with representing the Baha'i
community to their governments. The fifth such annual training
session was held in September in Acuto, Italy.
This year the Baha'i International Community was compelled to expose the persecution of Baha'is in yet another nation:
Egypt, where several Baha'is were imprisoned this year. 2
Human Rights Education Initiative
The Baha'i International Community's global campaign to support the UN Decade for Human Rights Education, 1995- 2004,
has attracted the participation of national Baha'i communities. The
campaign began with the publication of a 109-page human rights

1 For information about the situation of the Baha' i community in Iran, see the
article on pp. 131-41 and the statement on pp. 253- 56.
2 For information about the situation of the Baha'i community in Egypt, see

the statement on pp. 257- 60.

THE BAHA'I WORLD

education resource manual in 1997, followed by a series of regional training sessions, which involved nearly one hundred
national Baha'i communities. Sixty-two national communities have
established offices for external affairs, 44 have developed a national plan for human rights education, and 50 have already
undertaken some activities. In addition, 39 reported having conducted in-country training for those who, in support of the Decade,
will interact with government officials and NGOs, either nationally or locally.
Human rights education projects undertaken by national
Baha'i communities as part of this campaign emphasize, for the
most part, cooperation with government agencies, UN offices,
and other NGOs rather than unilateral action. Some communities
have been invited to take part in national planning processes for
the Decade or for the thematically related International Year for
the Culture of Peace. Others have cosponsored conferences and
seminars on human rights education; still others have assisted in
the distribution of the UN Declaration on Human Rights to police
departments, civic organizations, and schools. Several other communities have begun working toward the inclusion of moral
education and human rights education in school curricula. Sharing Baha'i statements on such related topics as world citizenship
has helped some communities to engage government officials in
discussions about the value of human rights education.
The Baha'i International Community's role in supporting
these national efforts has included the distribution of issues of the
Human Rights Education Newsletter, carrying news of diplomatic
and training successes from around the world.
Advancement of Women
Throughout this year the Baha'i International Community has continued to encourage the formation of national Offices for the
Advancement of Women and to respond to requests for materials,
advice, and guidance. At the last count, 58 national communities
had created such offices- many others have committees or task
forces- to assist National Spiritual Assemblies in their efforts to
promote the full participation of women both in the life of the

B AHA'f I NTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY

Baha'i community and in the world at large. Through its newsletter, the BIC's Office for the Advancement of Women stays in
communication with national offices, NSAs, Baha'i agencies, and
individual Baha' is involved in promoting the equality of women
and men. This year's newsletter carried news about relevant UN
activities, opportunities for involvement in upcoming regional UN
initiatives, the latest Web sites and Internet resources, and stories
from around the world about projects undertaken by Baha'i communities to improve the status of women.
At the UN, the BIC's Office for the Advancement of Women
continued to monitor sessions of the General Assembly, the Commission on the Status of Women, and a variety of other UN bodies
addressing the position of women. The BIC was present at the
UN General Assembly's special session, known informally as
Beijing Plus Five, which was called to evaluate progress in implementing the platform for action adopted at the 1995 Fourth World
Conference on Women. This special session, entitled "Women
2000: Gender Equality, Development and Peace for the 21st Century," established the agenda for the work of the Commission on
the Status of Women for the next five years: namely, to oversee
the "mainstreaming of a gender perspective" into future policy
and program planning. This means considering the impact on both
women and men of all plans, policies, and programs developed
by governments and other institutions, the goal being to ensure
that women and men benefit equally and that inequality is not
perpetuated.
The welfare of children has been an important focus of activity for the BIC this year, and the Office for the Advancement of
Women participated in the first substantive session of the Preparatory Committee for the September 2001 special session of the
UN General Assembly- a follow up on the World Summit for
Children. In connection with that event, it participated in an interreligious consultation entitled "Global Movement for Children:
The Role of Religions" sponsored by UNICEF and the World
Conference on Religion and Peace. While serving on the NGO
Committee on UNICEF, the BIC has played a role in a major

decentralization effort, underway for several years, aimed at empowering national and regional NGOs to work more closely with
regional UNICEF offices on behalf of children. The plan to create
nine regional NGO committees on UNICEF came to fruition this
year.
The BIC's Office for the Advancement of Women has also
assumed a number ofresponsibilities within the NGO community
at the UN. It cohosted a reception with the NGO Committee on
UNIFEM in conjunction with the session of the UN committee
monitoring implementation of the Convention on the Elimination
of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW). The reception honored the members of the committee as well as UNIFEM's NGO
representative trainees and UNIFEM's regional program advisors. The BIC cochaired, for the NGO Committee on the Status of
Women, the planning group for NGO Consultation Day at the
Commission. The BIC also continued to serve as convenor for the
Advocates for African Food Security: Lessening the Burden for
Women.
Environment and Development
Receptivity to a spiritual perspective on development, championed
by the Baha'i International Community at the UN for fifty years,
has been growing during the last five years. Discussions about the
relationship between spiritual and material development continued
for the fourth year among development experts and spiritual leaders
from nine major religions, including the Baha'i Faith, under the
banner of the World Faiths Development Dialogue (WFDD). These
consultations, sponsored by the president of the World Bank and
the archbishop of Canterbury, now include the International Monetary Fund as a partner. Several ideas submitted by the BIC were
incorporated into the official WFDD submission to the drafters of
the World Bank's World Development Report 200012001.
Likewise, a striking convergence of thinking among government representatives and members of civil society was observed
at Copenhagen Plus Five, the UN General Assembly special session called to evaluate progress since the 1995 World Summit for
Social Development. Virtually all in attendance acknowledged that

B AHA'I I NTE RNATI ONAL C OMMU N ITY

the problems of humanity are interconnected and can only be resolved through consultation, respect for basic human freedoms,
the advancement of women, universal education, and an integrated
approach to human development. The parallel NGO Forum drew
some four thousand participants from civil society, including members of the European Baha'i Youth Council and the European
Baha'i Business Forum, both of whom had displays and sponsored seminars. The National Spiritual Assemblies of Switzerland
and the United Kingdom sent representatives to the UN session,
as did the Baha'i International Community.
One of the most remarkable documents produced by civil
society in recent years is the Earth Charter, which was completed
this year after a 10-year, highly participatory consultative process
in which Baha' is took an active part. The final Earth Charter incorporated text offered by the Baha'i International Community.
Another project that began with the Earth Summit was brought to
completion this year. The Peace Monument, a gift to the people of
Brazil from the National Spiritual Assembly of Brazil and the
BIC UN Office, on the occasion of the Earth Summit, was formally
sealed after the last contribution of soil was poured into its core.
Millennial Activities
The Baha' i International Community's United Nations Office was
actively involved in the three major millennial events which took
place at the UN this year: the NGO Millennium Forum, the World
Peace Summit of Religious and Spiritual Leaders, and the Millennium Summit. 3
Meetings
The Baha'i International Community chaired three NGO committees and three NGO task forces this year: the NGO committees on
UNIFEM, Freedom of Religion or Belief, and Human Rights; and
the NGO task forces on UN Reform, UN-NGO Relations, and Restructuring the NGO Committee on UNICEF. Meetings and UN
3 For a full report of the Baha ' i International Community's involvement in the
Millennium Forum, the Millennium World Peace Summit of Religious and Spiritual Leaders, and the Millennium Summit, see pp. 87- 93. Also sec the statements
on pp. 23 5-4 1 and243-47 .

sessions monitored by the Baha'i International Community this
year, other than those already mentioned, include the Preparatory
Committee for the Special Session of the UN General Assembly
entitled "World Summit for Social Development and Beyond:
Achieving Social Development for All in a Globalized World"; the
ninth session of the Commission on Sustainable Development; the
39th session of the Commission for Social Development; the substantive session ofECOSOC; the 56th session of the Committee on
the Elimination of Racial Discrimination; the 23rd and 24th sessions of CEDAW; the 53rd World Health Assembly; as well as
meetings of the Human Rights Committee, the Committee on Social, Economic and Cultural Rights, the Committee on the Rights
of the Child, and the UNICEF/WHO Joint Committee on Health
Policy; the UNICEF Executive Board; and the Executive Committee of the UN High Commissioner for Refugees' Program.
Public Information
Based at the Baha'i World Centre in Haifa, Israel, with a bureau
in Paris, the Baha'i International Community's Office of Public
Information coordinates and stimulates public information work
throughout the worldwide Baha'i community.
From 21 April 2000 to 21 April 2001 , the Office arranged
more than 200 special visits for some 3,308 non-Baha'i dignitaries, leaders of thought and prominent people from 71 countries.
Visitors included government officials, diplomats, religious leaders, professors, researchers, educators, students, writers, journalists,
film crews, tour operators, business people, and members of civil
society and non-government organizations.
Visitors from Israel's government included seven members
of the Knesset, the ambassador of Israel to the Czech Republic,
the former Israeli ambassador to Brazil, the former Israeli ambassador to Fiji; the director of the budget division of the Ministry of
Finance; Haifa city councillors; and mayors from various cities in
Israel.
Other government ministers and officials who visited included the first lady of the Ukraine; the minister of transport of

B AHA' i I NTERNATIONAL COMM UNITY

the Ukraine; the president of the All-Ukrainian Charity Fund
"Hope and Kindness"; China's minister of the State Ethnic Affairs Commission; the foreign minister of India; the New Zealand
minister of research, science and technology; the foreign minister
and the deputy foreign minister of the Czech Republic; the
speaker of the Namibian government's National Assembly; a
member of the New Zealand Parliament; two members of the
German Parliament; a senator of the Republic of Ireland; the director of the CIS division of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in
Hungary; and the Slovenian ambassador to the Czech Republic.
The Office also received ambassadors from Australia, Belgium,
China, the Czech Republic, Ethiopia, the Republic of Georgia, Germany, Latvia, Nepal, New Zealand, Nigeria, Panama, Singapore,
the Ukraine, the United States, and Yugoslavia.
Film crews, journalists, and photographers from Australia, Austria, Canada, Chile, China, Germany, Israel, Italy, Norway, Russia,
the UK, and the US, representing local and national print, radio
and TV media, visited.
In addition to these visits, public tours for some 2,050
people were arranged during a two-month period in 2000, in collaboration with the Haifa Tourist Board. This was a special
one-time project in response to the Tourist Board's request for
assistance in supporting the local economy by promoting tourism
to Haifa. Special arrangements were made for these visitors to
have a guided walk from the 19th terrace to the Shrine of the Bab
in advance of the opening of the upper terraces to the public.
Th e Baha'i World Web site,4 now in its fifth year, averaged
approximately fifty thousand visits per month in early 2001. The
site underwent a redesign and relaunch in the spring of 2000. In
the past four years, the English sections have approximately
doubled in volume and the principal sections of the site are now
available in Arabic, English, French, Spanish, Portuguese, and
Chinese, with a Persian version planned for the near future . In
November 2000, the Web site for the Baha'i World News Service

4 <www.bahai.org>; for more information , see also pp. 115- 18.

was launched. 5 The site offers feature stories about the worldwide
Baha'i community.
The Paris branch of the Office of Public Information continued its monthly publication of the European Public Information
Bulletin, which chronicles the public information activities of
Baha'i communities throughout Europe. Both the Haifa headquarters and the Paris branch of the Office, working with a network of
national public information officers in Baha'i communities
throughout the world, were involved in preparing press releases,
holding training seminars for public information officers, and liaising with media regarding the opening of the Terraces on Mount
Carmel.
The eighth European Public Information Management Seminar was held in Acuto, Italy, from 30 March to 1 April 2001 for
European public information officers, with some 70 participants
from 31 European countries and two French-speaking countries in
Africa and the Indian Ocean.
The Paris Office continued to support the Royaumont Process
project "Promoting Positive Messages through the Media," initiated by the European Union to promote stability and good relations
among countries in Southeastern Europe. 6 During 2000-01 , the
process continued, with follow-up activities and assessment of pilot
programs in schools in Romania. In Bulgaria, the Office created
two TV programs for TV Rousse in collaboration with UNICEF.
Discussion and preparation of the launch of the project in Kosovo
was initiated at the request of the Office of Bernard Kouchner,
former special representative of the secretary-general of the United
Nations and head of the UN Interim Administration Mission in
Kosovo.
One Country, the official newsletter of the Baha'i International
Community, entered its twelfth year of publication. Published quarterly in English, French, German, Chinese, Spanish, and Russian, it

5<www. bahaiworldnews.org>
6See Th e S ahaá; World 1998- 99, pp. 145- 50, for a report on the Baha' i International Communi ty 's involvement in the Royaumont Process.

B AIIA' l J:\'TER NATI O:\',\L C O, l , ll 'NITY

reaches more than fifty thousand readers in at least 180 countries.
Its Web site 7 received an average of two hundred visits per day.
During 2000-01, One Country won two prizes in the Apex
2001 Awards for Publication Excellence. "Reshaping God's Holy
Mountain," which appeared in the July-September 2000 issue and
tells the story behind the construction of the new garden terraces
on Mount Carmel, won an award in the feature writing category.
One Country also won an Award of Excellence for its on-line version.
Other articles covered the United Nations Millennium Summit and its companion conferences. In addition to a full report on
the Summit itself, One Country wrote extensively about the Millennium Forum, held by NGOs at the UN in May 2000, as well as
the Millennium World Peace Summit of Religious and Spiritual
Leaders in August. As well, the launch in November 2000 of the
Baha'i International Community's new agency, the Institute for
Studies in Global Prosperity, was the subject of a major article.
Feature stories in One Country included a report on the Ruaha
Secondary School in Tanzania and a story about three white families in the US who moved into largely black neighborhoods to
consciously promote race unity.

7 <www.onecountry.org>

Update:
The Situation of the
BAHA'fS
INJRAN

D uring 2000--01, the "relentless persecution" of the Baha'i community of Iran remained, in the words of the Baha'i International
Community's principal representative at the United Nations, "a fact of
life." 1 Some international media coverage has touted the Iranian
government's "liberalization," but whatever changes have occurred
have had little effect on the Baha'is who live under the current regime.
The few recent positive developments are both superficial and reversible, and the Baha'i community still faces injustice and hardship, as the
following examples illustrate:

• As of April 2001 , seven Baha'is were still imprisoned in Iran
for their Faith, two under sentence of death. While Baha'is
welcomed news of the release of Manuchihr Khulusi, who

1 For a detailed summary of the situation of the Baha'is in Iran during the period under question, see the full oral statement of the Baha'i International
Community's principal representative to the United Nations Commission on
Human Rights, pp. 253- 56.

had been arbitrarily sentenced to death in Mashhad, the factors that gave rise to his release and the status of the verdict
against him remain unclear. 2
Couples in Iran no longer need to identify their religious affiliation when registering their marriages. This administrative
procedure, while welcomed by Baha'is, nevertheless allows
the government to avoid recognizing Baha'i marriages.
• The community still awaits the return of its sacred sites and
other confiscated properties, and cruel and unjustified confiscations continue. Several classrooms used by Baha'is
have been seized in an effort to deny Baha'i students any
kind of education. In the city of Abadih, in which two Baha'i
cemeteries had been successively confiscated and destroyed,
the third was bulldozed- and the colonel of the Revolutionary Guard who was responsible for the action was acquitted
in the courts. A woman who had legally traveled abroad to
visit her children returned to Iran to find that her house had
been confiscated.
• Baha'i applicants for business licenses face long delays, and
some Baha'i-owned stores and businesses have been closed.
• In one region of the country, authorities forced Baha'i families to leave their homes and farms, preventing some from
harvesting their own crops and arresting and imprisoning
others.

2 At the time of his arrest on 9 June 1999, Mr. Khulusi was visiting Birjand for

a meeting with Baha ' is of that town. About six days later he was moved to a
prison in Mashhad, where he was held in solitary confinement for some time,
and his interrogation involved beating. The charges brought against Mr. Khulusi
arc not known, but it is clear that they related to his being a Baha ' i. His trial
took place in Branch 3 of the Islamic Revolutionary Court in Mashhad on 7
and 8 September 1999, and the death sentence was announced on 3 February
2000. Mr. Khulusi was not permitted to meet with his lawyer, and his attempts
to submit an appeal against the verdict within the required 20-day period were
denied.

B ,\1-L\'fS
- - I: IRA.\'
---

The Iranian government's refusal to consider the visa application of duly appointed Baha'i delegates to the Asian
Preparatory Committee meeting of the World Conference Against
Racism, Racial Discrimination, Xenophobia and Related Intolerance, held in Tehran in February 2001, was perhaps the most
eloquent expression of its true attitude towards its Baha'i citizens.
The refusal effectively denied the delegation its right to attend
this international human rights consultation-even though the
Baha'is met all administrative and procedural requirements and
included a letter of accreditation from the Office of the High
Commissioner for Human Rights in their applications. The high
commissioner, Mary Robinson, felt obliged to publicly express
her dismay at this exclusion.
Baha'is in Iran are not seeking special privileges; they only
desire respect for their rights under the International Bill of Human
Rights-the right to life, the right to profess and practice their religion, the right to liberty and security of person, and the right to
education and work. It is clear that the full implementation of the
resolutions of the United Nations and the recommendations made
by the UN special rapporteur on religious intolerance, Professor
AbdelfattahAmor, is imperative before these rights can be assured. 3
Governmental Action
Throughout the world, Baha'i delegations continued to meet with
their governmental representatives to acquaint them with or update them on the situation of the Baha'i community in Iran.
Governments in many countries took action.
In Australia, in December 2000, the House of Representatives of the Parliament of Australia put forth a motion on the
situation of the human rights of the Baha'is in Iran, which was
addressed by four members of Parliament. In a meeting with
NGOs in October, the minister for foreign affairs outlined a number of initiatives taken by the government in the human rights
field, referring to his recent visit to Iran and mentioning that he
had raised the issue of the Baha'i community with ministers there.

1 Seep. 254 for details regarding the special rapporteur's recommendations.

The situation of the Baha'is in Iran was twice mentioned in
the German government's Fifth Report on the Human Rights
Situation, which was adopted and publicly released during a
meeting of the cabinet of the German government in June. The
report notes that the Baha'i community continues to be persecuted and mentions that Iranian Baha'is are one of the groups to
be granted asylum status in Germany on the grounds of religious
persecution- a reference that strengthens the legal position of
Baha'i refugees in Germany. In July 2000, Chancellor Gerhard
Schroeder raised concerns about human rights in Iran with Iran's
President Khatami during his visit to Germany. Catholic theologian Hans Kling also took the opportunity to raise the issue of the
Iranian government's treatment of the Baha'i community. President Khatami responded that while the Baha'i Faith was not
recognized as a religion in Iran, Baha'is are citizens like others
and he, as president, was obliged to endorse the enforcement of
their rights. He did not, however, say what such rights would be
or what actions he would take.
In Norway, mention of the situation of the Baha'is in Iran
was included in an extensive report prepared in March 2001 for
the Norwegian Foreign Department by the Forum for Human
Rights, which consists of about 20 different Norwegian organizations working in that field. The report is used by the Foreign
Department to prepare for the United Nations Commission on
Human Rights and the General Assembly.
In the United Kingdom, a parliamentary question tabled in
the House of Commons in March regarding the treatment of the
Baha'i community in Iran elicited from the minister of state at the
Foreign and Commonwealth Office the response that the UK and
its partners in the European Union "have regularly raised our concerns over Iranian treatment of Baha'is" and promised that the
government would again raise the human rights issue during an
upcoming ministerial visit to Iran. And in June, two members of
Parliament, Lembit Opik and Peter Luff, who are members of the
All Party Parliamentary Friends of the Baha'is, met at their own

initiative with the Iranian ambassador to the UK to raise a number
of issues concerning the situation oflran 's Baha'i community.
A statement by United States President Bill Clinton on 1
July 2000, on the occasion of the sentencing of 13 Jewish Iranians
on charges of espionage, noted that "the Iranian government has
treated intellectuals, journalists, Muslim clerics and members of the
Baha'i community with the same fundamental unfairness," and
continued, "We are deeply disappointed that the Iranian government has again failed to act as a society based on the rule of law ... "
Later that same month, on 19 July, the Senate passed the eighth
congressional resolution condemning the situation of the Iranian
Baha'is. It urged the government of Iran to permit Baha'i students
to attend Iranian universities and Baha'i faculty to teach at Iranian
universities; it urged the government oflran to implement fully the
conclusions and recommendations on the emancipation of the Iranian Baha'i community made by the United Nations special
rapporteur on religious intolerance; and it emphasized that the US
regards the human rights practices of the government of Iran, particularly its treatment of the Baha'i community and other religious
minorities, as a significant factor in the development of relations
between the two governments. The resolution also passed in the
House of Representatives on 19 September.
In November the US Commission on International Religious
Freedom issued a report on Iran to President Clinton, Secretary of
State Madeleine Albright, and leaders of Congress, which stated
specifically, "Members of the Baha'i community suffer the worst
forms of religious persecution at the hands of the state." The report also mentions executions of Baha'is and current death
sentences; the prohibition against Baha'is teaching or practicing
their Faith, attending university, or holding government jobs; and
the seizure and destruction of religious sites.
International and United Nations Action
During the 88th session of the International Labour Organization
(ILO) held in Geneva, Switzerland, in June 2000, reference was
made to the discrimination against the Baha'is in Iran in the report
of the Committee of Experts on the Application of Conventions

Tl IE BAHA'f WORLD

and Recommendations. An expert mission that had gone from the
ILO to Iran to examine and discuss the issues raised by the Committee of Experts was assured by a representative of the Iranian
government that "[a]lthough the members of the Baha'i faith did
not belong to a recognized religious minority, under the terms of
the legislation on the rights of citizenship which were approved
by the Expediency Council in 1999, all Iranians enjoyed the rights
of citizenship irrespective of their belief." While the representative also stated that "[t]he government was making all efforts to
remove difficulties within the framework of the Constitution," the
Committee of Experts did not feel that the question of the Baha'is
had been resolved and it will remain under its consideration next
year. In its report, the Committee of Experts wrote:

The Committee notes from the mission report that the sensitivity of the subject of the Baha'i in the country goes
beyond any formal restrictions and exclusions which may
exist, and extends to the societal attitude towards members
of this group. In the public sector, the Committee notes
that formal restrictions on the hiring of the members of the
Baba 'i do exist (and such restrictions do not appear to exist
for the recognized religious minorities) .... there remains an
apparently widespread conviction among the people of the
country that al 1 members of the Baha'i work against the
interest of the Islamic Republic of Iran, and thus may not
be trusted at any level of government. ... In the private sector, the Committee notes that no formal restrictions on the
hiring of members of unrecognized religions, including the
Baha'i , appear to exist, but in practice these persons may
experience difficulty in access to education, jobs and occupations. The Committee notes with interest the reported
elimination of discrimination against Baha'i youth in enrolment in the pre-university year at the high school level,
while remaining concerned that their entry to universities
continues to be refused and that the Open Baha'i University, a correspondence school, was closed down. The
Committee requests the Government to make every effort
to work towards the elimination of both formal and de
facto discrimination against the members of the non -
recognized religious groups in education and employment
in accordance with the requirements of the Convention.

On 9 November 2000, the Third Committee of the 55th session of the General Assembly passed a resolution on the human
rights situation in Iran, with strong mention of the Baha'is in three
operative paragraphs. In the resolution, the Committee expresses
its concern "at the discrimination against persons belonging to
religious minorities, in particular the unabated pattern of persecution against the Baha'is, including the continuing detention and
the sentencing to death of some of them." It calls upon the government of Iran " to implement fully the conclusions and
recommendations of the special rapporteur with regard to religious intolerance relating to the Baha'is and other minority
religious groups until they are completely emancipated." And finally, the Committee decides to continue to examine the human
rights situation in Iran, "including the situation of minority
groups such as the Baha'is," at its 56th session.
On 5 December the UN General Assembly also passed a
resolution expressing "deep concern" over Iran's violations of human rights and mentioning in particular the ongoing persecution
faced by the country's Baha'i community. The vote passed with
67 in favor, 54 against, and 46 abstentions.
In their statements to the Third Committee on the situation in
Iran, Australia and Canada specifically mentioned the Baha'is.
The Australian ambassador to the United Nations said, "We urge
the Iranian authorities to ensure that minorities, most notably the
Jews and Baha'is, are accorded the full protection of the law under the Iranian Constitution." The Canadian representative stated,
"Despite some recent positive changes connected with the right to
legally register their marriages, we remain concerned by the ongoing discrimination against Baha'is including the imposition of
death sentences for practicing their faith." The Irish ambassador
also mentioned the Baha'i situation in Iran in his statement to the
General Assembly, saying, "We are also concerned at violations
suffered by many particularly vulnerable groups such as persons
belonging to religious minorities, including the continued persecution of the Baha'i community in Iran and the restrictions on the
freedom of religion or belief of many others ... "

During the 55th session of the General Assembly, Professor
Abdelfattah Amor, special rapporteur on religious intolerance and
discrimination, submitted his interim report, which briefly covers
the situation of the Baha'is in Egypt and the Islamic Republic of
Iran. The report outlines the history of the suppression of the
Baha'i community in Egypt, from the Supreme Religious Court's
1925 decision that the Baha'i Faith is "a dangerous heresy," to the
dissolution in 1960 of all Baha'i Assemblies, confiscation of all
properties and assets, and prohibition of religious activities, to the
current situation, in which, while they supposedly remain free as
individuals to practice their faith, "Baha'is are reportedly not allowed to meet in groups, especially for religious observances, and
their literature is destroyed. It is alleged that they cannot legally
celebrate their marriages which are deemed to constitute concubinage, while the children born of these unions are regarded as
illegitimate."
Moving on to the situation of the Baha' is in Iran, Professor
Amor noted the "urgent appeal" made by the United Nations' special rapporteur to the Iranian government regarding the death
sentences against Sims Dhabil:ii-Muqaddam, Hidayat Kashifi-
Najafabadi and 'Ata'u'llah I:Jamid Na~irizadih . In response,
Professor Amor noted, the government denied verification of three
death sentences, against Mr. Dhabil:ii-Muqaddam, Mr. Najafabadi,
and Manuchihr Khulusi, and stated that these cases were still under
consideration by the Supreme Court.
Professor Maurice Copithorne, special representative of the
Commission on Human Rights on the situation of human rights in
the Islamic Republic of Iran, submitted a report mentioning the
Bahi ' is to the General Assembly, and then in April 2001 to the 57th
session of the UN Commission on Human Rights, where it was
released as an official document. The Baha'is are mentioned in
twelve paragraphs of the report and its annexes. It states, in part,
"The Baha'i community continues to experience discrimination in
areas of inter alia, education, employment, travel, housing, and the
enjoyment of cultural activities." It also notes the continuing imprisonment ofBaha'is, with several under sentence of death, and an

increase in the number of short-term arrests and "suspended sentences" applied to individuals participating in religious gatherings
or educational activities. Positive changes such as the possibility of
registering Baha'i marriages are noted, but the report urges the government to implement fully the recommendations made to it by the
special representative and by the special rapporteur on religious
intolerance.
Observations made by the 24th session of the UN Committee on
the Rights of the Child addressed a report submitted by the Islamic
Republic of Iran and outlined the Committee's concern at the restrictions on freedom of expression, assembly, thought, conscience, and
religion imposed by the Iranian government. The Committee made
specific mention of discrimination against minorities, including the
Baha'is, recommending "that the State party take effective measures to
prevent and eliminate discrimination on the grounds of religion or belief in the recognition, exercise and enjoyment of human rights and
fundamental freedoms in all fields of civil, economic, political, social
and cultural life." The Committee endorsed the recommendations of
the special rapporteur on religious intolerance and recommended their
full implementation.
The 57th session of the UN Commission on Human Rights
considered the situation of Iran's Baha' is. In April 2001, the
Commission adopted a strong resolution on Iran that called for
the full emancipation of the Baha' i community and, making specific reference to the Baha'is in two operative paragraphs. The
resolution was adopted by 21 votes in favor and 17 against, with
15 abstentions. In the ninth paragraph, the resolution states:

While taking note of recent positive steps regarding the situation of the Baha'is, including the report that they will be
allowed to re-establish their cemetery in Tehran, 4 [the Commission] expresses its concern at the still existing

-1The large Baha'i cemetery owned by the Baha'i community in Tehran was
seized and desecrated following the Islamic Revolution in 1979. Since that
time, small pieces of unsatisfactory land have been provided as cemeteries in
that city, none matching the one previously held, and the Baha'is in Iran have
no knowledge of any new developments to "re-establish" the cemetery in Tehran.

discrimination against persons belonging to minorities, in
particular against Baha'is, and calls upon the Government of
the Islamic Republic of Iran to eliminate all forms of discrimination based on religious grounds or against persons
belonging to minorities and to address the matter in an open
manner with the full participation of the minorities themselves, as well as to implement fully the conclusions and
recommendations of the Special Rapporteur on religious intolerance relating to the Baha'is and other minority groups
until they are completely emancipated.

Further, the Commission expresses in the resolution its decision
"to continue its examination of the situation of human rights in
the Islamic Republic of Iran, paying particular attention to further
developments, including the situation of the Baha'is and other
minority groups," at its 58th session.
A number of governmental delegations mentioned the
Baha'is in their oral statements to the Commission. The US noted
that "the treatment of those who are Baha'is or belong to other
religious and ethnic minorities fails to meet international standards" and asserted that "both Baha'is and members of the
country's small Jewish community are imprisoned on trumped-up
charges." Australia urged the Iranian government "to ensure that
minorities, most notably Jews and Baha'is, are accorded the full
protection of the law under the Iranian Constitution." Norway
stated, "Respect for human rights for all and freedom of expression are cornerstones in a democratic society. This must of course
also apply to religious minorities, including the Baha'is." The
Canadian delegation cautioned, "Despite some recent positive
changes, we remain concerned by the ongoing discrimination
against Baha'is for practicing their faith," and the delegation from
Ireland referred to "the continued persecution of the Baha'i community in various parts of the world," mentioning specifically
that "in Iran, despite certain improvements, concerns remain as
set out in the reports by Prof. Amor and Mr. Copithorne." The
Brazilian delegation also expressed its concern about the treatment of the Baha'is. A number ofNGOs mentioned the Baha'is in
their oral statements, including the World Federation of United

Nations Associations, the Simon Wiesenthal Center, the American Jewish Committee, the Association for World Education, and
the International Association for Religious Freedom.
Conclusion
The Baha'i community of Iran has survived and maintained its
identity through decades of relentless oppression. Its own strength
and determination, as well as the pressure of world opinion, which
has been voiced in United Nations resolutions, by the governments
of many countries, and in major media worldwide, have contributed to that survival. Iran's Baha'is look forward to the day when
their community will be fully emancipated and able to contribute
to the well-being and advancement of their society. While a few
small positive changes have taken place, it appears that the day of
that full emancipation is still far in the future, despite the rhetoric
of the current regime.

EssAYS,
STATEMENTS,
PROFILES
Robert Atkinson looks at the dynamic
relationship between the development of
s
culture and humanity growing awareness
of its essential oneness, as seen both in
works of scholars Ji-om different disciplines
and in the writings of the Baha'i Faith.

CULTURE AND THE
EVOLUTION OF
CONSCIOUSNESS

C ulture is a complex, dynamic concept that is so basic to human life, so all-pervasive, that, on one hand, it is overlooked
or taken for granted, while on the other hand, it can represent all
of what we think we need to know to become fully worthwhile
human beings. Culture includes religion as well as attitudes, values, beliefs, worldview, customs, rituals, traditions, heritage,
behaviors, the vast range of expressive and material arts, and all
forms of communication. It determines the myriad ways that people
within clearly defined groups respond to, share, organize, interpret, and pass on life's challenges. Far from static, culture is ever
changing, a constant battleground for the tensions of dynamism
and conservatism.
Culture is therefore understood as a primary catalyst to the
growth and evolution of consciousness. One of the connotations
of culture that best illustrates this is in modern biology, where bacteria are grown in a laboratory in an appropriate "culture." Here,
culture is literally a medium for growth. Humanity, similarly, is
seen as divided into separate, distinct cultures, with each person
being the product of the culture in which he or she lives and each

THE B AHA'f W ORLD

culture being the primary catalyst for both individual and collective growth and evolution.
Culture, by its very nature and make up, directly impacts and
influences the consciousness of the people who are recipients and
carriers of it. The values, beliefs, worldview, customs, and other
elements are designed to remind and instruct the people about
themselves, their world, their place in it, and ultimately their purpose. Whatever these elements of culture tell them, the degree to
which the people adhere to their own stated beliefs and the way
they are interpreted will determine the potential growth, stagnation,
or regression that the culture will experience.
One of the most intriguing questions regarding culture is
whether there is a pattern, a direction, or a governing force attached
to the unfolding of culture. Some say that growth is random; others,
that all of history is directional and globalization is a natural culmination of the past. The answer may not be "either/or." The actual
path of evolution may be more along the lines of a combination of
both randomness and purposive direction.
To explore this question in more depth, the Baha'i concept of
culture as a medium for growth will be examined, paying particular attention to the nature of cultural evolution as it relates to
human consciousness. Central to the teachings of Baha'u'llah is
the following, written in the middle of the nineteenth century:
"All men have been created to carry forward an ever-advancing
civilization." 1 Humanity is thus admonished to nurture the noble
virtues with which it has been entrusted, such as forbearance,
mercy, compassion, and loving-kindness, through acts of service
"towards all the peoples and kindreds of the earth," so that
progress will be continuous. In fact, Baha'u'llah states, "The
progress of the world, the development of nations, the tranquility
of peoples, and the peace of all who dwell on earth are amongst
the principles and ordinances of God." 2 Progress, tranquility, and

1 Baha' u'llah, Gleanings from the Writings of Baha 'u '!!ah (Wilmette: Baha'i
Publishing Trust, 1984), p. 215.
2 Baha'u ' llah, Tablets of Baha 'u 'llah revealed after the Kitab-i-Aqdas

(Wilmette: Baha ' i Publishing Trust, 1988), pp. 129- 30.

C ULTURE & C ONSCIOUSN ESS

peace are both divine commandments, or laws, to be followed,
and goals to be achieved.
Evolution may be designed to follow a process, a divine plan,
moving towards an end goal, but the factor of human choice makes
evolution seem either random or painfully slow, or both. Consider,
for example, the innumerable wars and cultural conflicts that humanity has been, and is still, going through. Yet, these, too, can
be seen as part of the process.
In a talk given in 1912, 'Abdu'l-Baha explains:

In this present cycle there will be an evolution in civilization
unparalleled in the history of the world. The world of humanity has, heretofore, been in the stage of infancy; now it is
approaching maturity. Just as the individual human organism,
having attained the period of maturity, reaches its fullest degree of physical strength and ripened intellectual faculties so
that in one year of this ripened period there is witnessed an
unprecedented measure of development, likewise the world
of humanity in this cycle of its completeness and consummation will realize an immeasurable upward progress ... 3

We are all familiar with both the advances and setbacks in all
realms of society from the middle of the nineteenth century
throughout the entire twentieth century that resulted from the clash
between dynamism and conservatism.
The Baha'i writings directly address this dialectical phenomenon. With each new prophetic cycle, or divine Revelation, the
direction and rate of the progress of society is quickened by the
release of "creative energies" designed, in this case, "to instill into
the entire human race the capacity to achieve its organic unification, attain maturity and thereby reach the final stage in its age-long
evolution." 4 Thus, a progressive series of Revelations, from ancient,
indigenous religions with unknown revelators, to the Prophets of

3 'Abdu'l-Baha, The Promulgation of Universal Peace: Talks Delivered by
'Abdu 'l-Baha during His Visit to the United States and Canada in 1912, rev.
ed. (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1982), pp. 37- 38.
4 Shoghi Effendi, God Passes By (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1944),

p. 58.

THE B AHA'l W ORLD

world religions, has infused not only culture, but all aspects of civilization, from the sciences to politics to industries, with new ideas,
theories, standards, and discoveries that advance civilization as a
whole. Roughly every thousand years or so, the world of humanity
undergoes a reformation that witnesses the passing of the old conditions and the advent of a new level of progress. 5
This forward progress is not without great struggle, however.
With each new cycle of spiritual renewal, there is greater evidence
of both extremes in the dialectical tension created by the opposing forces. The twentieth century has been a time of the greatest
advances of civilization to date, but it has also been "the most turbulent in the history of the human race." "The loss of life," "the
disintegration of basic institutions of social order," "the abandonment of standards of decency," "the deployment of monstrous
weapons of mass annihilation," and "the reduction of masses of
human beings to hopeless poverty" have all occurred to a magnitude previously unknown.6 While this might be seen as the
nature--0r result--0f individual free will operating in conflict with
divine will, it is still possible to recognize the general direction of
the overall path of humanity's collective evolution.
One of the more interesting literary contributions of the year
2000 that addressed the theme of evolution was Robert Wright's
book Nonzero: The Logic of Human Destiny. Looking at human
history from the perspective of science, Wright illustrates how our
evolution has been a directional process of weaving people into
larger and richer webs of interdependence over the course of centuries.
Wright applies game theory to evolution by explaining the
distinction between "zero-sum" games and "non-zero-sum"
games. Zero-sum games are essentially win-lose situations, where
competition places one side at the peril of the other, with no overall gain for the whole. Non-zero-sum, on the other hand, results in
positive outcomes where all gain from the interaction because it is
based on cooperation, or potential; it is a win-win situation. Zero-sum

5 'Abdu' l-Baha, Promulgation of Universal Peace, p. 439.
6Century of Light, prepared under the supervision of the Universal House of
Justice (Haifa: Baha' i World Centre, 2001), p. I.

C ULTURE & C ONSCIOUSNESS

interactions lead, at best, to random movement, while non-zero interactions result in directional movement and long-term benefits for
all. Wright says the fact that the non-zero approach turns potential
into positive sums often creates more potential and more nonzero-sum possibilities to follow.
Wright's thesis is that "the more closely we examine .. .the
drift of human history, the more there seems to be a point to it all."
He posits a "core pattern" that captures history's basic trajectory:
new technologies arise that encourage new forms of non-zero-sum
interactions, which stimulate evolution and help realize new potential, which, in turn, contributes to more non-zero situations, until
more new technologies arise that cause a repetition and expansion
of the pattern. The accumulation of these cycles constitutes growth
in evolution and social complexity. Human cultural evolution
points towards greater complexity and higher civilization, creating
what Wright calls "the arrow of the history of life, from the primordial soup to the World Wide Web." 7
Wright says further, from the scientific perspective:

Globalization, it seems to me, has been in the cards not just
since the invention of the telegraph or the steamship, or even
the written word or the wheel , but since the invention of life.
The current age, in which relations among nations grow more
non-zero-sum year by year, is the natural outgrowth of several billion years of unfolding non-zero-sum logic. 8

Wright's book serves as a scientific reference point in looking at
whether the evolution of culture and the evolution of consciousness can be seen as logical- as part of a plan.
Cultural Evolution in Historical Perspective
Earlier in history, when cultural groups were isolated from one
another, when they still remained geographically separate from
each other, and when each was homogenous, they were better able
to maintain their own traditions, beliefs, and values. Although they
had their own internal struggles, tribal and indigenous cultural

7 Robert Wright, Nonzero: The Logic of Human Destiny (New York: Random
House, 2000), p. 7.
8 Wright, p. 7.

TI-IE B AI-L\'f WORLD

groups on their own, with their close-knit communities, typically
had fewer sources of conflict or external adversarial forces to contend with, and they were therefore usually able to extend their own
way of life.
Rites of passage and ceremonies in traditional communities
were intentionally designed to maintain and strengthen the communities' traditions. Knowledge of the world was passed on both
formally, through rites and ceremonies, and informally, through
storytelling. All life cycle ceremonies were established as socially
prescribed means for carrying on traditions that had already been
formed and had sustained the welfare and harmony of the community. The coming together of the entire community for rites of
passage served as a process for reaffirming the spiritual well-being
of the community.
The ritual process has been described as a three-part pattern,
consisting of separation, transition, and incorporation. There are
many other versions of this pattern; in terms of myth, for example: birth, death, and rebirth; or story: beginning, muddle,
resolution; or mysticism: purification, illumination, union. All are
metaphors of transformation. The pattern is a built-in blueprint of
how growth and evolution actually occur. Timeless and sacred, it
ensures that, despite difficulties, we will persist in our inherent
psychologically programmed way to continue to grow. As the pattern completes itself, it begins over again to carry individuals,
communities, and civilization to further levels of growth. 9
While traditional cultures remained isolated, they not only
maintained their own values, beliefs, and customs effectively but
also became more complex over time. Wright notes that archaeologists have accumulated evidence of hunter-gatherer societies
of six thousand to fifteen thousand years ago that shows signs of
growing social and technological complexity. This directional

9 I have discussed how this sacred pattern parallels the biological principle of
homeorhesis (that we persist along the spec ific pathway of our biological development once we have started on it, despite the environmental variations we
encounter) and represents a blueprint for psychological and spiritual transformation, in The Gift ofStories: Practical and Spiritual Applications ofAutobiography,
Life Stories, and Personal Mythmaking (Westport: Bergin & Garvey, 1995), pp.
29- 38.

C ULTU RE & C ONSCI OUSN ESS

cultural change is seen as part of a global evolutionary pattern, an
upward arrow of human history illustrating "stubborn ingenuity focused on the resources at hand." One of the basic properties of
cultural evolution in applying this kind of ingenuity is a parallel
and simultaneous growth in consciousness, occurring in lockstep
with growth in complexity. 10
Later, when cultures began to move around, to expand into
others' territory, or to become imperialistic, their beliefs, values,
and worldviews came into conflict and struggle became the norm,
with a new culture emerging when two mixed. This is how and why
the two primary forces of evolution-conservatism and dynamism-have come into play. Tradition, essentially a conservative
force, is balanced by the dynamic force of change. Thus, the twin
opposing forces of conservatism and dynamism can be seen as laws
governing the process of change.
Change is a fundamental factor of culture and evolution.
It "occurs each time new variations are introduced," accepted,
and "adapted gradually to the needs of the society and to the preexisting culture patterns, which may themselves be modified
somewhat to conform to the new invention." 11 This change occurs
on many levels at once, from an individual folk tale to the collective
level of an entire community or culture and involving something as
pervasive as a belief system.
Conservatism is the force that contributes to the retention of
information, beliefs, customs, and other aspects of culture, and to
maintaining them and passing them on to the next generation. Dynamism, on the other hand, comprises all those elements that
function to change the contents, meanings, and forms of culture
over time. These two opposing forces can thus be envisioned as
opposite ends of a spectrum. 12
Every culture is, in a way, at the mercy of these two forces
and will either remain static or will change, depending on which

10 Wright, pp. 39-42 , 308- 09 .
11 Willi am R. Bascom, " Folklore and Anthropology," Journal of American
Folklore 46 ( 1953), pp. 283- 90.
12 Barre Toelken, Th e Dy namics of Folklore (Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1979),

pp. 34-43.

force is more dominant. At one time, perhaps in its isolated stage
of development, a culture may be more conservative, while at another time, after it has interacted with other cultures, it will be
more dynamic. Cultural evolution can occur at any point on the
spectrum, but the more interaction there is between the two
forces, the more tension and struggle there will likely be, and the
more profound the evolution will be. Like biological evolution,
cultural evolution is largely a selective process that ensures that
both tradition and change will prove their effectiveness to the
community, whether things stay the same or change.
Throughout history, the continual interaction between the
forces of conservatism and dynamism has been a fact of life for
most communities and individuals. Traditional ways of life have
been increasingly threatened by the spread of exploitation, oppression, and domination, which has contributed to increased conflict,
chaos, and struggle. This process can also be seen as a shift in focus
of both extremes of the spectrum. The struggle has gradually taken
the form of a battle between sacred and secular values. A recent
illustration of this is the "Jihad vs. Mc World" phenomenon, from
the 1995 book of the same name by Benjamin Barber, that depicts
the world as "falling apart" on the sacred level while "coming together" on the secular level. The tension between the two forces has
thus created a dual process of fragmentation (tribalism) and integration (globalization), both of which have a common impetus:
cultural complexity. 13
The Baha' i writings on the subject of these opposing forces
are very clear. This process has its origin in the continual cycle of
successive Revelations; as a former one wanes a new one waxes.
Shoghi Effendi wrote in early 1941: "We are indeed living in an
age which . . .is witnessing a dual phenomenon. The first signalizes the death pangs of an order, effete and godless, that has
stubbornly refused ... to attune its processes to the precepts and
ideals" of a new era. "The second proclaims the birth pangs of an

Wright, pp. 202- 04. See also Benjamin R. Barber, Jihad vs. Mc World (New

York: Times Books, Random House, 1995).

C ULTURE & CO NSCIOUSNESS

Order, divine and redemptive, that will inevitably supplant the
former." 14
The pains of this birth process are still evident sixty years
later and will continue to be so into the future, as long as the disparity between the secular and the sacred, and the extremes of
wealth and poverty, are as evident as they are today, and as long
as the "unthinking imitation of earlier ages" produces superstition
and "religious prejudices" keep alive "in successive generations
smoldering fires of bitter animosity." 15
In a Baha'i context, the two primary forces of this process
are often referred to as "material" and "spiritual." One is not necessarily good and the other bad. Both are considered important
and necessary to the progress of human evolution. 'Abdu'l-Baha
speaks of "two calls to success and prosperity" being raised. The
"call of civilization, of the progress of the material world" refers
to the principles of material achievement and includes "the laws,
regulations, arts and sciences through which the world of humanity hath developed."
"The other," 'Abdu'l-Baha continues,

is the soul-stirring call of God, Whose spiritual teachings are
safeguards of the everlasting glory, the eternal happiness and
illumination of the world of humanity, and cause attributes of
mercy to be revealed in the human world and the life beyond.
This second call is founded upon the instructions and exhortations of the Lord and the admonitions and altruistic
emotions belonging to the realm of morality, which, like unto
a brilliant light, brighten, and illumine the lamp of the realities of mankind. Its penetrative power is the Word of God. 16

The key is balance and the full development of both, as
'Abdu'l-Baha makes clear:" ... until material achievements, physical accomplishments and human virtues are reinforced by spiritual
perfections, luminous qualities and characteristics of mercy, no fiuit

14 Shoghi Effendi , The Promised Day Is Come (Wilmette: Baha ' i Publishing
Trust, 1980), p. 17.
15 Century of Light, pp. 5- 6.

16 ' Abdu ' l-Baha, Selections.from the Writings o.f'Abdu 'l-Baha (Haifa: Baha ' i

World Centre, 1982), pp. 283- 84.

or result shall issue therefrom, nor will the happiness of the world
of humanity, which is the ultimate aim, be attained." 'Abdu'l-Baha
uses vivid imagery to explain this idea further:

For man two wings are necessary. One wing is physical
power and material civilization; the other is spiritual power
and divine civilization. With one wing only, flight is impossible. Two wings are essential. Therefore, no matter how
much material civilization advances, it cannot attain to perfection except through the uplift of spiritual civilization. 17

Historically, material advancements appear most evident. The
outward expression of human capacity has been greatly developed.
What is needed, from the Baha'i perspective, is the equal development of the inner forces of morality. This is what has suffered
the most when tradition, when sacred values, have lost in the zerosum game to secular change.
The forced loss of tradition has been a win-lose situation.
Clearly, it has had an adverse impact on the lives of indigenous and
tribal peoples and has made their struggle to survive more difficult.
The key to progress, cultural evolution, and an ever-advancing civilization lies in the principle of moderation. Baha'u'llah made this
clear over a century ago: " ... civilization ... will, if allowed to overleap the bounds of moderation, bring great evil upon men ... If
carried to excess, civilization will prove as prolific a source of evil
as it had been of goodness when kept within the restraints of moderation." 18 The principle of moderation in action will result in
win-win outcomes, or non-zero-sum interactions, while moving the
evolution of humanity more smoothly toward its goal of unity.
The Pattern of Collective Evolution
One factor that contributes to the growth of consciousness on the
collective level is the pattern of growth itself. Earlier indigenous
and traditional cultures generally lived in harmony with each other,
interacting mostly in a mutually profitable fashion. The emphasis
was primarily on their own cultural values, beliefs, and customs,
maintaining these, and passing them on to the next generation.

17 'Abdu 'l-Baha, The Promulgation of Universa l Peace, p. 12.
18 Baha ' u'llah, Cleanings , pp. 342--43.

C ULTURE & C ONSCIOUSNES S

There are exceptions to this, of course, but while arguing and accusations occurred, "generalized reciprocity" or "reciprocal altruism"
is seen to be the rule of natural selection and evolution. As Wright
points out, evolutionary psychologists believe that various impulses designed for the "practical purpose of bringing beneficial
exchange" are built into us, including generosity, gratitude, a sense
of obligation, and empathy for those who reciprocate. These feelings and the behaviors they evoke are found in all cultures, they
say.1 9
This observation recalls CG Jung's notion of archetypes. He
says the psyche of a newborn child is not a "tabula rasa in the
sense that there is absolutely nothing in it." The child's differentiated brain "is predetermined by heredity and therefore
individualized." It meets external sensory stimuli with specific
aptitudes, and "this necessarily results in a particular, individual
choice and pattern of apperception. These aptitudes can be shown
to be inherited instincts and preformed patterns ... They are the
archetypes, which .. .produce ... astonishing mythological parallels." They are, therefore, "inherited possibilities of ideas" that
represent "the authentic element of spirit," or "a spiritual goal
toward which the whole nature of man strives." 20 The archetype is
that which potentially connects us to our own divine nature.
With these inherited possibilities as part of our genetic
make-up, it follows that traditional and tribal cultures were
founded on the principle of unity in homogeneity, or unity in
sameness. They were primarily concerned with unity on the level
of their own community. The beliefs and values of the world's
indigenous peoples emerged originally as a consciousness of oneness, expressed on the level that they knew and within which they
lived. Oneness, or unity, is thus the first phase in this pattern of
collective evolution.
The qualities that define traditional cultures (morality, mutuality, complementarity, cooperation, stability, and interrelations), as
well as their clearly defined, socially prescribed rites, ceremonies,

19Wright, pp. 22-24.
CG Jung, Psychological Reflections (Princeton: Princeton University Press,

1973), pp. 38, 42.

and traditions, contribute in an essential way to the pattern that sustains them. Traditions based upon a firm foundation of values and
beliefs lead to bonding, which leads to solidification, which leads to
internal strength, which leads to the further growth of internal complexity.
As cultures and societies became more complex, through the
natural process of evolution, and as different peoples interacted
and experienced conflict, this consciousness of oneness was
tested and challenged. Eventually it shifted to accommodate the
introduction of greater chaos and struggle in people's lives. The
consciousness of unity within, and loyalty to, one's known group
was replaced, almost through force, by the expectation that members would express the same attitude towards new and larger
groups with different views and values.
The Baha'i perspective on this process is expressed in this
way: "Unity of family, of tribe, of city-state, and nation have been
successively attempted and fully established. World unity is the
goal towards which a harassed humanity is striving." 21
But this is not a smooth process; it involves a time of transition,
of darkness, stress and disorder, a period of limbo between each new
level of complexity. Between the level of tribe and city-state, or of
city-state and nation, for example, would be liminal periods of chaos
and conflict, resulting in the second, temporary, phase of unwanted,
nonreciprocal pluralism, in which distinct cultures interact, find what
they think are important differences, and are nevertheless expected to
get along. Such phases are characterized by separateness and collective disagreements, which have brought about long periods of
oppression, prejudice, racism, armed conflicts, and wars between
various cultural and ethnic groups. As this process is played out at
each level, in every continent of the world, there remain pockets of
resistance within each level, as we see even today in nations where
brutal ethnic strife still occurs.
The process is always made up of the ongoing interaction and
struggle between the forces of conservatism and dynamism, but is
today taken to the grandest scale. As the conservative desire to

21Shoghi Effendi, The World Order of Baha 'u 'I/ah: Selected Letters, 2d rev.
ed. (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1974), p. 202.

Ct ' LTURE & C ONSCI OUSNESS

keep things the way they are gives way to dynamic forces of
change, conflict and struggle escalate until the change is incorporated and integrated into a new cultural system, whether or not it
is welcomed by all.
While some factions within nations resist, the world moves
onward towards unification. This next step in humanity's evolution will bring us to our destined climax. The Baha'i thesis is that
"A world, growing to maturity, must. .. recognize the oneness and
wholeness of human relationships, and establish once and for all
the machinery that can best incarnate this fundamental principle
of its life. " 22
Completing this pattern of the collective evolution of humanity, the third phase returns us to where we began, but on the
grandest scale- to oneness, or unity. The pattern as a whole can
thus be described as follows: oneness followed by duality followed
by oneness, or unity followed by separateness followed by unity.
It could even be described as a collective version of the pattern
individuals follow during traditional rites of passage (separation,
transition, incorporation), and so it illustrates the principle of the
oneness of creation: that what is true on the individual level is
also true on the collective level.
With each new level of complexity, a new struggle is experienced, and a new level of expansion of the basic quality of the stage
is reached. This is the essence of the process of the evolution of
consc10usness.
The Baha'i thesis is that, having moved beyond the level of
unity in sameness and having experienced many phases of duality
and forced pluralism throughout the world, we are today faced with
achieving unity on the final level; we are at the threshold of the
third phase of the pattern: that of unity on a global scale. This is
the cycle of unity in diversity, or unity in difference, entailing nothing less in our evolution than the unity of the entire human race,
in which, as envisaged by Bahci'u'llah, "all nations, races, creeds
and classes are closely and permanently united." 23

22 Shoghi Effendi, World Order of Baha "u 'I/ah , p. 202.
23 Baha' u' ll ah, cited in World Order of Baha 'u 'I/ah , p. 203.

To summarize, the whole pattern can be seen as one of inherent unity, followed by a temporary, transitional period of disunity,
followed by intended unity. 24 The intended unity we are faced
with at this point in our evolution is to understand deeply, accept,
and put into action, the concept of unity in diversity on a global
scale. This third stage will bring us to a practical realization of "a
world organically unified in all the essential aspects of its life, its
political machinery, its spiritual aspiration, its trade and finance,
its script and language, and yet infinite in the diversity of the national characteristics of its federated units." 25
"Unity in diversity" is not just a slogan or buzzword. It is a
way of explaining the principle of the oneness of humanity while
honoring and cherishing all the natural and unique forms of diversity that exist within the human family, from every ethnic group
to each individual temperament. Diversity in the cultural and personal realms is just as vital and essential to the well-being of
humanity as it is in the realm of the human gene pool. 26 To accept
and put into action the concept of unity in diversity means broadening affiliations without giving up any legitimate allegiances.
In 1931 Shoghi Effendi explained unity in diversity by saying:

It does not ignore, nor does it attempt to suppress, the diversity of ethnical origins, of climate, of history, of language
and tradition, of thought and habit, that differentiate the
peoples and nations of the world. It calls for a wider loyalty,
for a larger aspiration than any other that has animated the
human race. It insists upon the subordination of national impulses and interests to the imperative claims of a unified
world. It repudiates excessive centralization on the one hand,
and disclaims all attempts at uniformity on the other.27

24 For 'Abdu ' 1-Baha's discussion of inherent unity and intended unity, see Sel-

ections from the Writings of 'A bdu '1-Baha, pp. 260-61, and Promulgation of
Universal Peace, pp. 129- 30.
25 Shoghi Effendi, World Order of Baha 'u 'llah, pp. 42-43 .

26 See Baha'i International Community, Valuing Spirituality in Development

(London: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1998), pp. 14- 15.
27 Shoghi Effendi, World Order of Baha 'u 'llah, pp. 41-42 .

C ULTURE & C ONSCIOUSNESS

On the global scale, unity in diversity is founded not only
upon the encouragement of the full participation of all groups and
individuals in the life of the world community, but also upon the
protection of the immense diversity of the human family. Baha'i
communities understand the nurturing and safeguarding of diversity as "a moral responsibility," and an "inescapable obligation," 28
because, as Baha'u' llah asserts, "There can be no doubt whatever
that the peoples of the world, of whatever race or religion, derive
their inspiration from one heavenly source, and are the subjects of
one God. " 29
'Abdu'l-Baha makes this idea even clearer when he says,
"The most important teaching of Baha'u'llah is to leave behind
racial, religious, national and patriotic prejudices. Until these
prejudices are entirely removed mankind will not find rest."
Humanity's range of diversity is more a reason for unity than for
discord, because it lends "a composite harmony and beauty of
color to the whole." Unity in diversity, therefore, "should be the
cause of love and harmony, as it is in music where many different
notes blend together in the making of a perfect chord." 30
The views of some scientists accord with these spiritual principles, which have been elaborated through a succession of
Revelations that have released creative energies to guide the process. As Wright points out, kin-selected altruism is the original
source of love, and this love is based in the genes of the mother
and her offspring. "Give evolution long enough," he says, "and
reciprocal altruism will arise yet again- and again and again and
again ... " 3 1 Occurring on ever greater levels each time, eventually
it is expressed as unity in diversity in the human family.

28 See Shoghi Effendi, Th e Advent of Divine Justice (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1990), p. 35; and the statement of the Baha'i International Community,
Th e Protection of Di versity in the Baha'i Community, available at
<www.bahai.org/article- l-3-3-4.html>.
29 Baha ' u' llah, Gleanings, p. 217.

30 Abdu ' l-Baha, quoted in Th e Power of Unity (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing

Trust, 1986); Promulgation of Universal Peace, pp. 68- 69; and Paris Talks:
Addresses given by 'A bdu 'l-Baha in Paris in 1911- 1912 (London : Baha'i
Publishing Trust, 1995), pp. 51 - 54.
31 Wright, pp. 262 , 294.

Charles Darwin echoes this view of evolution:

As man advances in civilization, and small tribes are united
into larger communities, the simplest reason would tell each
individual that he ought to extend his social instincts and
sympathies to all the members of the same nation, though
personally unknown to him. This point being once reached,
there is only an artificial barrier to prevent his sympathies
extending to the men of all nations and races. 32

To make this even clearer, Shoghi Effendi puts the collective
evolution of consciousness within the framework of the transformations of the human life cycle:

The long ages of infancy and childhood, through which the
human race had to pass, have receded into the background.
Humanity is now experiencing the commotions invariably
associated with the most turbulent stage of its evolution, the
stage of adolescence, when the impetuosity of its youth and
its vehemence reach their climax, and must gradually be
superseded by the calmness, the wisdom, and the maturity
that characterize the stage of manhood. 33

This acknowledges and reminds us of the differences, difficulties,
and discord of the present, helps us to remember the spiritual nature of all life and the essential unity of the diverse expressions of
human life, and offers a clear direction for the future.
To recap the pattern of collective evolution: inherent unity is
family and tribal unity, unity on the level of the most basic human
unit. Intended unity is universal unity, on the largest possible scale.
Yet only when we have achieved, or truly understood, our intended
unity on the universal level, will we recognize that it, too, is part of
our inherent unity. Unity on this highest level is learned, and requires, along with an acceptance of the concept of unity in diversity,
a similar understanding of the concepts of a global consciousness,
and a sense of world citizenship, all of which are ultimately understood and expressed as a love for humanity as a whole.

32 Charles Darwin, quoted in Wright, frontispiece.
33 Shoghi Effendi , World Order of Bahri 'u 'llrih, p. 202.

C l lLTL1 RE & C ONSCIOUSNESS

Towards a Global Consciousness
With each shift of the pattern of collective evolution towards its
next level of expansion and incorporation, both cultures and individuals undergo an expansion of consciousness to accommodate
the change and prepare them for the next step in their own and the
world's cultural evolution. Both the expansion of cultures and shifts
in consciousness are initiated by the progressive release of divine
energies, or renewals of Revelation, which play the key role in
shaping the course of human society.
At each new level of consciousness, humanity becomes
more aware of its personal and collective destiny and makes
greater efforts to express the truth of that new consciousness. The
first questions of consciousness are "Who am I?", "Where am
I?", "Where am I going?", and "What should I do?" If unity of
family is inherent and universal unity is intended, or learned, then
at each higher level of consciousness we seek to build unity on
greater levels. We want "to transform situations of discord and
conflict into those of harmony and fellowship" to match the truth
of our new consciousness, until at the highest level of consciousness we "become champions of justice and help create a just
social order" on a global scale. 34
Evidence of this movement towards a global consciousness
is illustrated and supported not only in the Baha' i writings, but
also by many writers in the scientific fields. For example, a thread
that traces our evolution towards a global consciousness runs
throughout the field of psychology. Wilhelm Wundt, the founder
of experimental psychology, turned later in his life to social or
cultural psychology and employed a more ethnographically based
methodology that he favored over experimental methods. He
capped a highly significant career with an under-appreciated but
truly pioneering work on the psychological history of mankind, in
which he delineated the stages of cultural development, concerning himself primarily with the evolution of the collective mind of
humanity.

34 Paul Larnple, Creating a New Mind: Reflections on the Individual, the Institu-

tions and the Community (Ri viera Beach, Florida : Palabra Publications, 1999),
pp. 4-5.

T 11 E BAHA'i W ORLD

In his 1912 book Elements of Folk Psychology, Wundt outlines the four stages of the cultural, social, religious, and
psychological history of mankind, which will culminate in a
fourth stage characterized by a world consciousness. The first
stage he calls "Primitive Man," or the childhood of humanity's
evolution. The second is the "Totemic Age," or the era of the newly
discovered symbolic world. The third is the "Age of Heroes and
Gods," in which community concerns give way to national concerns. The final stage is the "Development to Humanity," when
national affiliations give way to worldwide humanistic concerns.
During this fourth stage, a world consciousness develops through a
four-step process.
Discussing the concept of humanity, Wundt says that, on the
one hand, "humanity" means the whole of mankind, while on the
other, it is a value-attribute referring to the development of ethical
characteristics that transcend "the limits of all more restricted associations, such as family, tribe, or State," and in which the
individual's "appreciation of human worth shall have become a
universal norm." He explains further that this evolution does not
"entail the disappearance of previous conditions," but that

humanitarian culture takes up into itself the creations of preceding eras, and allows them to take firmer root. Thus, the
idea of a cultural community of peoples has not weakened,
but ... has strengthened and enriched, the self-consciousness
of separate peoples and the significance of the individual
State.

His view is that national differences have led to increased dissemination of cultural products, and this has "thus enhanced the
value attaching to the spiritual distinctiveness of a people and of
the individual personality." 35
Raising the question of whether we live in an age of "a universally human culture," he answers: "We are on the way to this
goal, but are still far from having actually achieved it." The goal
is still distant because, even though phenomena in the Heroic Age

35Wilhelm Wundt, Elements ofFolk Psychology (New York: Macmillan, 1912),
pp. 472- 73.

CULTllRE & C Q NSCIOUSNB SS

"might properly be interpreted to indicate the gradual rise of feelings of humanity," the Development to Humanity stage in our
collective development is one "in which the idea of humanity,
having come to clear consciousness, exercises an influence upon
the various phases of culture, and is entertained by a significantly
large portion of mankind to ensure its permanent effectiveness." 36
In this context, Wundt outlines the four steps leading towards
world consciousness, by which the "permanent effectiveness" of
the idea of humanity can be measured. The first step is the rise of
"world empires." This is not meant "to refer merely to a great kingdom that results from the absorption of a number of separate
States" or the extension of any single state, but the establishment of
a universal society that "involves the conscious idea of a unity embracing the whole of mankind."37
In the second step, or "world culture," the intermingling of
peoples and culture results in an interest in humanity as a whole and
brings the transition from folk culture to a world culture. With the
third step, "world religion" makes its appearance. During this
phase, "we find religions that lay claim to being universal," 38 and
we have a universal human religion in which national traits become
secondary to universal characteristics.
Finally, world culture and world religion form the basis of
the fourth step leading to a global consciousness, "world history,"
by which Wundt means not political or cultural events, but "the
historic consciousness of.. .the idea of mankind as a unity." 39 Thus,
world empires, world culture, world religions, and world history
represent the four main steps in humanity's evolution toward the
conscious recognition of its unity.
In tracing the idea of a global consciousness through psychology, we encounter CG Jung and the collective unconscious.
Like Wundt's idea of humanity's development through a series of
increasingly inclusive stages towards recognition of its unity,
Jung's concept of the collective unconscious deals with a heritage

36 Wundt, pp. 470- 01 , 475.
37 Wundt, p. 476.
38 Wundt, p. 477.

39 Wundt, p. 4 78.

common to all human beings, which also emerges through a series
of differentiations of the collective psyche. These differentiations
are envisioned as a series of layers in the psychic system, moving
from an inner core of unconscious "central energy," through human
ancestors to ethnic groups to national groups, and from tribe to
family, and finally to the individual human psyche at the most conscious level. 40
Unlike Wundt, who conceives that evolution towards humanity is conscious, Jung implies that we are born with a consciousness
of our oneness within us, but it is initially unconscious and only
gradually rises to the level of awareness as it passes through each
differentiation. As Jung says, "The collective unconscious contains
the whole spiritual heritage of mankind's evolution born anew in
the brain structure of every individual."41
Jung's idea of the collective unconscious is that, "in addition to our immediate consciousness, which is of a thoroughly
personal nature," a second psychic system is "of a collective, universal, and impersonal nature which is identical in all individuals.
This collective unconscious does not develop individually but is
inherited. It consists of preexistent forms, the archetypes, which
can only become conscious secondarily and which give definite
form to certain psychic contents."42
Wundt and Jung are talking about the same goal, which is
not merely the psychic unity of mankind but, as Wundt says, "the
conscious idea of a unity embracing the whole of mankind." As
Jung puts it, in comparing the basic difference between East and
West,

... since there is only one earth and one mankind, East and
West cannot rend humanity into two different halves. Psychic

40 Jolande Jacobi , The Psychology of CG Jung (New Haven: Yale University
Press, l 973), pp. 8, 34- 35.
41 CG Jung, "The Structure of the Psyche," in The Structure and Dynamics of

the Psyche, Collected Works, Vol. 8 (Princeton: Princeton University Press,
1960), p. 158.
42 CG Jung, "The Concept of the Collective Unconscious," in Th e Archetypes

and the Collective Unconscious, Collected Works, Vol. 9, Part I (Princeton:
Princeton University Press, Bollingen Series, l 980), p. 43 .

C U LTURE & C ON SCIOUSNESS

reality exists in its original oneness, and awaits man 's advance to a level of consciousness where he no longer
believes in the one part and denies the other, but recognizes
both as constituent elements of one psyche.43

In his view, "Despite all the differences, the unity of mankind will
assert itself irresistibly. " 44
However, Wundt and Jung describe a reverse process to reach
that goal; for Wundt, it is an external, social process, while for
Jung it is an internal, personal process. Both lead to the same end,
and both identify the same truth; they are describing two parts of
one process. We are born with this awareness of our oneness, and
we gradually move towards a consciousness of this awareness as
we move through the stages of our evolution. Each in his own way
emphasizes a different but key element of the process as a whole,
while returning us to the idea of recognizing that both inherent
unity (collective unconscious) and intended unity (social consciousness) are essential in achieving the goal of our collective evolution.
Erik Erikson's concept of identity, which belongs to this same
thread in twentieth-century psychology, offers yet another perspective on the evolution of consciousness. Erikson built his original
theory of life cycle development around the task of identity formation in adolescence. He later moved from the personal to the social
sphere, writing about "man's wider, more inclusive identity."
Erikson states, as "evolutionary background for the whole identity problem," that "instead of a consciousness of being the one
species he is, man has, as far back as we know, imagined his tribe
or his nation, his caste or his class, and yes, even his religion to be a
superior species." Erikson uses the term "pseudo-species" to describe
this tendency toward exclusivity, and adds that "identity is an issue
reaching much deeper than the conscious choice of roles or the rhetorical demand for equality." He says that mankind's task now, in
what we might see as its collective adolescence, is "to create a new
and all-human identity" and, "beyond a technological civilization,

43 CG Jung, Modern Man in Search of' a Soul (New York: Harcourt Brace

Jovanovich , A Harvest/HBJ Book, 1933), p. 191.
44 CG Jung, Th e Undiscovered Self (New York: New American Library, A Men-

tor Book, 1958), p. 105.

an all-human culture."45 Erikson's concept of the wider identity
parallels the ideas of global consciousness, world citizenship, and
the oneness of humanity. As some cultures expand and others contract, or try to survive, there is an overall movement and growth
towards wholeness and unity.
Building a Culture of Oneness
To move from a culture of duality, in which many cultures exist
in conflict with one another, to a culture of oneness, in which
many cultures exist in harmony with each other, requires conscious effort- even a transformation of consciousness. Such a
transformation must consist of a new, deeper understanding of the
core notion of nonduality, or the concept that reality is one and
truth is indivisible. This notion is one of the most profound, fundamental verities of the world's religions. The idea of the unity of
existence, or of all creation as one, can appear to be either contradictory and paradoxical or essentially true, because reality is both
one and many, depending on one's point of view or the level of
consciousness from which it is approached. From a temporal, cultural, or disciplinary perspective, reality is divided up into many
parts; while from an eternal, divine perspective, division is an illusion, and reality, even all of existence, is one.
Humanity as a whole currently sees primarily the duality, and
even the plurality, of the world, with a consciousness of the many.
At the same time, however, it appears close to being ready to move
on to the next phase, that of nonduality, in which it will adopt a
consciousness of its oneness, leading to a culture of concord and
unity. A culture of oneness does not mean that all become the same.
It means acknowledging our oneness within our multiplicity and
honoring our diversity within our common heritage as human beings. It means safeguarding our differences while recognizing that
we may be more alike than we think we are unalike. 46

45 Erik Erikson, "Remarks on the Wider Identity," in A Way oflooking at Things:
Selected Papers fi-om I 930 to I 980 (New York: Norton, 1986), pp. 498, 499 ,
501.
46 The expression "more alike than unalike" comes from Maya Angelou's poem

"Human Family" in I Shall Not Be Moved (New York: Knopf, 1990).

C ULTU RE & C ON SCIOU SN ES S

It is evident now, in both sacred and secular aspects of society, that a set of spiritual principles is needed to serve as a
framework for ushering in this age of unity. Such principles would
be universal, characterized first and foremost by an all-human inclusiveness that incorporates the best interests of all. The essence
of this set of principles is reflected in the pronouncements of
Baha'u'llah that "The earth is but one country, and mankind its
citizens," and "Ye dwell in one world, and have been created
through the operation of one Will." 47
This primary spiritual principle of oneness is interpreted further by the Universal House of Justice:

World order can be founded only on an unshakable consciousness of the oneness of mankind, a spiritual truth which all the
human sciences confirm. Anthropology, physiology, and psychology, recognize only one human species, albeit infinitely
varied in the secondary aspects oflife. Recognition of this truth
requires abandonment of prejudice- prejudice of every
kind- race, class, color, creed, nation, sex, degree of material
civilization, everything which enables people to consider
themselves superior to others. 48

The secular world and its thinkers also recognize this fundamental principle of the global age. Ervin Laszlo, science advisor
to UNESCO, has stated that mankind "needs a star to follow," or
"standards by which we can direct our steps." These will come
from "the great ideals of the world religions," he says, listing
Christianity's vision of universal brotherhood; Judaism's vision
of an elected people in whom all the families of the earth are to be
blessed; Islam's universal vision of an ultimate community of God,
man, nature, and society; the Hindu vision of matter as the outward manifestation of spirit attuned to cosmic harmony; the
Buddhist vision of all reality as interdependent; and the Confucian vision of supreme harmony in disciplined and ordered human
relationships . He then says, "the essential goal of the Baha' i Faith
is to achieve a vision that is world-embracing and could lead to

Baha ' u' ll ah, Gleanings, pp. 250, 334.

The Un iversa l House of Justice, The Promise of World Peace (Wilmette:

Baha 'i Publishing Trust, 1985), pp. 28- 29 .

the unity of mankind and the establishment of a world civilization
based on peace and justice." These, he concludes, "are perennial
ideals based on universally human values," and must be rediscovered to guide our steps. 49
A vision that can help lead women and men away from despair, and society away from chaos, also came from the second
Parliament of the World's Religions in 1993 . The Parliament
adopted a "global ethic" founded upon the principles that there
can be no new global order without a new global ethic and that
every human being must be treated humanely. The ethic was also
based upon four irrevocable directives: commitment to a "culture
of nonviolence" and respect for life; commitment to a "culture of
solidarity" and a just economic order; commitment to a "culture
of tolerance" and a life of truthfulness; and commitment to a "culture of equal rights and partnership between men and women."
These directives arise from ancient values "which are found in
most of the religions of the world." 50
Gender equality, economic equity, racial unity, and scientific
and religious harmony are also values for a global age. Enunciated by Baha'u'llah in the nineteenth century, these values are
more and more being recognized as those that will lead us from a
culture of duality to a culture of oneness. In this gradual process,
as with evolution itself, we have seen a shift, even a transformation, of consciousness around these values in the areas of war and
peace, economy, and ecology. However, this transformation of
consciousness has yet to be achieved in the area of ethics and
values. Keeping the timeless, universal values alive and passing
them on to future generations is the special task of religions, the
Parliament also noted. 51
A global ethic, encompassing universal values meant to benefit
and protect all human beings, is not something easily or immediately
accepted by all. Nor is the concept of globalization, which is seen by

49 Ervin Laszlo, The Inn er Limits of Mankind (Oxford: Oneworld, 1989), pp.
65- 67.
50 Hans Kling, ed. A Global Ethic: Declaration of the Parliament of the World's
Religions (New York : Continuum, 1998), pp.17- 34.
51 Kung, pp. 34- 35.

CllLT L' RE & C ONSCIOUSNE SS

large numbers of people around the world as a threat to the future.
This is evidenced by the violence of the riots set off by the meetings of the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund, which
were due in large part to a fear of widening the economic gap even
further. But, as the document Century of Light points out:

globalization itself is an intrinsic feature of the evolution of
human society . .. It no longer requires the gift of prophecy to
realize that the fate of humanity in the century now opening
will be determined by the relationship established between
these two fundamental forces of the historical process, the
inseparable principles of unity and justice. 52

The central task of the Baha'i teachings, which have been
revealed for, and have signaled the beginning of, this global age,
is not only to point out the gradualness and the inevitability of the
evolutionary process towards the goal of oneness, but also to assist in bringing it about. The rate at which evolution occurs depends
ultimately upon the sincerity with which humanity's investigation
of reality proceeds, as this is what will bring about the needed transformation of consciousness. As more and more individuals come
independently to the understanding of the essential unity of humankind and begin to live accordingly, the collective cultural and
spiritual development of humanity will reach maturity. As greater
numbers embrace an orientation of world citizenship and as this
is reflected in various spheres of action, from interpersonal to social, cultural, and economic affairs, the principle of the oneness
of humanity will become accepted, as that of nationhood was in
its time.
Baha'u'llah's vision of unity came at a time when the world
was still caught within the limitations of separate nations and deepseated conflicts. Its purpose was to give humanity the means to
see, in very practical as well as spiritual terms, its own inherent
and intended unity, and to outline a process and order that would
help it bring about the next developmental stage in its collective
evolution- a stage of globalization characterized by a consciousness of its interdependence and wholeness.

52 Century of light, pp. 133- 35.

Baha'u'llah's core principle, the oneness of mankind, goes
beyond the popular ideas of universal brotherhood and goodwill.
In the words of Shoghi Effendi:

Its implications are deeper, its claims greater than any which
the Prophets of old were allowed to advance. Its message is
applicable not only to the individual, but concerns itself primarily with the nature of those essential relationships that
must bind all the states and nations as members of one human
family ... It constitutes a challenge .. .to outworn .. . national
creeds .. . It calls for. .. a world organically unified in all the
essential aspects of its life, its political machinery, its spiritual
aspiration, its trade and finance, its script and language, and
yet infinite in the diversity of the national characteristics of its
federated units. It represents the consummation of human
evolution .. . [It] carries with it no more and no less than a
solemn assertion that attainment to this final stage in its stupendous evolution is not only necessary but inevitable, that
its realization is fast approaching. 53

At the conclusion of his scientific look at cultural evolution
and the logic of human destiny, Robert Wright discusses the evolutionary growth of goodness and verifies the global value of
scientific and religious harmony. Noting that as cultural evolution
has progressed, the size of society has grown, he reminds us that
"one role of religious doctrine has always been to congeal societies." After all, he adds, "the word 'religion' comes from the Latin
ligare, 'to bind."' But is it really possible, he asks, for religion to
take society to the next moral threshold and "help congeal the
world"? Here, even from "a truly scientific perspective," he considers consciousness to be a key factor in the question of purpose.
He says, "a strictly empirical analysis of both organic and cultural
evolution ... reveals a world with direction."
Wright concludes his stimulating tour of human history with a
reconsideration of the statement in the Gospel of St. John that reads,
"In the beginning was the Word ... " He translates "word," from the
Greek logos, to mean "reason" or "argument." Thus, we have "a line
ofreasoning, a chain oflogic," or "a very long argument" which "had

53 Shoghi Effendi, World Order o/Baha 'u 'I/ah , pp. 42-43 .

C L'l-Tl 1 RE & C ONSC IOUS NES S

been set in motion" several billion years ago. We can reasonably
speculate, then, that "the expansion of humanity's moral compass
was the purpose of history's game-theoretical argument all along. In
the beginning, you might say, was the end, and the end was a basic
truth- the equal moral status of all human beings." So, according to
Wright, "life on earth" was designed for both "the potential for good"
and "the potential for bad." Now, logic "finally shows signs ofraising
the ratio of good to bad." He continues, "More souls are crammed
onto this planet than ever, and there is the real prospect of commensurably great peril. At the same time there is the prospect of building the
infrastructure for a planetary first: enduring global concord ... Which
is to say: winning will depend on not wanting other peoples to
lose." 54
Such a consciousness of oneness and of world citizenship is
embodied in the principle of service to humanity, which is central to
the teachings of Baha'u'llah, Who wrote, in the midst of the separatism and discord of the nineteenth century, "That one indeed is a man
who, today, dedicateth himself to the service of the entire human
race .. . Blessed and happy is he that ariseth to promote the best interests of the peoples and kindreds of the earth."55
Baha'i communities in all regions of the world are currently
building a culture of oneness, as the realized goal of the process
towards which humanity has been evolving since earliest times.
Service to humanity, whether through humanitarian acts or social
and economic development projects, is a sacred and obligatory element in the pattern oflife of every Baha'i community. Such efforts
to improve material and social conditions are conducted for the
benefit of all humanity. Emphasis is placed on cultivating the capacity in individuals and institutions to participate in their own
development. The purpose is to build both material and spiritual
civilization. 56 Acts of compassion and altruistic service that promote
the general welfare of humanity can be seen as the ultimate expression of a consciousness of oneness. The energies released by such

54 Wright, pp. 330- 33.
55 Baha ' u' llah, Tablets ofBaha 'u '//ah , p. 167.
56 Lample, p. l07.

service are part of a transforming power that "can become an ocean
of oneness that will cover the face of the planet."57
Projects inspired by such Baha'i principles are currently being
carried out all over the world to help to build a culture of peace,
harmony, and unity. In Bosnia, students and faculty from Landegg
Academy in Switzerland are conducting intensive training seminars
on the principles of peace for hundreds of teachers, school administrators, and support staff in the cities of Sarajevo, Banja Luka, and
Travnik. This is part of the Education for Peace project, designed to
contribute to the collective process of recovery from the conflict of
the 1990s by assisting the members of a younger generation and
their teachers and parents to become peacemakers. In Cambodia,
the Hope for the Heart literacy project seeks not only to improve
reading and writing skills but also to instill values needed to create
a nonviolent culture. In India, the New Era Development Institute
approaches rural development by combining vocational training
with a specialized curriculum in spiritual and moral principles,
aimed at producing capable and energized individuals who return to
their villages with a new vision of community service to undertake
and encourage local, sustainable development efforts.
In December 1999, at the third Parliament of the World's
Religions, held in South Africa, an interreligious group made up
of many who were key players in the struggle against apartheid
unveiled an effort called Gifts of Service to the World, which
consisted of some 250 projects that reflect a commitment to interreligious and religious/secular cooperation. In Colombia, an
innovative microenterprise program run by FUNDAEC, a social
and economic development foundation unique for its emphasis on
training that seeks to promote cooperation and a sense of service
to the community at large, has granted small loans to thousands of
rural farmers. EcoAg Service is a youth agricultural apprenticeship program matching apprentices with farm sites in Barbados,
England, Latin American countries, Ireland, Scotland, Wales, and
the United States. The program is designed, in part, to recognize

The Universal House of Justice, Messages of the Universal House ofJustice,

1963-1986 (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1998), p. 179.

Cl ' LTL 'RE & C ONSCIOUSN ESS

the dynamic coherence between the spiritual and practical requirements of life on earth.
Each of these efforts, and many more, contributes to a culture
of service, which helps to overcome a culture of violence and prejudice and, in turn, helps to establish a culture of economic equity and
racial unity-ultimately, a culture of oneness. On 21 March 2001,
in observance of the International Day for the Elimination of Racial
Discrimination, the Baha'i International Community released a
statement that begins:

The coming together of the peoples of the world in a harmonious and creative relationship is the crucial need of the present
hour. In the wake of advances in human knowledge, which
have deepened bonds of interdependence and contracted the
planet, the central task now before all its inhabitants is laying
the foundations of a global society that can reflect the oneness
of human nature. Creating such a universal culture of collaboration and conciliation will require a return to spiritual
awareness and responsibility. 58

When these principles, intentions, and actions are fully accepted
in the world, our descendants will look back a century or two
from now and see how the oneness of humanity makes as much
sense to them as nationhood does to us.

'" For the full text of this statement, see pp. 261 - 64.

£/ham Ajiwn examines the significance of
the Ba ha 'f gardens on Mount Carmel in
the context of the relationship between
gardens and spirituality in various
religious traditions.

SYMBOLS OF
TRANSFORMATION
The Gardens and Terraces
on Mount Carmel

A moving meditation penned by the Bab during His imprisonment in Mah-Ku, in the mountains of Azerbaijan, praises God
for having turned a prison fortress into a noble chamber and an
oppressive mountain into a heavenly garden. It reads:

How can I praise Thee, 0 Lord, for the evidences of Thy
mighty splendor and for Thy wondrous sweet savors which
Thou ha st imparted to Me in thi s fortress ... Thou hast
watched over Me in the heart of thi s mountain where I am
compassed by mountains on all sides. One hangeth above
Me, others stand on My right and My left and yet another
ri seth in front of Me . . . Having suffered Me to be cast into
the prison, Thou didst tum it into a garden of Paradise for
Me and caused it to become a chamber of the court of everlasting fellowship. 1

The terraces surrounding the Shrine of the Bab on Mount
Carmel in Haifa, which are nearing completion, are a powerful

1 The Bab, Selections f rom the Writings of the Bab (Haifa : Baha 'i World Centre, 1983), pp. 183- 84.

reminder of this transformation and thus a fitting means of paying
tribute to the Bab and for enhancing the beauty of the resting place
of His earthly remains. But in addition to effecting the transformation of a once barren and rocky mountain into a verdant,
blooming garden, the 19 terraces also symbolize another kind of
change. In the words of the Universal House of Justice in a letter
regarding the significance of these monumental edifices, "The
beauty and magnificence of the Gardens and Terraces ... are symbolic of the nature of the transformation which is destined to occur
both within the hearts of the world's people and in the physical
environment of the planet. " 2 May 2001 will witness the official
inauguration of the terraces, when, following a befitting ceremony,
they will be open to people of all religious beliefs, backgrounds,
and nationalities, as are other Baha'i holy places. As more and
more visitors come to admire these beautiful gardens, it is appropriate to consider their significance, both in spiritual terms and in
relation to theories about the natural and built environment.
Visions of Paradise
The terraced gardens on Mount Carmel conjure up, for many of
those who walk through them, images of the Garden of Eden, of
paradise as it is described in various religious traditions. In Biblical Eden, "out of the ground made the Lord God to grow every
tree that is pleasant to the sight, and good for food; the tree of life
also in the midst of the garden, and the tree of the knowledge of
good and evil. And a river went out of Eden to water the garden." 3
In the Qur'an, it is promised that in paradise, "the righteous shall
drink of a cup tempered at the Camphor Fountain, a gushing spring
at which the servants of God will refresh themselves ... Reclining
there upon soft couches, they shall feel neither the scorching heat
nor the biting cold. Trees will spread their shade around them, and
fruits will hang in clusters over them." 4 The influence of this vision of paradise is evident in traditional Persian gardens, which

2 Letter of the Universal House of Justice to all National Spiritual Assemblies,

4 January 1994.
3 Genesis 2:9- 10, King James Version .

4 Qur 'an 76:8- 9, trans. N.J. Dawood.

S YJ IBO LS OF TRANSFORMATION

had "one central unifying purpose: praise of the Divine. " 5 In fact,
the word paradise itself "derives from the old Persian word
pairidaeza ... which meant the royal park, enclosure, or orchard of
the Persian king." 6 Essential features of such gardens included:

running water. . . and a pool to reflect the beauties of sky and
garden ; trees of various sorts, some to provide shade merely,
and others to produce fruits; flowers, colorful and sweetsmelling; grass, usually growing wild under the trees; birds
to fill the garden with song; the whole cooled by a pleasant
breeze. The garden might include a raised hillock at the
centre ... often surmounted by a pavilion or palace.7

This could almost serve as a description of the gardens on
Mount Carmel. Here one's eyes are indeed delighted by the sight
of every kind of tree and flower, and one's ears soothed by the
murmur of running water and the song of birds. And at the center,
more majestic than any palace, stands the golden-domed Shrine
of the Bab, dedicated to the praise of God. As in Eden, where Adam
and Eve "heard the voice of the Lord God walking in the garden
in the cool of the day,"Rmany feel that this, too, is a place where
God can be found. The terraces are, indeed, as Howard Adelman
has described them, "the approach to a sacred place."9
However, as Louis Greenspan points out in a perceptive commentary on the locales of religious expression, in the Bible the
garden is never an unmixed blessing. Eden is the archetypal garden for which humanity longs, but it is also the place of temptation,
fall, and expulsion. The hanging gardens of Babylon- literally,
"the Gate of God"- were considered to be one of the seven wonders of the ancient world, but they are associated on the one hand
with sensual pleasure and on the other with the labor of slaves,

5 Julie Scott Meisami, "Allegorical Gardens in the Persian Poetic Tradition:
Nezami , Rumi , Hafez." International Journal of Middle East Studies 17, no. 2
( 1985), p. 242.
6 Meisami, p. 231.

7 Meisami, p. 231.

8 Genesis 3 :8.

9 Howard Adelman, narrating, "Baha' i Hanging Gardens." Television program,

first broadcast on Israel Today, Canada, 6 December 1999.

among them captive and exiled Jews. Another Biblical garden,
Gethsemane, is the scene of Christ's agony and His betrayal. "The
garden by itself is not paradise; the city is also needed with its
energy," says Greenspan. 10 And indeed, the ideal city is a parallel
and related theme in religious traditions as well as in secular
visions of the world. It finds expression in disciplines as different
as religious millennialism, utopian literature, and urban planning.
The Ideal City
In Christianity, the Golden Age of innocence and plenitude represented by the Garden of Eden is balanced by the expectation of an
apocalypse followed by the establishment of the Kingdom of God
on earth, taking the symbolic form of the City of God, "New
Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven." 11 The New
Jerusalem has the features of an ancient city-a great and high
wall, many gates, and strong foundations- but it also incorporates
the elements of a garden: "And he shewed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal . .. In the midst of the street of it, and on
either side of the river, was there the tree oflife, which bare twelve
manner of fruits ... and the leaves of the tree were for the healing
of the nations." 12 This is Eden, complete with the tree of life and a
river, transposed into a city setting, where, in contrast with the
original garden, there shall be no more sorrow or pain. In this garden-city, "the tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell
with them, and they shall be his people and God himself shall be
with them, and be their God." 13
Parallel to the messianic vision of Christianity, we find a long
tradition of utopian thinking in the West. Broadly speaking, the
quest for utopia is the quest for a better society and "has always
implied a faith in progress." 14 Although the historical events of
the last century have made it hard to sustain such a faith, utopian
thinking and utopian literature- as well as experiments in utopian

10 Loui s Greenspan , on " Baha' i Hanging Gardens. "
11 Revelati on 2 1:2.
12 Reve lation 22 : 1-2.

13 Revelation 2 1:3.

14 Peter Ruppert, Reader in a Strange Land: The Activity of Reading literary

Utopias (Athens, GA : Uni versity of Georgia Press, 1986), p. 99.

S YMBOL S O f TRAN SFORMATION

living-continue to flourish even today. In many cases, they are
quite far from the popular notion that equates utopianism with
nai've escapism at best or oppressive totalitarianism at worst.
Rather, they are often agents of change that appeal to people to
embrace dynamism and diversity as necessary elements of social
progress and the attainment of an ideal society.
The classic example of a literary utopia, the one that has given
the genre its name, is Thomas More's Utopia, a description of an
imaginary island that enjoys perfection in laws, politics, and
economy. More's work and that of many subsequent writers within
the genre are not only "descriptions of a future utopian world" but
are also "frequently seen as guides to action." 15 A feature of More's
utopia is the balance between urban and rural life. The island has
"fifty-four spacious and noble cities," as well as farmsteads
throughout the countryside, where "each citizen in his turn must
reside." 16 Furthermore, cities such as the capital, Amaurot, combine
typically urban elements such as walls, towers, fortifications,
streets designed for carriage travel, and buildings of several stories,
with extensive gardens:

Behind the houses are spacious gardens, and each house has
a door to the garden as well as one to the street. .. The Utopians place great value on their gardens in which they grow
fruits , herbs, and flowers . These gardens are extremely well
arranged and I have never seen anything more suitable for
the pleasure of the citizens. 17

The placement of natural landscapes within an urban setting,
once again merging the garden and the city, is a feature of many
subsequent utopian worlds, including William Morris's News from
Nowhere and Aldous Huxley's Island, to name but two.
Utopian thought has also had an influence at the practical level,
on city planning. For many modem city planners, as for many utopian visionaries, the ideal city is one in which the urban structure

15 Ian Tod and Michael Wheeler, Utopia (London: Orbis, 1978), p. 120.
16 Thomas More, Utopia and Other Writings, ed. James J. Greene and John P.
Dolan (New York: New American Library, 1984), p. 54.
17 More, p. 56.

fits a given ideological system based on "assumptions about human nature, equality, happiness, fulfilment and work." 18
In the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, many
thinkers, including philosophers, social reformers and city planners, were concerned by overcrowding in cities, rural depopulation,
the depression of agriculture, and people's alienation from the land,
and they recommended that as many as possible should regain their
contact with the land. 19 One plan for achieving this closer contact
was the Garden-City Movement initiated in Britain by Ebenezer
Howard. His plan for a garden-city consisted of "a series of concentric circles with six boulevards radiating from the centre ... In
[the] city centre, situated in a park, lay the civic buildings, with
residential, shopping, commercial and industrial areas located in
different parts of the city ... The outermost circle was an agricultural belt which would supply the city with food." 20 Howard's aim
was to create an alternative to the duality of town and country, one
which combined positive aspects of each- the beauty of the
country and the activity of urban centers.21
Although the utopian vision of the garden-city seemed gradually to degenerate into a series of mere town planning techniques,
the concept of the ideal city as a symbol of an environment conducive to creating a healthy and happy society has remained. Leon
Krier suggests that architecture is about creating "patterns that support communal life in a spiritual and ecologically healthy way." 22
To take it a step further, architecture, in the words of Antonio
Sant'Elia, is an "effort ... to make the material world a direct projection of the spiritual world." 23 The architectural structures that make
up a city can be a means of reflecting spiritual virtues onto the
1~ Tod and Wheeler, p. 127.
19 Tod and Wheeler, p. 122.
10 Tod and Wheeler, p. l 20.

21 Ebenezer Howard, Garden Cities a/Tomorrow (London: Faber, 1945).

11 Leon Krier, quoted in Leo R. Zrudlo, "The Missing Dimension in the Built

Environment: A Challenge for the 21st Century," Journal of Baha'i Studies 3,
no. l (1990- 91), p. 56.
23 Antonio Sant'Elia. "Antonio Sant'E lia, Manifesto 1914," in From Futurism

to Rationalism- The Origins a/Modern Italian Architecture 51 , nos. 1/2 (1981),
p. 21.

s n.1s0Ls oF T RANs Fo RMATroN

physical world, thereby spiritualizing the social structures that
flourish in the material world. As suggested by the examples above,
one of the most significant ways in which spiritual qualities can be
expressed is by making gardens and natural landscapes part of the
architecture of a city and, in some cases, even making the city into a
garden. Baha'u'llah, Who was Himself deeply fond of nature and
the beauty of gardens, is quoted as saying that "the country is the
world of the soul, the city is the world ofbodies."24 Creating beautiful gardens in a city is like bringing soul to the body of that city.
The terraces and gardens surrounding the Shrine of the Bab
perform this function. Their architect, Fariborz Sahba, believes that
"art is an expression of the outpourings of the Holy Spirit," 25 and
he and his colleagues set out to make these gardens the material
projections of the spiritual as they reflect such qualities as the love
of God, beauty, illumination, and unity in diversity. These are qualities that are destined, through the influence of the Revelation of
Baha'u'llah, to transform the hearts of the peoples of the earth. At
the same time, they find their physical and visual manifestation
on Mount Carmel and, ultimately, in the environment of the entire planet.
The Mystic Encounter with God
The most notable feature of the terraces is that they lead the eye to
the Bab's Shrine, which, no matter the vantage point on the terraces, never ceases to be the dominant center of the mountain. Mr.
Sahba compares the design of the terraces to the setting for a
precious gem, like a golden ring for a valuable diamond. He says,
"If a diamond is not set properly, its value does not show. The
Terraces provide both the physical and spiritual setting for the
Shrine." 26 The 19 terraces---one on the same level as the Shrine of
the Bab, nine above it, and nine below-"form a grand series of

24 Baha'u' llah, quoted in JE Esslemont, Baha 'u'llah and the New Era, 1950
ed. (Wilmette: Baha ' i Publishing Trust, 1980), p. 35.
25 Fariborz Sahba, "Art and Architecture: A Baha'i Perspective," Journal of

Baha'i Studies 7, no. 3 ( 1997), p. 54.
26 Fariborz Sahba, quoted in "Reshaping 'God's holy mountain' to create a

vision of peace and beauty for all humanity." One Country 12, no. 2 (July-
Septembcr 2000), p. l l .

brackets, which accentuate the Shrine's position in the heart of the
mountainside." 27 An aerial view reveals them to be designed as
nine concentric circles with the Shrine at their center. Symbolically, too, they center on the Bab, representing Him and the
Letters of the Living, His first 18 followers. On the ninth terrace,
just below the Shrine itself, stand two orange trees, propagated
from the seeds taken from an orange tree in the courtyard of the
Bab's house in Shiraz, Iran, before it was destroyed during the
Islamic Revolution. In the Shrine, one is reminded of the Bab's
sacrifice and martyrdom; these young trees are reminders of His
early life and of the declaration of His mission in the house of His
youth. By thus focusing the pilgrims' and the visitors' attention on
the Bab, the terraces reflect the attitude that the Baha'i Faith seeks
to create in the hearts of people, namely that their thoughts should
center on God, as He is revealed through His Messengers, and
that their lives should be dedicated to the glorification of their
Lord.
In the Baha'i writings, gardens are sometimes used as metaphors for divine revelation and the Manifestations of God referred
to as divine Gardeners. Baha'u'llah writes, for example, "Magnified, 0 Lord my God, be Thy Name, whereby the trees of the
garden of Thy Revelation have been clad with verdure, and been
made to yield the fruits of holiness." 28 'Abdu'l-Baha further describes the Prophets of God as "the divine Gardeners Who till the
earth of human hearts and minds." 29 Gardens have, throughout the
history of the Baha'i Faith, been associated with the proclamation
of God's new revelation and the beginning of a new dispensation.
The three gardens at Badasht, where a conference of the followers of the Bab was held in 1848, witnessed the abrogation of the
law of Islam and the proclamation of the advent of a new order.

27 Fariborz Sahba, quoted in "Reshaping," p. l l.
Prayers and Meditations by Saha 'u '!!ah (Wilmette: Baha'i Pub-
28 Baha' u' llah,

lishing Trust, 1987), pp. 160- 61.
29 'Abdu ' l-Baha, The Promulgation of Universal Peace: Talks Delivered by

'Abdu '/-Saha during His Visit to the United States and Canada in 1912, rev.
ed. (Wilmette: Baha ' i Publishing Trust, 1995), p. 295 .

8 Y1'1BO LS O F TRANSFORMATION

The Garden of Ric;ivan in Baghdad was the site of Baha'u'llah's
open declaration of His station as the Promised One of past religions and the Manifestation of God for this age. Gardens have often
been the site of mystic encounters with God and thus symbolic of
the purpose of human life, which is to know and worship God.
What better place, then, to tum one's heart and mind towards God
than in a garden?
Spiritual attributes are as much part of the material world as
they are of the human. In His Tablet of Wisdom, Baha'u'llah writes,
"Nature in its essence is the embodiment of My Name, the Maker,
the Creator. Its manifestations are diversified by varying causes,
and in this diversity there are signs for men of discemment."30 If
we learn to see the Creator in nature, then we come to see our
physical environment in a new light. The change that has taken
place in Western culture's dominant metaphors reflects, though
indirectly and unconsciously, the influence of the Baha'i revelation. The last three centuries have witnessed a gradual movement
in the West towards an organic view of the world, in which reality
is seen to be fluid, dynamic, and composed of "mutually interacting systems." 31 This organic worldview finds expression in the
Baha'i writings. Shoghi Effendi writes, "Man is organic with the
world. His inner life moulds the environment and is itself also
deeply affected by it." 32 The gardens on Mount Carmel illustrate
this nexus between human beings and the natural world and symbolize the harmony that is possible between them when humanity's
actions are spiritually directed and based on an awareness of the
divine presence in nature. If the reverence and awe that one experiences in these gardens are reflected in an attitude of respect for
all of creation, the physical environment of the planet will indeed
be transformed.

30 Baha'u ' llah, Tablets o(Baha 'u '//ah revealed afier the Kitab-i-Aqdas (Wilmette:
Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1997), p. 142.
31 N Katherine Hayles, Th e Cosmic Web: Scientific Models and literary Strat-

egies (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1984), p. 47.
32 Conservation of the Earths Resources, comp. Research Department of the

Universal House of Justice (London : Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1990), p. iii.

The Beauty of Diversity
One of the qualities of the Baha'i gardens that creates this sense
of awe and wonder is their beauty. Beauty is one of the attributes
of God, and in the Baha' i view the impulse to create beauty and
the inclination to be drawn to it are signs of human nobility. The
beauty of the Baha'i gardens derives to a great extent from the
harmony between different elements and styles, what ' Ab du ' 1-
Baha calls "the beauty in diversity, the beauty in harmony." 33 The
terraces embody this principle of unity in diversity in every detail. The central axis is a formal garden. The stairs leading up to
the Shrine of the Bab and thence to the crest of the mountain,
together with the fountains, flowerbeds, and paths immediately
surrounding them, are symmetrical in design and convey an impression of geometric order. As one moves outwards, however,
the landscaping becomes increasingly varied and irregular until it
merges into the mountain's natural environment. The paths are
winding; wildflowers, bushes, and trees grow in profusion; and
the impression is one of naturalness and spontaneity. Both the
man-made and the natural, the formal and the informal, have their
place here. Within each terrace, too, one finds a union of divergent elements. The steps are made of stone, but along their sides
run streams of water whose murmur gives life to the stone. And
while the overall design of the terraces is harmonious, no two levels are exactly the same. Each garden has a unique design,
including a color scheme of its own, and is yet integrated into the
whole.
Such harmony between different entities is a perfect symbol
of the unity in diversity that is the goal of the Baha'i Faith. In the
World Order of Baha'u'llah, people, lands, and cultures will preserve their unique characteristics while harmonizing together to
form a whole greater and more beautiful than the sum of its parts.
'Abdu'l-Baha's explanation of the unity of humankind uses the
metaphor of a garden:

33' Abdu ' l-Baha, Paris Talks: Addresses g iven by 'Abdu 'l-Bahci in Paris in 1911-
1912 (London : Baha' i Publi shing Trust, 1995), p. 52.

S YMBOLS 0 1 ~ T RANS l~O RMATI ON

Diversity of hues, form, and shape enricheth and adometh the
garden, and heighteneth the effect thereof. In like manner,
when divers shades of thought, temperament and character
are brought together under the power and influence of one
agency, the beauty and glory of human perfection will be revealed and made manifest. 34

' Abdu'l-Baha's powerful metaphor has implications for the
physical environment of the planet as well. If the garden is a symbol of a harmonious, joyous, and spiritual mode of living, then
what would it mean to transform the whole world into a garden?
Respect for Nature
In his classic utopian novel, News from Nowhere, nineteenthcentury English author William Morris writes that his country "was
once a country of clearings amongst the woods and wastes ... It
then became a country of huge and foul workshops ... It is now a
garden, where nothing is wasted and nothing is spoilt."35 A garden
is clearly an antithesis to the mechanized, polluted urban wasteland
that many fear the world is becoming. But it is also at variance with
a primitive and undeveloped wilderness where technology is rejected and progress denied. A garden is a place of living, growing
things, where science and art are used to cultivate nature while at
the same time serving human needs, both physical and spiritual.
The gardens and terraces on Mount Carmel fulfill these purposes.
Their existence is the result not only of an inspired artistic sensibility but also of a high order of technological advancement that has
allowed a rocky mountainside to be transformed into a verdant and
productive garden.
Martin Palmer, secretary-general of the Alliance of Religions
and Conservation, describes the terraces as a "fascinating model
of bringing order out of chaos. " 36 However, every aspect of the
mountain's transformation is marked by close attention to the ecology of the area and respect for nature 's diversity. The plants are

34 ' Abdu ' l-Baha, Selections from the Writings of 'Abdu 'l-Baha (Wilmette:
Baha 'i Publi shing Trust, 1997), pp. 291 - 92 .
35 William Morris, News.fi-om Nowhere, ed. James Redmond (London: Routledge,

1970) , p. 61.
36 Martin Palmer, quoted in " Reshaping," p. 12 .

chosen not only for their beauty but also for their suitability to the
environment. For example, the informal sections of the terraces
feature wildflowers that blossom in the fall and winter, and flowering trees and perennial bushes that assume prominence in the
spring and summer, while the outer areas have been left free to
develop into natural forests that serve as wildlife corridors for a
variety of native animals, birds, and insects. The plants contribute
to improving the city's environment by providing a high degree
of air filtration and by giving sanctuary to beneficial insects and
birds, which in tum provide natural pest control and reduce the
need for pesticides. Although the gardens are designed to bloom
throughout the year, the choice of appropriate plants together with
a judicious combination of ancient and modem gardening practices (such as mulching and composting, computerized irrigation
systems, and water recycling) minimize land erosion and place a
high priority on water conservation.
Mount Carmel was known to the ancient Hebrews as a symbol of fruitfulness and prosperity. Following a long period of
deforestation, during which it turned into a dry, rocky landscape,
it has regained its former verdure and beauty. Once again it embodies its Hebrew name "kerem-el," meaning "vineyard of the
Lord." The harmonious patterns created in the terraces bring pleasure to the senses and peace to the soul, and help create an
environment conducive to prayer and meditation.
'Abdu'l-Baha says that "it is natural for the heart and spirit
to take pleasure and enjoyment in all things that show forth symmetry, harmony, and perfection." 37 The gardens channel this sense
of pleasure into the worship and service of God. At the same
time, they demonstrate the role that responsible stewardship must
play in the conservation of the planet's resources. As mentioned
above, they provide a model for the use of appropriate technology
to maintain biodiversity and water and soil conservation. On a
symbolic level, they point out the importance of fulfilling universal
and basic human needs: the orange trees are sources of nourishment, the fountains provide clean running water, the ornamental

37Bahri 'i Writings on Music, comp. Research Department of the Universal House
of Justice (Oakham, United Kingdom : Baha ' i Publishing Trust, 1973), p. 8.

SYMBOLS OF TRA NSFORMATION

seats along the terraces provide shelter and rest. Here, then, is a
perfect balance between the preservation of nature and the development of its resources for human use. For the world at large to
reflect the qualities displayed by the terraces, its people must
learn to achieve harmony between the development and cultivation of land and the natural diversity of the environment, between
"agriculture and the preservation of the ecological balance of the
world." 38
"A Spiritually Charged Landscape"
Beyond their function as a model for the transformation of the earth
into a harmonious and healthy environment, the gardens on Mount
Carmel and the Shrine they embosom constitute the spiritual center, not only of the Baha'i Faith, but of the whole world. Thomas
Beeby, writing about urban form, notes that the ancient Greek cities "grew around their raised holy place" and were "constructed
in a spiritually charged landscape." 39 From the Baha'i point of view,
a world transformed by the Revelation of Baha'u'llah will circle
around the Shrine of the Bab, a holy place that spiritually charges
not only its immediate surroundings, but the entire landscape of
the globe. The nine concentric circles radiating from the Shrine
were designed to symbolize the entire planet as it is described in
the following mighty statement, written by Shoghi Effendi in a
letter dated 29 March 1951:

For just as in the realm of the spirit, the reality of the Bab
has been hailed by the Author of the Baha'i Revelation as
"The Point round Whom the realities of the Prophets and
Messengers revolve," so, on this visible plane, His sacred
remains constitute the heart and center of what may be regarded as nine concentric circles ...
The outem1ost circle in this vast system ... is none other
than the entire planet. Within the heart of this planet lies the
"Most Holy Land," ... the center of the world and Qiblih of
the nations. Within this Most Holy Land rises the Mountain
of God of immemorial sanctity, the Vineyard of the Lord ...

3' Conservation, p. 13.
39Thomas Beeby, "The Cultural Implications of Urban Form: 1984" Cross -
Currents of American Architecture 55, nos. l /2 ( 1985), p. 86.

Reposing on the breast of this holy mountain are the extensive properties permanently dedicated to, and constituting the
sacred precincts of, the Bab's holy Sepulcher. In the midst
of these properties ... is situated the most holy court, an enclosure comprising gardens and terraces which at once
embellish, and lend a peculiar charm to, these sacred precincts. Embosomed in these lovely and verdant surroundings
stands in all its exquisite beauty the mausoleum of the Bab ....
Within this shell is enshrined that Pearl of Great Price, the
holy of holies, those chambers which constitute the tomb itself. .. Within the heart of this holy of holies is the tabernacle,
the vault wherein reposes the most holy casket. Within this
vault rests the alabaster sarcophagus in which is deposited
that inestimable jewel, the Bab's holy dust. 40

The Shrine of the Bab truly resembles a jewel when it is illumined at night. When the hundreds of lights placed throughout
the terraces are lit, they outline the shape of the terraces and form
a halo above the dome of the Shrine. They seem to trace the rays
of the light shining from the Shrine and illuminate the mountain
as a whole. The symbolism is deliberate: this brilliant illumination is in sharp contrast with the conditions in which the Bab was
imprisoned in the remote fortress of Mah-Ku in northern Iran,
where, according to His own testimony, "there [was] not at night
even a lighted lamp." 41 The dark prison has been symbolically
transformed into a luminous garden from which the Sun of Truth,
shining forth in the person of the Bab, sheds the light of guidance
on those who accept and follow Him.
A Model for Development
These gardens not only exert a spiritual influence on those who
visit them, they also have a practical influence on their surroundings. The effect on the city of Haifa is already visible. At the foot
of the terraces, the German Templer Colony, built in the nineteenth
century by millennialists expecting the return of the Messiah, is
being restored and developed, from Haifa's port to the first terrace's
entrance plaza. As part of the restoration, the municipality has

40 Shoghi Effendi, Citadel of Faith: Messages to America 1947- 1957 (Wilmette:
Baha' i Publishing Trust, 1995), pp. 95- 96.
4 1 SelectionsFom the Writings of the Bab, p. 87.

SYMB OLS O F T RANSFORMATION

moved Ben Gurion Avenue 1.86 meters to bring it into alignment
with the terraces' central staircase. Alongside the construction of
the Baha'i gardens, efforts have been made throughout Haifa to
beautify and develop the city's streets, parks, beaches, and other
areas. At the upper entrance to the terraces, Panorama Drive, which
commands an impressive view, has been renovated and further
beautified by the construction of the Louis Promenade on its other
side. From this spot, 'Abdu'l-Baha's vision that "A person standing on the summit of Mount Carmel. .. will look upon the most
sublime and majestic spectacle of the whole world" 42 is indeed
realized. Further afield, the gardens in Haifa provide a model for
reexamining horticultural practices in gardens of Baha'i Houses
of Worship around the world to see how they might further conserve water, be weaned from the use of chemical pesticides, and
minimize the use of chemical fertilizers. Finally, one may hope
that the gardens will encourage individuals and communities to
consider ways of beautifying their own physical environments,
including both homes and public properties.
The terraces are part of a complex of gardens that surrounds
the Baha'i holy places in Haifa and Acre. The Shrine of the Bab
and the Shrine of Baha'u'llah at Bahji, near Acre, which is the
holiest spot on earth for Baha'is, constitute the spiritual center of
the Baha'i Faith. On Mount Carmel, four administrative buildings
form an arc near the Shrine of the Bab. These buildings, the Seat
of the Universal House of Justice, the International Archives building, the International Teaching Centre building and the Centre for
the Study of the Texts, house the institutions that constitute the
world administrative center of the Baha'i community. According
to their architect, Hossein Amanat, these structures, built in the
classic Greek style, create the effect of pavilions adorning the gardens surrounding them. 43 Here, the atmosphere of peace, harmony,
and contemplation that characterizes both the gardens and the
buildings helps redefine the concept of religious "administration"
as something grounded in a spiritual relationship with God. Shoghi
Effendi wrote that the "vast and irresistible process" associated

42 'Abdu ' l-Baha, quoted in Star of the West 24, no. 10 (January 1934), p. 307.
43 "Reshaping," p. 14.

with the work on the Arc, including the surrounding gardens, "will
synchronize with two no less significant developments-the establishment of the Lesser Peace and the evolution of Baha'i
national and local institutions."44
Baha'is believe that beyond the practical example they provide, the symbolism they offer, and the influence they exert on
individuals, the Mount Carmel projects are destined to have effects
on the world at large that are as yet indiscernible and unimaginable.
Altogether, the Baha'i gardens offer
a glimpse of the type of world that the Baha ' is are working
for: one that expresses in its harmonious blend of architectural and horticultural styles the principle of unity in diversity,
emphasizes in its beauty the precedence of spiritual values
over materialism, and, in its open invitation to all, embraces
all peoples and cultures. 45

As the vital importance of these principles is gradually recognized and they are put into practice in all the different spheres
of human life, an unprecedented transformation will indeed occur
both within the hearts of the world's peoples and the physical environment of the planet. Then will the world fulfil its ancient
promise and its destiny, as described by 'Abdu'l-Baha: "The Lord
of all mankind hath fashioned this human realm to be a Garden of
Eden, an earthly paradise."46

44 Shoghi Effendi, Messages to the Baha 'i World, 1950- 1957 (Wilmette: Baha'i
Publishing Trust, 1995), p. 74.
45 "Reshaping," pp. 9- 10.

40 Selections.from the Writings of 'Abdu '!-Bahri, p. 275.

cULTnURE
oFQROWTH
The Institute Process
in the Baha'i Community

~e Baha'i sacred writings say, "Regard man as a mine rich in
.l gems of inestimable value. Education can, alone, cause it to
reveal its treasures, and enable mankind to benefit therefrom,"'
and "Knowledge is as wings to man's life, and a ladder for his
ascent. Its acquisition is incumbent upon everyone. The knowledge of such sciences, however, should be acquired as can profit
the peoples of the earth, and not those which begin with words
and end with words." 2 Baha'is see education as the means for all
people to achieve their potential, and they believe that knowledge
should be used in service to humanity. For the past six years, since
1996, the administrative institutions of the Baha'i community have
been engaged in guiding the development of an action-oriented
distance education system that aims to train individuals, institutions, and communities around the world to become more effective
agents of social transformation. This effort, which has fostered a
1Baha' u'llah, Tablets o/Baha 'u '//ah revealed ajier the Kitab-i-Aqdas (Wilmette:
Baha ' i Publishing Trust, 1997), p. 162.
2 Baha 'u'llah, Epistle to the Son of the Wolf (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust,
1995), pp. 26- 27.

culture of learning and growth in the worldwide community, is
known as the institute process.
Training institutes have been set up to develop the capacity
of large numbers of participants to express the Baha'i teachings
in their personal lives. A sequence of courses, with each course
building on the previous ones, is the method generally adopted.
Programs seek not only to impart knowledge but also to provide
spiritual insights and to endow participants with skills and abilities of service, building their capacity to look at the world and its
conditions from the point of view of the Baha' i teachings rather
than from the perspectives offered by their diverse backgrounds.
While different materials will be produced around the world
as the process takes deeper root, many institutes are currently using
courses developed through some 15 years of experience at the Ruhi
Institute in Colombia. The material, which has proven to be useful
to people from a wide variety of cultural and educational backgrounds, is based on connecting participants to the Baha' i sacred
writings, and the sequence of courses offers a coherent approach to
topics such as the development of spiritual qualities, prayer, the
soul and the afterlife, carrying out acts of service, training teachers
to promote the spiritual education of children, understanding events
in historical perspective, and teaching the Faith.
Some courses are held in central locations, but in many
countries decentralization has proven to be key to the effective
extension of the institute process to the grassroots. This has been
accomplished through extension courses, institute campaigns, and

Jn the
• Democratic
Republic of
Congo,
Bahri 'is study
the sacred
writings of the
Faith as part
of their study
circle.

Baha 'is in the
Nicobar
Islands study
Ruhi materials
as part of' the
countrv'.s
institute
program.

study circles. In extension courses, Baha'is from an area comprising a number of nearby villages and towns come together to take
part in the national or regional institute's program, working with a
trained tutor from the institute, or the tutor may travel to the different villages and towns to conduct courses. Institute campaigns
offer a more intensive approach to the study of the courses, with a
series of classes offered over the period of a few weeks. In study
circles, small groups gather in their own localities on a regular
basis, progressing through a sequence of courses in collaboration
with a trained tutor.
Study circles, which are the most flexible and low-cost delivery systems for providing institute courses in each locality,
have been particularly effective. They have been used successfully
in settings ranging from isolated rural villages to large urban centers and have involved people from many different educational
levels. In addition to meeting regularly to study together, circle participants engage in service and other extracurricular activities that
promote unity and fellowship. Membership of the group is neither
exclusive nor static. Baha'is and others are welcome to participate,
and the composition of the circle may gradually change as people
join or drop out as the group progresses through the sequence of
courses. Experience has shown that study circles have a catalytic
effect on community building.
To achieve a balance between the quality and quantity of endeavor in all their activities, communities are encouraged to engage
in a process of reflection on what they have accomplished, assessment of approaches taken, and modification of those approaches, if

needed, in light of their experience or new circumstances. Such an
action-reflection model contributes to the ongoing evolution and
improvement of the institutes' overall effectiveness. In this way,
people become active participants in their learning and in charting
their own path of development.
This kind of educational process differs in important ways
from other models, seeking as it does to ensure that the energies
generated are channeled into active service. It aims to increase the
number of Baha'is who are able to teach their Faith with dedication and knowledge, to train participants to acquire specific
capabilities, and to offer courses open to all on subjects such as
the meaning of spirituality in the modem world, moral leadership,
the spiritual education of children and youth, the dynamics of
prayer, and the nature of the soul and the afterlife.
Institutes' efforts to train community members in development work and in the administration of social and economic
development projects focus initially on learning about the fundamental spiritual qualities with which all human beings have been
endowed. Further training conveys knowledge and skills necessary
for effective action. The result is the empowerment of participants
to chart their own path of progress on a firm basis of spiritual
principles. Such efforts in social and economic development will
evolve further as Baha'i communities acquire experience and
strength in this area.
By April 1998 the effects of training institutes were becoming evident in the strengthened faith, the conscious spiritual
identity, and the deepened commitment to Baha'i service of followers around the world- a demonstration of "the importance of
knowledge of the Faith as a source of power for invigorating the
life of the Baha'i community and of the individuals who compose
it."3 Attention being given by institutes to literacy, primary health
care, and the advancement of women was both contributing to a
global process of learning about social and economic development
and increasing institutional capacity to administer development

3 Message of the Universal House of Justice to the Baha'is of the World, Ri9van
155 BE (April 1998).

Baha 'is
studying Ruhi
course
materials in
the Baha 'i
institute
building in
Santo,
Vanuatu.
/.
li l - -
programs. It was clear that the Baha'is were learning how to apply the Creative Word, the transformative source of the institute
concept, to the process of community building.
By February 2000, 350 institutes had been established in 170
countries, with some one hundred thousand people having, at that
point, completed at least one course. In April 2000, the Universal
House of Justice stated that the development of the system of training
institutes around the world was "the single greatest legacy" in the
field of expansion and consolidation of the Four Year Plan that had
just concluded. By increasing the capacity of individuals to teach the
Faith, improving the ability of Local Spiritual Assemblies, regional
councils, and committees to guide the community, and by introducing new patterns of thought and action that influenced communities'
collective behavior, institutes had promoted a "change in the culture
of the community" as more and more members had become involved. Now, the House of Justice stated, the process must be
augmented.
In a letter to the members of the Continental Boards of Counsellors in January 200 l, preparing them for the launch of the
community's new Five Year Plan in April 2001, the Universal
House of Justice wrote, "The continued development of training
institutes in the diverse countries and territories of the world ... must
be a central feature of the new Plan. " 4 Envisioning the institute as

4Letter of Universal House of Justice to the Conference of Continental Boards
of Counsellors, 9 January 200 I, paras. 2, 4 .

THE B AHA'I W ORLD

"a center of learning intensely engaged in the spiritual education
of the friends from the tenderest age through adulthood" and as
an agency that promotes a "combined process of action, learning,
and training," the House of Justice described it as contributing to
"a culture of growth" in which "mutual support, commitment to
learning, and appreciation of diversity of action are the prevailing
norms." 5
The number of active, confident workers whose capabilities
have been nurtured through the institute process is steadily increasing in Baha'i communities all over the world. By April 2001, the
number of people who had completed at least one institute course
had risen to 120,000.
As Baha'is look ahead to the further evolution of the institute process, a glance at representative changes that it has already
brought to Baha'i communities in different parts of the world provides some illuminating snapshots of progress made to date.
In Ecuador, at the outset of the Four Year Plan, the training
institute began by working with several rural communities in one
region, focusing both on their development and on the transformation of a number of youth who had arisen to give a year of their
lives in service to their Faith. To meet the needs that grew out of
this effort, the institute developed a three-level, two-week basic
training course for youth and adults, offered twice a year; a twolevel year of service training course for the youth, offered at the
beginning of their service and after six months; special junior
youth camps; and formal training courses for members of Local
Spiritual Assemblies. After four years, trained youth volunteers
were serving in local communities in nine regions of the country.
Materials from the Rubi Institute have been used, and others
have also been developed and integrated into the curriculum, as
needed. The institute has taken on responsibility for a number of
social and economic development activities and is facilitating a
Higher Studies program for Baha'i youth who have completed
their year of service to continue their formal academic and spiritual training while simultaneously staying connected to and
serving their Faith.

5 9 January 2001 letter, paras. 7- 9.

In the highly urbanized setting of Canada, after experimenting with the development of its own materials, the National
Spiritual Assembly decided early in 2000 that the six training institutes across the country should adopt the Ruhi Institute curriculum.
Initial skepticism that the materials might not be sophisticated
enough for an educated Western population was quickly allayed at
a national meeting held in May 2000 for those interested in the
institute process. The gathering brought together several hundred
members of the Canadian community with a number of Counsellors and facilitators from Latin America who had deep experience
with the Ruhi Institute materials. The clarity of vision and energy
generated by this meeting gave impetus to the formation by April
2001 of at least 405 study circles with more than 2,200 participants.
As a consequence, Baha'is have reported deeper understanding of
and connection to the Baha'i sacred writings, greater fellowship
and energy in Baha'i communities, involvement with people of
other faiths and backgrounds who are studying with them, an increase in a wide variety of service activities initiated by individuals
and Local Spiritual Assemblies, and community growth. Some
communities have reported improvement in their ability to plan
systematically, take action, and then evaluate their actions and
make appropriate adjustments.
India, with a Baha'i population of some one and a half million, faced a tremendous challenge in developing training institutes
that would meet the needs of tens of thousands of people. The success of the community's efforts thus far is evident in the fact that by
April 2001 approximately fifty thousand participants had completed at least one institute course. Key to the process has been the
spirit of collaboration among all the institutions and agencies involved. The National Assembly, consulting with the Counsellors,
has defined the nature and direction of the institute process
throughout the entire country and tracks developments in the states
and regions, while State Councils look after the administration of
the institutes, setting broad policies, appointing governing boards,
approving institute plans, and allocating resources. The governing
boards appointed by the Councils see to the detailed month-tomonth activities and the delivery of courses, and coordinators and

assistant coordinators deal with issues connected to the practical,
day-to-day management of the institute. Throughout the development of this mode of functioning, Counsellors and members of
the Auxiliary Boards have offered their support at every level, and
the whole organizational structure has allowed all institutions and
agencies to draw on each other's strengths and abilities to grow in
maturity, capacity, and experience, while avoiding clashes over
power or jurisdiction. This "careful but flexible" manner of operation has also provided room for changes and adjustments,
where required.
The institute process has encouraged a great deal of creativity at the local level. Throughout the Four Year Plan, the Swindon
Baha'i community in the United Kingdom made significant advances in planning systematically, then acting and reflecting on
actions taken. All of this has promoted a culture ofleaming. Seeking an effective way to reach the population of their town, the
Baha'is tried a number of approaches. They eventually found that
they could provide a useful and welcome service to the wider
community by hosting gatherings called "Tranquility Zones" that
allow attendees to experience the Baha' i sacred writings in peaceful , beautiful surroundings. Through the years, in response to the
needs and experiences of the community, these devotional programs have undergone many changes and have expanded to
include outreach programs in local schools, hospitals, and businesses- all well received by the local residents, government, and
other organizations. A recently developed six-week "Discover
your own Spirituality" course at the college of continuing education has been popular, as has a project called "Discovery Zone"
for youth with problems at home or school who are referred by
social agencies to a ten-week series of sessions that helps them
understand their spiritual nature. Participants in the "Tranquility
Zones" who wish to study the Baha'i teachings more intensively
are welcome to join study circles sponsored by the training institute. As a result of all of these activities, the Swindon Baha'i
community has become known as a group capable of identifying
and addressing the needs of the town's citizens in a creative, uplifting way.

These examples offer a glimpse at the wide-ranging process
of systematic growth and development in which the worldwide
Baha'i community is currently involved. Similar progress has been
made in many other countries, regions, and localities, and no doubt
the coming five years will see even greater advances as the Baha' is
further develop the culture of learning, transformation, and growth
that they have been nurturing through the institute process.

Ann Boyles looks at terrorism, the
threats that it poses to contemporary
nation-states, and the various means
of'addressing this global challenge.

wr.WORLD
w'ATCH

B ombs planted in parked cars explode near crowded marketplaces. Trucks loaded with explosives, driven by suicide
bombers, crash through barriers into embassies and wreak devastation. Kidnappers abuse and manipulate the innocent. The nerve
gas sarin is released in a subway station of a huge city, resulting
in agonizing deaths and widespread casualties. Airplanes are hijacked and passengers are threatened with violence or death if the
hijackers' demands are not met. These and similar events have
occurred with such frequency in recent decades that one writer
has speculated that terrorism could become "the incendiary torch
and the devastating storm of the coming century." 1 Indeed, the
rise of the power and reach of terrorist threats throughout the twentieth century ranks as one of the most unsettling developments of
current times. What, if anything, can be done about this pernicious and multidimensional phenomenon, with its many global
ramifications?

1Walter Z. Laqueur, The New Terrorism: Fanaticism and the Arms of Mass
Destruction (New York: Oxford University Press, 1999), p. 282.

A clear definition of the problem would aid in the formulation of appropriate and effective plans to combat it. Terrorism has
been described as "a special kind of violence designed to create a
climate of fear among a wider target group than the immediate
victims, usually for political ends," 2 and the US Federal Bureau of
Investigation defines it as "the unlawful use of force or violence
against persons or property to intimidate or coerce a government,
the civilian population, or any segment thereof, in furtherance of
political or social objectives." But while many definitions have
been advanced, none has proven universally satisfactory. Such
violence may be seen as both "a special kind" and "unlawful" by
internationally accepted standards, but, depending on particular
political affiliations and aspirations, one nation's "terrorist" may
be another 's "freedom fighter" and the terrorist's actions, rather
than regarded as reprehensible, are justified as part of the heroic
struggle for a noble cause. As long as governments or their
peoples hide behind such rhetoric and countenance such actions,
effective international response will remain beyond reach.
In the meantime, the need to address the issue has become
increasingly urgent as terrorists' actions generate wider and wider
destruction . Their motives are often complex and sometimes unclear, but political theorist CJM Drake has identified separatism,
religion, liberalism, anarchism, communism, conservatism, fascism, specific single issues, and/or organized crime as the most
common ideologies embraced by contemporary terrorists. 3 Commitment to such ideologies enables the "true believers" to
dehumanize their targets and transform them into representative
symbols. Ideology also provides a measure by which terrorists
can easily identify "enemies" and determine the relative "innocence" or "guilt" of people and organizations. This, Drake says,

2 Paul Wilkinson, "Securi ty and Terrorism in the 21 st Century: The Changing
Internati onal Terrori st Threat," 13 January, 1996; see <www.st-and .ac .uk/
academic/intre l/researc h/cstpv/publications l a.htm>, p. I.
3 CJM Drake, "The Role of Ideology in Terrori sts' Target Sel ecti on," Terror-

ism and Violence 10, no. 2 (Summer 1998), pp. 53- 85 ; see <www.st-and.ac.uk/
acadcmic/i ntrc l/researc h/cstpv/publications4.htm> , pp. 3-4.

allows them to identify particular people and things as "legitimate
targets. " 4
Such targets include business, industry, various government
facilities, and civilians who happen to be in the vicinity. Paul
Wilkinson, of the Centre for the Study of Terrorism and Political
Violence at St. Andrews University, Scotland, describes a trend
towards "massive car and truck bombings in crowded city areas
and 'spectacular' terrorist attacks, for example, on civil aviation,
airport facilities or military or diplomatic facilities ... " 5
Overall objectives generally extend well beyond destruction
of immediate targets, however. Terrorists' acts are designed to
shock, to outrage, and to provide leverage for perpetrators' demands. Wilkinson lists the following as characteristic objectives:

massive and immediate publicity as a result of an outrage or
a series of atrocities; to inspire followers and sympathizers
to further acts of terrorism or insurrection ; to provoke the
authorities into repressive over-reaction which the terrorists
can then exploit to their political advantage; as a means of
extortion to force the authorities into making concessions,
such as the release of imprisoned terrorists or the payment
of ransoms; to sow inter-communal hatred and conflict; to
destroy public confidence in government and security agencies; and to coerce communities and activists into obeying
the terrorist leadership. 6

As more and more of the world's nation-states operate on a
commonly understood platform of conduct, bound together- albeit
imperfectly- by international conventions, treaties, and other
kinds of protocols, terrorists know basically what kind of behavior to expect from their targets and what they may or may not
expect from them in retaliation. With such widely accepted standards, terrorists possess perhaps the greatest weapon of all: the
ability to create a climate of fear and to intimidate and/or coerce
others on a wider scale than ever before in history. And terrorist

4 Drake, pp. 3 and 6.
5 Wilkinson , p. 8.
6 Wilkinson, p. I.

acts have a disproportionate impact. While only a handful of
people perished in Aurn Shinri Kyo's sarin attack on the Tokyo
subway system in 1995, for example, the entire population of the
city- and the country- was terrified at the thought that if this had
occurred in one subway station, there was no telling when and
where it might happen again. Similar fear could easily be generated through media reports of the release of even a small amount
of biological or chemical toxins almost anywhere in the world,
even though the actual efficacy of such attacks has so far been
limited by inadequate delivery mechanisms.
While the popular notion is that terrorism is a recent phenomenon, experts are quick to point out that it has a long
history, reaching back at least to Biblical times. Secret societies
in China and India also engaged in violence to achieve political
ends- activity that, in various guises and in support of various
causes, can be traced throughout history.7 The end of the nineteenth century was perhaps one of the "high points" in this long
chronology. With the assassinations of a number of European
leaders, including members of royalty and the US president, "it
seemed no one was safe from terrorist attack." Walter Laqueur
writes, "Terrorism became the leading preoccupation of politicians, police chiefs, journalists, and writers from Dostoevsky to
Henry James. If in the year 1900 the leaders of the main industrial
powers had assembled, most of them would have insisted on giving terrorism top priority on their agenda .. ." 8
Terrorism has continued to flourish during the twentieth century, leaving almost no area of the world untouched. It has been
used as a tool by both left- and right-wing causes and by groups
of every conceivable stripe- anarchists, fascists , nationalists
seeking independence, communists, extra-legal militias, and ecoterrorists- in places ranging from Europe to Asia, from South
America to the Middle East, from the US to Africa. 9
7 Sec Laqueur, Th e New Terrorism, pp. 8--48 fo r a useful di scuss ion of the
hi story of terrorism.
8 Walter Laqueur, " Postmodern Terrorism," Foreign Affairs 75, no. 5, p. 24.

9 See Laqueur, Th e New Terrorism, pp. 19- 36, fo r a summary of various ter-

ro ri st movem ents throughout the twenti eth century.

W O RLD WATCII

One alanning recent development, noted by fonner US ambassador for Counter-Terrorism Paul Bremer in 1995, is the
evolution of "a new form of decentralized, religion-motivated terrorism. "1 0 Other writers, too, have remarked that religion and
nationalism have combined to become a powerful motivating force
for contemporary acts of terror. One has noted, for example, that in
1968 there were no identifiable religious terrorist groups, while by
the early 1990s almost one quarter of the world's active terrorist
groups were motivated by their religious beliefs. The number of
terrorist acts committed by such groups has risen sharply since
1988; they are estimated to be responsible for more than half of the
64,319 recorded incidents that occurred between 1970 and 1995. 11
Terrorism has been called the poor man's way to wage war.
While less affluent states are reluctant to be drawn into conflicts, some have found that they can best pursue their objectives
by sponsoring terrorist activities. However, the inherent risks of
such state-sponsored terrorism (terrorists turning on their hosts,
for example) and actions by the international community, including diplomatic and economic sanctions, have worked to
isolate state sponsors of terrorism. A few "rogue states" still do
harbor terrorists, but the number of such havens is dwindling.
While experts generally agree that state-sponsored terrorism
is in decline, the number of transnational terrorist networks
is proliferating- a development related to the upsurge in
religiously motivated terrorism. The Report of the National
Commission on Terrorism to the 105th US Congress (1997- 98)
noted, for example, that "today's terrorists ... are ... forming loose,
transnational affiliations based on religious or ideological affinity
and a common hatred of the United States." 12 The detection and

10 L Paul Bremer Ill , "The New Faces of Terrorism," New Perspectives Quar-

terly (Summer 1995), p. 7.
11 See Bruce Hoffman , "Holy Terror": The Implications of Terrorism Moti-

vated by a Religious Imperative (Santa Monica: RAND, P- 7834, l 993) , p. 2;
cited by Magnus Ran storp in "Terrorism in the Name of Religion," Journal of
International Affairs 50, no. l (Summer 1996), pp. 41 - 62.
1 ~ "Countering the Changing Threat of International Terrorism ," the Report of

the National Co mmi ssion on Terrorism to the I 05th US Congress, p. iv.

prevention of attacks carried out by such networks is very difficult.
The development of global communications systems and of
technology that allows the production of weapons of mass destruction, including nuclear, radioactive, chemical, and biological
weapons, has provided terrorists with access to more powerful
tools than they have ever had at their disposal. Coupled with this,
the destabilization of various governments and a general sense of
social, political, economic, cultural, psychological, and spiritual
crisis in the world have given them fertile new ground in which to
flourish. The fragmentation of the world in the years since the end
of the Cold War and widespread fear of globalization have
radicalized various groups, and, in the words of one writer:

The uncertainty and unpredictability in the present environment
as the world searches for a new world order, amidst an increasingly complex global environment with ethnic and nationalist
conflicts, provides many religious terrorist groups with the opportunity and ammunition to shape history according to their
divine duty, cause, and mandate while it indicates for others that
the end of time itself is near. 13

Some commentators, however, offer a more prosaic explanation. In the particular case of the Arab world, for example, Fouad
Ajami writes:

We have looked to the heavens, and we have looked in the scripture, for explanations for the appeal of political Islam. We have
spent a generation speaking of "Islamic fundamentalism," of
that theocratic force that has come into Arab life. But the truth
lies in material circumstances. Theocratic politics blew in when
economic growth faltered ... When a deep recession hit in the
mid- I 980s, due to the fall of oil prices, a politics of panic and
resentment overtook the newly urbanized and newly prosperous ... In the cities and in the no man's land trapped by the
recession, the newly urbanized were strangers living on their

13 Ranstorp, p. 12.

WORLD W ATC I I

nerves. Their children were available to the politics of
millenarianism and turmoil. 14

The ascendancy of the United States- the so-called Great
Satan- as the world's sole superpower has given focus to fundamentalist Islamic groups. The resentment of Western prosperity
and the perceived threat of secularization, combined with the influence of charismatic, militant clerical leaders, has provided a
fertile breeding ground for terrorism. Most Muslim terrorists, who
are young, single men, have grown up in what they perceive as a
climate of social injustice, oppressed by the Western powers, and
the religious fervor-or fanaticism- that moves them is cultivated
in the schools that they attend. Their education promotes a fundamentalist interpretation of Islam and emphasizes the duty of the
individual to engage in "jihad." While some Islamic scholars interpret "jihad" primarily as "the righteous struggle" within the
individual between the good and darker forces operating within
the self, fundamentalists emphasize the interpretation of the term
as struggle in a military sense, in which the "true faith" does battle
against satanic forces (e.g. Western civilization with its "corrupt
values" and "imperialism," the state of Israel, or other targeted
groups). The vision that these young men acquire through their
schooling provides them with an alternative to submission to the
modem, secular forces they see not only as causing their own oppression but also as perpetrating evil throughout the entire world.
An act against even one small element of those forces then becomes holy, virtuous. Death- even suicide- for such a cause is
martyrdom. Their objective, as Paul Bremer writes, is "not a shift
in American policy but the destruction of American society." 15
Terrorists have sometimes been depicted as "idealistic and
courageous young people, patriots and social revolutionaries,
driven by intolerable conditions, by oppression and tyranny, to
undertake desperate actions." But more than one writer has credited fanaticism, indiscriminate murder, and sheer aggression as

14 Fouad Ajami, "The Arab Inheritance," Foreign Affairs (September/October
1997), pp. 139-40.
15 Bremer, p. 7.

the motive force behind contemporary terrorist acts. This kind of
"apocalyptic nihilism" represents a pure urge to destroy-terror
for solely terror's sake. 16
Whether the destruction wrought by terrorists is the result of
economics, ideology, or sheer aggression, the question remains:
What is the most effective way to combat this transnational problem, to which modem states are extremely vulnerable? As stated
earlier, terrorists trade on the fact that most states in the world
today abide by a general code of conduct and that a general climate of trust and openness exists among many countries. People
pass across borders with great frequency; international business
deals are routine; and instantaneous communication occurs across
the entire globe. Western citizens regard their freedoms as sacred,
and curtailment of civil rights and liberties is not likely to be well
received. Such a climate presents a real dilemma to democratic
states attempting to address terrorist threats:

On the one hand, the democratic government and its agencies of law enforcement must avoid the heavy handed
over-reaction which many terrorist groups deliberately seek
to provoke: such a response would only help to alienate the
public from the government and could ultimately destroy
democracy more swiftly and completely than any small terrorist group ever could. On the other hand, if government,
judiciary and police prove incapable of upholding the law
and protecting life and property, their whole credibility and
authority will be undermined. 17

Confronting such issues, nation-states must decide whether
terrorist attacks actually constitute acts of war or criminal activity
and, in consequence, what kind of response is appropriate. If a
terrorist attack is seen as an act of war and a government responds
to pressure from its constituents to retaliate with extreme military
force (even where evidence is not conclusive), such a reaction could
quickly result in the escalation of conflict, either at home or abroad.
Civil violence could erupt, instigated by citizens who do not agree

16 Sec, for example, Laqueur, The New Terrorism, p. 274.
17 Wilkinson, p. 9.

with the government's actions. And the nation's defenses could
be weakened by the diversion of military personnel from other
roles. In the worst-case scenario, such a response could trigger an
international conflict.
Pursuing military action in response to the kind of "asymmetrical warfare" represented by a terrorist attack is likely to be
problematic for a number of reasons. Terrorists can easily move
their bases of operations and, while the infrastructure of their host
country and its civilian population bear the brunt of retaliatory
attacks, they may well escape unscathed. Furthermore, if the terrorist group is transnational, destroying just one cell in one
country will not wipe out its operations. It is difficult, if not impossible, for countries to fight a traditional war against such an
adversary.
If, however, the world chooses to view terrorist attacks not as
acts of war but as criminal activity, then it needs to establish effective mechanisms to prevent, respond to, and punish the
perpetrators, and to address root causes of terrorism. At present,
few such mechanisms exist, either within or among nation-states.
One starting point for their formulation could be international
agreement on strategic principles for states seeking to reduce terrorism. Such principles might include the following, as suggested by
one writer: refusal to surrender to terrorists' demands; resolve to
use law and the democratic process to defeat terrorism; refusal to
make deals or concessions, even when intimidated and blackmailed; persistent efforts to bring terrorists to justice through the
legal process; penalization of state sponsors of terrorism; and refusal to allow terrorists' activities to block international diplomatic
efforts to resolve political conflicts. JR Embrace of such principles
would allow the mechanisms for combating terrorism a chance to

18 Wilkinson, pp. 12- 13. The report of the US National Commission on Terror-

ism , "Countering the Changing Threat of International Terrorism ," also
recommends specific measures that should be taken, including improvement of
intelligence gathering capabilities, the use of legal means to disrupt and prosecute terrorists and their support networks, efforts to convince other nations to
stop supporting terrorists, and ensuring the readiness of officials at all levels for
attacks that could result in large numbers of casualties.

TH E B Al-IA'f W O RLD

evolve, including the formulation of a universally applied standard by which to punish perpetrators.
Key to whatever process is pursued will be "the quality of
the political leaders and the moral strength and determination of
democratic societies," who must show

consistency and courage in maintaining a firm and effective
policy against terrorism in all its fom1s . They must abhor
the idea that terrorism can be tolerated as long as it is only
affecting someone else's democratic rights and rule of law.
They must adopt the clear principle that 'one democracy's
terrorist is another democracy's terrorist.' 19

It seems, in fact, that events are impelling most Western nations towards consensus in regarding terrorism as criminal
activity. "During the 1970s," Paul Bremer notes, "the West lacked
a conceptual basis for meeting the terrorist threat that had begun
to besiege it. By the 1980s, however, Western countries had
reached two vital conclusions: That terrorists are criminals and
that government-sponsored terrorism is unacceptable." 20 Such a
"shared perception," he says, was the basis for successful applications of diplomatic, political, economic, and military measures
that controlled the spread of terrorism during the 1980s.
While the adoption of such measures is important, it is not in
itself sufficient to bring an end to conflict, whether traditional or
"asymmetrical." In a 1985 statement on peace, the international
governing body of the Baha'i Faith, the Universal House of Justice, wrote:

Flaws in the prevailing order are conspicuous in the inability of sovereign states organized as United Nations to
exorcise the specter of war, the threatened collapse of the
international economic order, the spread of anarchy and terrorism, and the intense suffering which these and other
afflictions are causing to increasing millions.

The same document states emphatically:

19 Wilkinson, p. 12.
'0 Bremer, p. 7.

WORL D W ATCH

Banning nuclear weapons, prohibiting the use of poison gases,
or outlawing germ warfare will not remove the root causes of
war. However important such practical measures obviously are
as elements of the peace process, they are in themselves too
superficial to exert enduring influence. Peoples are ingenious
enough to invent yet other forms of warfare, and to use food,
raw materials, finance, industrial power, ideology, and terrorism to subvert one another in an endless quest for supremacy
and dominion. Nor can the present massive dislocation in the
affairs of humanity be resolved through the settlement of specific conflicts or disagreements among nations. A genuine
universal framework must be adopted.21

Collaboration in the gathering of accurate information through
intelligence, the signing of international treaties and protocols, and
the application of various kinds of sanctions undoubtedly represent forward movement in efforts to combat terrorism. However,
addressing problems such as terrorism in isolation from the many
other issues that disrupt and destabilize society will ultimately
prove a futile exercise. Nations must look beyond simply responding separately to disparate problems and move towards the building
of a comprehensive international order based on social justice and
collective security, in which all can live in dignity. This will be
the most decisive factor in the creation of enduring change.
There is evidence that the world is slowly moving towards
that "genuine universal framework." The Universal House of Justice sees hope in the "tentative steps towards world order" made
by nations since World War II, especially the "increasing tendency of groups of nations to formalize relationships which
enable them to cooperate in matters of mutual interest." 22 The establishment of an international war crimes tribunal in The Hague
is a definite positive step. The rising influence of organizations of
civil society and their participation in international gatherings
such as the forums for non-governmental organizations that
have been held in conjunction with United Nations summits for

21 The Universal House of Justice, Th e Promise of World Peace (Haifa: Baha'i
World Centre, 1985), Section II, para. I.
22 Th e Promise a/Wo rld Peace, Section II , para. 3.

government leaders on issues such as social development, habitat,
human rights, women, the environment, and sustainable development show an increasing demand for a "new order." One need only
look at the extraordinary gatherings held in 2000-the Millennium
Forum, the Millennium World Peace Summit of Religious and
Spiritual Leaders, and the Millennium Summit of government
leaders and heads of state- to see evidence of the yearning of
civil society, the major faith groups, and the nations of the world
to live in greater harmony one with another. Initiatives such as UN
proposals for a standing international rapid-reaction force (a
kind of prototypical international police force) and efforts to set
up an international criminal court, have, however, met with
resistance-evidence that acceptance of a framework for a peaceful world is far from universal.
Resistance to such change should not be unexpected. As a
document released by the Universal House of Justice in 2001, entitled Century ofLight, points out:

It was against the most intense resistance at every level of
society, among governed and governors alike, that the political, social and conceptual changes of the past hundred years
were achieved. Ultimately, they were accomplished only at the
cost of terrible suffering. It would be unrealistic to imagine
that the challenges lying ahead may not exact an even greater
toll of a human race that still seeks, by every means in its
power, to avoid the spiritual implications of the experience it
is undergoing. 23

At the root of this resistance, the House of Justice says, lies

a deep-seated conviction of the inevitable quarrelsomeness of
mankind, which has led to the reluctance to entertain the possibility of subordinating national self-interest to the requirements
of world order, and in an unwillingness to face courageously
the far-reaching implications of establishing a united world
authority. It is also traceable to the incapacity of largely ignorant and subjugated masses to articulate their desire for a new

23 Century of Light, prepared under the supervision of the Universal House of

Justice (Haifa: Baha ' i World Centre), p. 90.

order in which they can live in peace, hannony and prosperity
with all humanity. 24

This reluctance, the House of Justice states, must be "carefully
examined and resolutely dealt with."
The genuine acceptance of a universal framework that can
bring real, enduring stability- stability that allows people to live
in peace, allows for a more equal distribution of wealth, promotes
literacy, and provides education and training that will equip
people to earn a livelihood- must spring from a new mindset. If
the world's leaders do not sincerely believe that the peoples of the
world can learn to overcome their differences and live in harmony, how will they ever agree to cede their power to any kind of
wider authority?
The foundation of Baha'i belief is that the Prophets or Manifestations of God have been sent by an all-loving Creator to
"bestow universal moral training" 25 through which men and
women acquire "new virtues and powers, new moral standards,
new capacities"26 that help society advance. The ultimate purpose
of this course of divine education is "that men should live in
unity, concord and agreement and should love one another." True
religion provides the one source of moral discipline that is capable of welding together the disparate peoples of the world with
ties that cannot be broken. 'Abdu'l-Baha says that "the bonds
which hold together the body politic are not sufficient" for such a
task; rather,

The real bond of integrity is religiou s in character, for religion indicates the oneness of the world of humanity.
Religion serves the world of morality. Religion purifies the
hearts. Religion impels men to achieve praiseworthy deeds.

24 The Promise of' World Peace, Section 11 , paragraph 2.
25 'Abdu ' l-Baha, Th e Promulgation of' Universal Peace: Talks Delivered by
'A bdu 'I-Saha during His Visit to the United States and Canada in 1912, rev.
ed. (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1995), p. 401.
20 Shoghi Effendi , Th e Promised Day ls Come (Wilmette: Baha ' i Publishing

Trust, 1996), p. 119.

Religion becomes the cause of love in human hearts, for religion is a divine foundation , the foundation ever conducive to
life. The teachings of God are the source of illumination to
the people of the world. Religion is ever constructive, not
destructive. 27

Here is an antidote to the nihilism that seeks to destroy lives and
institutions through acts of terror.
Recognition of the inherent nobility of each human being,
the conviction that all people have a role to play in developing an
"ever advancing civilization," and unswerving commitment to
spiritual principles as the basis of that civilization are the only
foundations upon which a universal framework can be built. As
'Abdu'l-Baha wrote, "Material civilization is like the body. No
matter how infinitely graceful, elegant and beautiful it may be, it
is dead. Divine civilization is like the spirit, and the body gets its
life from the spirit. .. " 28 Century of Light takes up this same analogy in the context of the end of the twentieth century:

... thi s Body of humanity's material civilization calls aloud ,
yearns more desperately with each passing day, for its Soul.
As with every great civili zation in hi story, until it is so animated, and its spiritual faculti es awakened, it will find neither
peace, nor justice, nor a unity that ri ses above the level of
negotiation and compromise.29

Belief in the nobility and unity of humanity is not common
today, but future generations can be taught to think in these terms.
As the constitution of the United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) states, "since wars begin
in the minds of men, it is in the minds of men that the defenses of
peace must be constructed." Giving attention to people's moral
and spiritual development is crucial to the creation of a peaceful,
secure world.

27 'Abdu ' l-Baha, Th e Promulgation of Universal Peace, pp. 32, 344.
28 'Abdu ' l-Baha, Selections from th e Writings of 'A bdu 'l-Baha (Wilmette:
Baha' i Publishing Trust, 1997), p. 3 17.
29 Century of Light, p. 94.

WORLD WATCH

In a recent statement on sustainable development, the Baha'i
International Community cautioned, "Any strategies for overcoming
such constraints and challenges as war, poverty, social disintegration,
extreme nationalism, greed, corruption, and apathy, which do not
take into account spiritual principles will prove ephemeral, at best." It
urged the holding of international consultations among religious representatives and leaders to examine the spiritual dimensions of
development, which "would undoubtedly produce innovative ideas
and approaches and might possibly generate a powerful vision based
on spiritual principles- principles which, because they resonate with
the human soul, have the power to motivate the sacrifices and
changes that will be needed if humanity is to overcome the seemingly
intractable problems it faces." 30 Another initiative that has been promoted by the Baha'i International Community is the development
and global implementation of a children's education program in
world citizenship. Such a program could contribute to effecting
change over only a few generations, enabling the young people of the
world to see each other as members of one human family, all with the
same rights-and the responsibility to guard others' welfare as well
as their own.
We are now moving through a difficult and dangerous time
of transition, but while the world faces grave problems, it is also
making progress, however halting the pace and whatever the temporary setbacks it suffers. Writing at the beginning of the twentieth
century, 'Abdu'l-Baha referred to seven "candles of unity," which,
He said, were even at that point "dawning upon the world's darkened horizon":

The first candle is unity in the political realm, the early
glimmerings of which can now be discerned. The second candle
is unity of thought in world undertakings, the consummation
of which will erelong be witnessed. The third candle is unity
in freedom which will surely come to pass. The fourth candle

30 See pp. 229- 33 for the full text of this statement, which was presented by
the Baha'i International Community to the first session of the Preparatory Committee of the World Summit on Sustainable Development in New York in April/
May 200 !.

is unity in religion which is the corner-stone of the foundation
itself, and which, by the power of God, will be revealed in all
its splendor. The fifth candle is the unity of nations- a unity
which in this century will be securely established, causing all
the peoples of the world to regard themselves as citizens of
one common fatherland. The sixth candle is unity of races,
making of all that dwell on earth peoples and kindreds of one
race. The seventh candle is unity of language, i.e., the choice
of a universal tongue in which all peoples will be instructed
and converse. Each and every one of these will inevitably come
to pass, inasmuch as the power of the Kingdom of God will
aid and assist in their realization. 31

While the world still has far to go before it realizes this vision in
anything like its complete form, Century of Light affirms that the
processes involved in several of these seven areas "are far advanced, however great may be the resistance in some quarters." 32
According to the Baha'i perspective, the world is currently
engaged in "simultaneous processes of rise and of fall, of integration and of disintegration, of order and chaos," which have
"continuous and reciprocal reactions on each other." 33 These processes are necessary, as outworn social structures, suited to a prior
age but no longer adequate for today's reality, are discarded. In
1936 the Guardian of the Baha'i Faith, Shoghi Effendi, wrote in
these terms about the principle of the oneness of humankind that
must underlie a new order:

It implies an organic change in the structure of present-day
society, a change such as the world has not yet experienced. It
constitutes a challenge, at once bold and universal, to outworn
shibboleths of national creeds-creeds that have had their day
and which must, in the ordinary course of events as shaped
and controlled by Providence, give way to a new gospel, fundamentally different from, and infinitely superior to, what the
world has already conceived. It calls for no less than the reconstruction and the demilitarization of the whole civilized

31 Selections.from the Writings of 'Abdu 'l-Baha, p. 32.
32 Century of Light, p. 83.
33 Shoghi Effendi, The Advent a/Divine Justice (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing

Trust, 1990), pp. 72- 73.

world- a world organically unified in all the essential aspects
of its life, its political machinery, its spiritual aspiration, its
trade and finance , its script and language, and yet infinite in
the diversity of the national characteristics of its federated
units. ' 4

The struggle of the world to resist this fundamental principle
and the revolutionary changes it entails is evident in the upsurge
of nationalism, racism, religious fundamentalism, and terrorism
seen today. Yet Baha'is believe, as a matter of faith, that "world
peace is not only possible but inevitable" and that "the current
world confusion and calamitous condition in human affairs [is] a
natural phase in an organic process leading ultimately and irresistibly to the unification of the human race in a single social order
whose boundaries are those of the planet." 35 But whether that stage
of unity and peace "is to be reached only after unimaginable horrors precipitated by humanity's stubborn clinging to old patterns
of behavior, or is to be embraced now by an act of consultative
will, is the choice before all who inhabit the earth." 36 How the
nations of the world choose to deal with the threats that terrorism
poses to their peoples will be one clear indicator as to the path
that humanity will choose.

34 Shoghi Effendi , Th e World Order o/Baha 'u '/Lah (Wilmette: Baha ' i Publishing Trust, 1991), pp. 43.
35 Th e Promise o( World Peace, Introduction, paras. 6- 9.
36 Th e Promise o( World Peace, Introducti on, paras. I and 2.

In Madhya Pradesh, India, the
Sarli Development institute is
assisting rural women through
programs that combine practical
training and moral education.

PROFILE:BARLI
DEVELOPMENT
INSTITUTE for
RURAL WOMEN

D espite its advances in the more than 50 years since the end
of British colonialism, India still faces tremendous problems.
The country is crowded with a billion people, and more than a
third of them live in a condition of poverty, unable even to afford
a proper diet. In the Indian state of Madhya Pradesh, one oflndia's
"sick states," these social and economic factors are especially pronounced. The Baha' i community in Indore, a region within Madhya
Pradesh, sought some means of remedying the health of its peoples
and uplifting their spirit. In the Baha'is' vision, the best way to
improve lives hinged on the empowerment of people. They saw
the conditions as being caused by more than simple economics,
but rather as result of psychological, social, and spiritual problems.
A large part of the solution, in the view of the Baha'is, hinged
on the advancement of women in the region, whose position as
the first educators of each successive generation makes them invaluable to the successful revitalization of the society. Changes in
their attitude would then serve as a catalyst to the other members

of the women's communities, including their husbands, parents,
and children.
In 1983, the Barli Development Institute for Rural Women
(BDIRW) 1 in Indore was established with a vision of initiating
improvements in the socioeconomic conditions of the tribal communities in the districts around Indore. Among rural women in
the state there is a less than four percent literacy rate and they are
victims of traditional attitudes and practices that relegate them to
a secondary place in Indian society; for these women, empowerment means things like learning to read and write, fostering a sense
of self-reliance and self-worth, and understanding the importance
of their own spiritual life.
"In India, as is well known, women are generally treated as
second-class citizens," said Dr. Tahirih K. Vajdi, who helped to
found the Institute and is a professor of economics at the University
of Indore. "The woman is seen as someone to look after the home
and bear children. But at the Institute, they receive a lot of love and
attention, and come to understand the principle of the equality of
men and women."
"We try to imbue them with self-confidence," said Dr. Vajdi,
"so that they know they are very important as individuals, and
that they can play an important role in improving their own
homes and helping their villages to grow and develop."
The seeds of the project were planted in the 1960s, when
Hand of the Cause of God RaJ:imatu'llah Muhajir purchased a
building and some surrounding land in Indore for use by the
Baha'i community. Partly due to the low participation of women
in Baha'i activities in the area, early efforts began to assist the
tribal women in Indore though experimental programs in income
generation and health education.
Formal inauguration of the project occurred in 1983, when
guidance from the Universal House of Justice recommended that
socioeconomic development projects be integrated into the regular

1 It was originally called the Baha'i Vocational Institute for Rural Women. The

name change coincided with the Institute's application to become an officially
recogni zed non-governmental organization.

B A l~ LI Dl:V ELO PME NT l NSTlTl lTE

The Bar/i
Developm ent
Institute.for
Rural Wom en
in Indore,
India.

pursuits of the Baha'i community. During the first few years of the
operation, focus was primarily on developing income-generating
skills, but it has since grown and developed a comprehensive curriculum that offers women in this region knowledge and a variety
of skills to improve their own lives, as well as those of their
families and communities.
By 1988 the school had finished the first phase of its development, which consisted primarily of the establishment of the
Institute's physical infrastructure and the operation of training
programs. While funding for the program comes almost exclusively from voluntary contributions from the Baha'i community
oflndia and Baha'is around the world, some assistance in establishing the infrastructure came from the Department of Science
and Technology of the government of India, the government of
Madhya Pradesh, the Council for the Advancement of People's
Action and Rural Technology (CAPART), the New Era Foundation, and individual contributions. 2
The second major phase of the Institute's development began
in 1990 with a proposal to the Swedish International Development

~ Other organizations that provided support and funding include the Canad ian
High Commission, the Australian High Commission, the World Community
Foundation, Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA) , Norwegian
Agency for Development Cooperation (NORAD), Mottahedeh Development
Services, Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA), War on Want,
and UNICEF.

Authority (SIDA) funding agency. Through this proposal, the institute began to diversify the training it offered by initiating a
continuing education program, establishing a boarding school for
tribal and rural girls, and continuing as a training center for
Baha'i community development. Preparations for the third phase
of development are being finalized, which will see the evolution
of the Institute into a non-governmental organization in 2001.
The Institute operates on a six-acre plot on the outskirts of
Indore, where it runs its residential course entitled "Community
Volunteers," which combines training in practical skills with the
development of spiritual qualities. The course stimulates change
by encouraging each individual to acquire an awareness of her
own innate worth and to develop practical abilities.
The vocational aspects of the program include literacy training and the development of income generating skills like cutting
and tailoring, weaving, basic computer skills, machine knitting,
embroidery and fabric design, growing and marketing vegetables,
and making herbal shampoos and various other household items.
These skills, which help the women to earn a living and assist
their families, are not only important because of their impact on
the economy, but they are also an important step in encouraging
the confidence and independence of the women. Health and nutrition are also stressed, along with pre- and postnatal care, which is
especially important due to the high rate of infant mortality in the
state.
"Although literacy, vocational, and health training are essential, we believe that one of the most important things we do at the
Institute is to help these young women recognize their full potential as human beings," said Janak Palta McGilligan, director of
the Institute. "This is where the element of moral education comes
into play."
To accomplish this goal, the women take part in personality
development classes, which help them to develop leadership, consultation, and organizational skills, and to become active
decision-makers. They are taught sensitivity to social development issues and the importance of individual responsibility for

BAl~LI DJ; VELO PME NT JNSTITl 1TE

social progress. They also learn communication skills such as
public speaking and the principles of consultation, which help
them to recognize their self-worth and to develop self-esteem and
self-confidence.
All of their training, whether it be the immediately practical
principle of using clean water, or long-term goals, like assisting
in the health of the environment, is based in their study of the
Baha'i writings. The systematic study of these writings gives the
participants a firm moral and spiritual framework upon which to
make improvements in their lives and the life of the world.
The women are taught the principle of equality between men
and women as part of the curriculum, and are encouraged to share
all of their training with their families and communities. The issue
of equality is one where having a basis in the Baha'i teachings is
especially important, because the resistance confronted is so longstanding. But with their training at the Institute, the women are
able to study passages such as this, from 'Abdu'l-Baha: "Know
thou, 0 handmaid, that in the sight ofBaha, women are accounted
the same as men, and God hath created all humankind in His own
image, and after His own likeness. That is, men and women alike
are the revealers of His names and attributes, and from the spiritual viewpoint there is no difference between them." 3
Because the women experienced resistance to such ideas, the
Institute began couples training, for married couples or those about
to be married. The courses are either conducted on the BDIRW
campus or in the communities themselves and deal with issues
that often corrode marriages, such as lack of mutual partnership
and communication, and with problems such as alcoholism and
domestic violence.
Beyond individual development, the importance of assisting
society and participating in a greater world is emphasized. Environmentally sound agricultural and energy practices are sorely
needed in India. Care for the environment is presented as a spiritual responsibility and is given in the context of sustainable

3'Abdu '1-Baha, Se/ectionsfiwn the Writings of"Abdu '/-Baha (Wilmette: Baha'i
Publishing Trust, 1997), pp. 79- 80.

TH E B AHA' I W ORLQ

development, care for resources, and service to the community.
The trainees learn through gardening and tree planting projects
the means of sustaining the soil, including composting, vermiculture, and the use of biodegradable materials.
In the gardening programs, they learn how to grow and maintain the plants in the garden. The practicality of this is immediately
demonstrated, as all of the fruits and vegetables for the Institute's
meals are provided by the community gardens.
Solar box cookers are used in the preparation of meals, and
solar storage batteries allow the use of solar cookers even past sunset. A full solar energy park is planned for future installation,
making the Institute ever more self-reliant while addressing the
need for environmentally sound energy practices.
Commemorations of the United Nations World Environment
Day, International Women's Day, and International Literacy Day
are a part of the women's training. These commemorations reinforce the lessons of the Institute while orienting all of the training
in a global context. Last year, a two-day training workshop called
"Environmental Millennium- A Time to Act" was held for World
Environment Day. The workshop, in June 2000, focused on land
and water diseases caused by pollution, the effects of deforestation,
and environmental changes due to pollution.
Two six-month "Community Volunteers" courses are offered
each year for 25- 30 participants. Since its establishment, the Institute has trained more than 1,500 women in two hundred villages.
Future plans are for the Institute to increase the number of trainees in each session to 60 and to extend the current six-month
program to a full year. Eventual expansion of the programs to other
areas of India is planned.
Those women who complete the Community Volunteers
course have the opportunity to be trained as community facilitators or to be assisted to continue their formal education through
India's Open School system. The BDIRW has been accredited by
the Indian government as a National Open School, an autonomous
body of the Ministry of Education. The most promising trainees
are encouraged to continue their education through the National

B ARLI D EVELO PMENT I NSTITUTE

Open School system, and 75 percent pass the National School
Exam. Because of their raised awareness about the importance of
education, more and more women have started sending their children to school.
In 2000, 26 graduates from the Institute entered the Open
School. Of these, half were illiterate prior to their training in the
BDIRW, and all but two had previously dropped out of school.
Twenty-three of them passed the November exam and graduated
from the Open School.
One of the ways the BDIRW follows up on the progress of
its graduates is through the publication of its monthly newsletter,
Kokila (Nightingale). The newsletter, now in its ninth year, includes news, opinions, and stories of Institute graduates, as well
as announcements of upcoming courses, educational messages, and
songs in a local tribal language about various development themes.
To prevent them from falling back into illiteracy, they are encouraged to write postcards to the Institute.
"We have found that, indeed, when these women return to
their villages, they affect their entire communities,'' Dr. Vajdi said.
"They bring back new ideas about health and hygiene. They promote the importance of educating children."
For years the Institute has placed special emphasis on teaching villagers about the prevention and eradication of guinea
worm caused by contaminated water. When the program began,
752 people were infected and more than two hundred thousand

Participants
in the
Comm unity
Volunteers
p rogram
do ing
agricultural
work at the
Institute.

THE B AHA' I W ORLD

were at risk. By 1992 the district was completely free from guinea
worm. That same year, the Institute was awarded "The Global 500
Roll of Honor" by the United Nations Environment Program for
outstanding environmental achievement, specifically in health education. The recent surveys of the Institute's progress reveal that
more than 95 percent of the graduates now use safe drinking water
and are using their income generation and related skills; 46 percent
are involved in entrepreneurial or small business work. Many of
them are growing and selling vegetables as a means of self-support.
They have raised the immunization rate of children in their communities from 26 to 67 percent, and the number of women going
for regular health check-ups has also increased. More than twothirds now include leafy vegetables in their diet.
Another way the women contribute is by returning to the
BDIRW as facilitators, continuing the cycle of learning. All the
trainers of the Institute were once trainees and are well aware of
the challenges that women in the region must face, but these problems are being addressed in a systematic way by the Institute's

rBRHR I VOCRTirNfr. i~.~T 1 rr 7

I ilk t ,,,.
1 ./i rá '
/,,,' i.?,y, ,;.' '
!rr:"li;fl!J P 11•á -1u1

Speakers at a symposium held by the BDIRW on the role of
voluntary organizations in educating rural and tribal women.
On the left are Jam es McGilligan, manager of the BDIRW and
Janak Pa/ta McGilligan, director of the BDIRW

grassroots programs. Even the women who do not return to become formal trainers are training people in their own fashion. By
making the lessons they have learned a part of their daily lives
and serving as living examples for their families and communities, they offer a glimpse of the difference that can be made.

This statement was presented by the
Baha 'i International Community to the
.first session of the Preparatory Committee
of the World Summit on Sustainable
Development held in New York
30 Apri/- 2 May 200 1.

SUSTAINABLE
DEVELOPMENT
The Spiritual Dimension

S ome nine years ago, over the course of the Earth Summit process,
the governments of the world, with significant contributions
from global civil society, crafted Agenda 21, a remarkably forwardlooking strategy for the achievement of sustainable development
worldwide.
Some nine years later, the work of determining the next steps
in the evolution of Agenda 21 has been placed upon the shoulders
of the World Summit on Sustainable Development. The Summit
has been called to "identify major constraints hindering the implementation of Agenda 21" and to "address new challenges and
opportunities that have emerged since the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development." It is in identifying these
major constraints, challenges and opportunities that the Summit's
Preparatory Committee (PrepCom) must necessarily come face to
face with spiritual issues.
"No matter how far the material world advances," the Baha'i
writings state, "it cannot establish the happiness of mankind. Only
when material and spiritual civilization are linked and coordinated

will happiness be assured . . .. for in material civilization good and
evil advance together and maintain the same pace." 1
The Baha'i International Community is convinced that unless and until spiritual issues become central to the development
process, the establishment of a sustainable global civilization
will prove impossible. For the vast majority of the world ' s
people the idea that human nature is fundamentally spiritual is
an incontrovertible truth. Indeed, this perception of reality is the
defining cultural experience for most of the world's people and
is inseparable from how they perceive themselves and the world
around them. It is, therefore, only by bringing a focus on the
spiritual dimension of human reality that development policies
and programs can truly reflect the experiences, conditions, and
aspirations of the planet's inhabitants and elicit their heartfelt
support and active participation.
On the one hand, the governments of the world have, collectively, begun to acknowledge a spiritual dimension to
development. This can be seen in the global action plans that
emerged from the great world conferences held in the 1990s by the
United Nations. Agenda 21, for example, calls for "social, economic and spiritual development," recognizing that "individuals
should be allowed to develop their full potential, including healthy
physical, mental and spiritual development." Subsequent declarations and action plans have reinforced this call and gone further. For
example, in the Copenhagen Declaration the governments of the
world unambiguously affirm that "our societies must respond more
effectively to the material and spiritual needs of individuals, their
families and the communities in which they live . . .not only as a
matter of urgency but also as a matter of sustained and unshakeable
commitment through the years ahead." In the Beijing Platform for
Action they agree that "[r]eligion, spirituality and belief play a
central role in the lives of millions of women and men, in the way
they live and in the aspirations they have for the future." And in the
Habitat Agenda, the world's governments commit to "achieving a

1 'Abdu ' l-Baha, The Promulgation of Universal Peace: Talks Deli vered by
'Abdu'l-Bahri during His Visit to the United States and Canada in 1912, rev.
ed. (Wilmette: Baha' i Publishing Trust, 1995), p. 109.

SL ' STAlNABLE DEVE LO PM ENT

world of greater stability and peace, built on ethical and spiritual
VISIOn. "
On the other hand, beyond such general statements and commitments, these global agreements offer little understanding of
what the terms "spirituality," "spiritual vision," and "spiritual
development" mean in principle or in practice. If, indeed, spirituality is as crucial to sustainable development as these
global action plans have avowed, then it is time to move beyond
generalities, to explore, in depth, the spiritual principles at the
heart of development and to consider fully their ramifications for
all stages of the development process.
This exploration of spiritual principles is completely in line
with the PrepCom's mandate to "identify major constraints hindering the implementation of Agenda 2 ]" and to "address new
challenges and opportunities that have emerged" since the Earth
Summit. Any strategies for overcoming such constraints and challenges as war, poverty, social disintegration, extreme nationalism,
greed, corruption, and apathy, which do not take into account
spiritual principles will prove ephemeral, at best. In considering
new opportunities for overcoming these constraints and challenges, the PrepCom should look to the remarkable development
of interfaith relations and the expansion of interfaith initiatives.
Religious and spiritual traditions are increasingly coming together to foster friendliness, fellowship, and understanding
among their diverse communities. They are also increasingly
working together on policies, programs, and initiatives with
secular bodies ranging from private enterprises and organizations
of civil society, to governments and international institutions. In
such work, religious and spiritual value systems are viewed not as
separate from "real world concerns," but as vital sources of
knowledge and motivation, as wellsprings of values, insights, and
energy without which social cohesion and collective action are
difficult, if not impossible, to achieve.
This blossoming of interfaith work can be seen in such initiatives as the World Faiths Development Dialogue; the World
Conference on Religion and Peace; the Alliance of Religions and
Conservation (ARC); the Parliament of the World's Religions;

THE B AHA'I W ORLD

and the Millennium World Peace Summit of Religious and Spiritual Leaders. It can be read in the numerous joint declarations and
agreements in which the religions have articulated a common
vision of humanity's future based on such universal principles
as love, justice, compassion, moderation, humility, sharing, service, peace, and the oneness of the human family.
In seeking to incorporate spiritual principles into its deliberations, the PrepCom should take advantage of this new stage in the
relations among the world's religions. It might do so by making the
topic "Sustainable Development: The Spiritual Dimension" one of
the main themes for the Summit. It could then initiate a major review of international agreements, proclamations, and statements
which focus on religious and spiritual values, particularly as they
relate to and impact the development process. This review should
begin with the global action plans of the world conferences of the
1990s, since it was here that the governments of the world publicly
acknowledged the importance of spiritual values in development. It
should then be expanded to include major interfaith declarations
and agreements and other relevant initiatives.
While this review is being conducted, the PrepCom could facilitate a series of consultations involving both representatives
and leaders of various religious and spiritual traditions. These
consultations, which might be held before the next PrepCom,
should focus on spiritual principles as they relate to Agenda 21
and sustainable development. A series of regional consultations
followed by an international consultation might be held, or, if that
is not feasible, then, at the very least, an international consultation
should be organized. The results of these consultations and of the
"documents review" should be issued as a UN document for use
by the PrepCom in its deliberations.
Although these proposed efforts are modest, the world's
governments would, by supporting them, be sending a clear message that they are serious about their previous commitments to
incorporate spiritual considerations into the development process.
More important, however, the "documents review" and the global
consultations would undoubtedly produce innovative ideas and
approaches and might possibly generate a powerful vision based

S ll_STA TNABLE DEVELOPMENT

on spiritual principles- principles which, because they resonate
with the human soul, have the power to motivate the sacrifices
and changes that will be needed if humanity is to overcome the
seemingly intractable problems it faces .
Ultimately, the creation of a peaceful and just global civilization, in which the diverse peoples of the world live in harmony with
one another and with the natural world, will require a significant
reorientation of individual and collective goals and a profound transformation in attitudes and behaviors. Such far-reaching changes will
come about only by addressing the nonmaterial dimension of reality and drawing on humanity's vast spiritual resources.

Albert Lincoln, secretary-general of
the Baha'i International Community,
presented this statement to the
Millennium World Peace Summit of
Religious and Spiritual Leaders held
in New York, 28- 31 August 2000.

Address to the
MILLENNIUM WORLD
PEACE SUMMIT
of Religious and
Spiritual Leaders

O ver a century ago, a venerable religious figure confined in a
remote outpost of the Ottoman Empire articulated a vision
that may inspire our deliberations at this historic gathering. Addressing one of his followers, Baha' u' llah penned these words:

Our hope is that the world's religious leaders and the rulers
thereof will unitedly arise for the reformation of this age and
the rehabilitation of its fortunes. Let them, after meditating
on its needs, take counsel together and, through anxious and
full deliberation, administer to a diseased and sorely-afflicted
world the remedy it requireth. 1

Our world is undergoing rapid and far-reaching changes,
drawing humanity ever closer together, into what some have
called a global village. Cultures and peoples that, for most of history, have lived in isolation from one another are now interacting
face-to-face, on a daily basis. Sadly, however, social progress and

1 Baha ' u' ll ah, Tablets of Baha 'u 'I/ah revealed ajier the Kitab-i-Aqdas (Wilmette:

Baha'i Publi sh ing Trust, 1997), p. 168.

the growth of wisdom and understanding have not kept pace with
material advances, so that our global village is not a happy or a
peaceful place. Indeed the time has come for its elders to take
counsel together and think of the future.
Our Children Are the Future
Looking beyond immediate crises and conflicts, one of the greatest
dangers facing mankind comes from a generation of children growing up in a moral vacuum. Our hearts go out to the child-soldiers of
Africa, the child-prostitutes of Asia, and the desperate scavengers
of the world's countless slums and refugee camps, victims of a
poverty which is both spiritual and material. But we must not forget
the millions of young people growing up in societies whose traditional value systems lie in ruins, or those deprived of spiritual
training by generations of dogmatically materialistic education.
And lest we oversimplify the causes or the remedies, let us also call
to mind the young products of permissive liberalism in the West,
some of whom are as well-armed and violence-prone as their agemates in less prosperous lands.
Each child is potentially the light of the world, and its darkness. Lighting the lamps of these souls is a responsibility we must
collectively assume if civilization is to thrive. Children must not be
deprived of the light of moral education, especially the girl-child,
who is the transmitter of values to future generations. Indeed, educated women are one of the most important keys to world peace. 2
What Will Be Our Response?
Here, I would submit, is a challenge to which we who have gathered at this summit can and must respond.
Above and beyond a remarkable maturation in interreligious
dialogue, this meeting of spiritual leaders in the Hall of the United
Nations General Assembly, on the eve of the Millennium Summit
of the world's heads of state and government, marks an historic
and vital step forward in creating the necessary mutual respect and
cooperation between religious and political leadership, conditions

2 The Baha 'i writings explain that women are "advocates of peace" ('Abdu' l-
Baha, Star of the West, Vol. 14, August 1923, p. 133). When women participate
fully and equally in the affairs of the world, war will cease.

MILLENNIUM PEACE S UMMIT

without which world peace and the prosperity of humankind are
probably unattainable. 3
Kindly do not mistake my meaning. We advocate no blurring
of lines, no mixture of religion and politics. The harmonious cooperation of these two groups of leaders is all the more essential
because their roles are both contrasting and complementary.
The Role of Religion
In all fairness, it must be acknowledged that much injustice and
suffering have been inflicted throughout history in the name of
religion. Even today, religious propaganda and incitement contribute to fear, hatred, and warfare in many regions of the world.
In the Baha'i writings, it is said that, should religion become a
cause of enmity, it is better to do without it. 4
Yet, when examined in a fair-minded manner in the historical
context of their times, the teachings of the Founders of the great
religions provide no support for the contentions and prejudices convulsing much of humankind. Intolerance and fanaticism represent,
at best, distortions of true religious values. 5
Writing of religion as a social force, Baha'u 'llah declared:
"Religion is the greatest of all means for the establishment of order

3 The establi shment of globa l peace and security involves much more than
creating procedures and institutions that bring about the cessation of conflict. It
calls for drawing on intellectual , moral , and spiritual resources. For a detailed
discussion of this question sec the statement of the Universal House of Justice,
Th e Promise ol World Peace . The transformation necessary to bring about
g loba l peace and prosperity must occur sim ultaneously within human consciousness and social institutions, which requires concrete policies and programs
to promote the building of both moral capacity and technical capacity. Such
efforts will call for partnerships among religions, organizations of civil society,
and public agencies working at all levels. For an exploration of the role of
religion in building human capacity see The Prosperity a/Humankind, a statement of the Baha ' i Internationa l Commun ity ; and Valuing Spirituality in
Development, a paper written by the Baha ' i International Community for the
World Faiths and Development Dialogue.
4 'Abdu ' l-Baha, Th e Promulgation of Universal Peace: Talks Delivered by

'A bdu 'l-Baha during His Visit to the United States and Canada in 1912 , rev.
ed. (Wilmette : Baha ' i Pub Iishing Trust, 1995), pp. 167- 68.
5 Baha 'i International Community, Who ls Writing the Future? Reflections on

the Twentieth Centwy, p. 8.

in the world and for the peaceful contentment of all that dwell
therein." 6 "The purpose of religion," He affirms " .. .is to establish
unity and concord amongst the peoples of the world; make it not the
cause of dissension and strife." 7
The true and lasting peace toward which we all aspire depends
on unity. 8 When we are united-in a unity that embraces and honors diversity- all problems can be solved. For a start, the
conscientious application of the teaching that we should treat others
as we ourselves wish to be treated- a principle at the heart of all
religions- would bring about a radical change in the world.
To play a constructive role in shaping humanity's future, religious leadership must focus on the core of positive moral values
held in common by all religious traditions, rather than on differences. We may each believe our religion is best, but we must
respect the spiritual choices of others, even if we think that they err.
If there must be competition among religions, let each strive to
excel in guiding people to peaceful coexistence, moral rectitude,
and mutual understanding.
Religion wields the power to mobilize the hearts and minds of
the people and to urge them forward on the path toward peace and
mutual understanding. It has a moral authority and an ethical sensitivity that complement the resources and expertise of governments
and civil groups. Indeed, religion has been at the heart of many of
history 's great social movements.9 The special role ofreligious and
spiritual leadership is to take a long view, not from an ivory tower,
but with a perspective that is detached from immediate exigencies
and the often partisan struggles of day-to-day political life.

6 Baha' u' llah, quoted in Shoghi Effendi , Th e World Order of Baha 'u 'llah:

Selected Letters , !st pocket ed. (Wilmette: Baha ' i Publishing Trust, 1991), p.
186.
7 Tablets of Baha 'u '/!ah, p. 129.

8 Baha'u ' llah affirms that "The well-being of mankind, its peace and security,

are unattainable unless and until its unity is firmly established." Gleanings
f rom the Writings of Baha 'u 'llah (Wilmette : Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1994),
p. 286.
9 For example, individuals and communities acting on their religious beliefs

played a fundamental role in the abolition of slavery, the civil rights movement in the United States, and the anti-apartheid struggle.

MILLENN IUM P fu\C E SL' MMIT

Our disordered world is in desperate need of a moral compass that is above passing fashion and untainted by the pervasive
materialism of the modem era. The convening of this summit
suggests that the world has become aware of this need and of the
capacity latent in the world's religious traditions. 10 Shall we not
arise together to take up this challenge? If the task seems daunting, let us think of the children, our most precious trust.
Specific Recommendations
The proposed International Advisory Council of Religious and
Spiritual Leaders should function as a vehicle to channel the power
of religion to bring about a better world, for all, including the children. The Regional Councils could serve the same purpose at the
regional and national level. Given the unique potential of these new
agencies for concerted and sustained action by religious leaders in
support of the processes leading toward world peace, we have made
them the focus of our specific recommendations.
The membership of the Advisory Councils should be broadly
based and representative of the world's religious and spiritual traditions. We recommend that the Councils function on a consultative
basis and, to the extent possible, by consensus. 11 We also believe it
would be preferable to avoid the election or appointment of permanent officers.
Essential to all the functions of the Advisory Councils would
be the task of identifying the core values that are common to all
religious and spiritual traditions. The resulting shared understanding would constitute a firm foundation for united effort in a spirit
of service to humankind as a whole.

10 Some will think this assessment overly optimistic, but consider the Alliance
of Religions and Conservation, the World Faiths Development Dialogue (religions collaborating with the World Bank in combating poverty), the work of
the Parliament of the World's Religions culminating in the document A Call to
Our Guiding Institutions , and HRH Prince Philip's remarks in the BBC Reith
Lectures 2000 series.
11 This recommendation is based on our experience with the process of con-

sultation in the administration of the worldwide Baha'i community. For an
explanation of this unique process, see the Baha'i International Community's
statement, Th e Prosperity of Humankind, pp. 9- 10.

Among their most urgent assignments would be to cooperate
with appropriate UN agencies such as UNESCO, UNICEF, UNDP,
and the World Bank in addressing the need for appropriate curricula and delivery systems for the moral education and training
of children and youth. To this end, the Regional Advisory Councils could be instrumental in nurturing consultative processes at
the national and regional levels involving educational experts and
representatives of the religious and spiritual traditions espoused
by the relevant populations.
The Councils could be called upon to offer or arrange mediation services in conflicts and potential conflicts where religious
differences are at issue or where religious or spiritual guidance
would be effective.
They could also recommend and encourage the development
and use of programs aimed at bringing about reconciliation and
restoring trust as part of the reconstruction of societies tom by past
conflict.
The mandate of the International Advisory Council should
include the authority to review and offer advice on the full range
of United Nations policies, programs, and processes, bearing in
mind that, despite its many impressive achievements, the world
body and its agencies often reflect and promote a materialistic
worldview which is at variance with the spiritual values held by
the majority of mankind. We submit that the harmony of United
Nations operations and the effectiveness of its programs would
only be enhanced by a more spiritual approach based on the common core values of the world's religious traditions.
Conclusion
If the human race is to meet the challenge of establishing world
peace, the spiritual energy latent in each and every one of us must
be released and directed to this noble task. Religion can provide
the vision and unleash the spiritual energy necessary to guide humanity to a new world order worthy of its destiny.
To build a global commonwealth based on unity in diversity,
animated by both love and justice, is no easy task. But it is one
that we must undertake, for ourselves, for the children of today
and for generations yet unborn. In so doing, we may surely rely

on the almighty assistance of the Sovereign Creator of the Universe, whatever may be the name by which we call Him.
Our role as participants in this historic gathering is as simple
as it is challenging. Let me leave you with this exhortation from
the Baha'i writings:

With the utmost friendliness and in a spirit of perfect fellowship take ye counsel together, and dedicate the precious
days of your lives to the betterment of the world ... 12

12 Baha'u ' llah, Gleanings, p. 184.

Techeste Ahderom, principal representative of the
Baha 'f international Community to the United
Nations, and cochair o/the Millennium Forum for
NGOs, presented this statement on behalf of
organizations of civil society to th e M illennium
Summit of heads of state and go vernm ent at th e
United Nations on 8 September 2000.

Address to the
United Nations
MILLENNIUM
SUMMIT

L ast May, representatives of civil society and non-governmental
organizations from all over the world gathered in this great
hall to consult about humanity's common future and, particularly,
about the role of the United Nations in the twenty-first century.
The meeting was called the Millennium Forum, and, in light
of the wide-ranging concerns of its participants, the geographic
reach they embodied- including broad representation from developing countries- and the depth and breath of the organizations
they represented, it was one of the most diverse and significant
gatherings of civil society organizations ever held.
The Forum was significant for its attempt to accelerate the
process among NGOs of networking and coalition building across
issue areas that has proved to be such a powerful force for change
and social action in today's world. The issues we considered included how to establish a just and lasting peace; how to eradicate
poverty; how to set humanity on a path of sustainable development while protecting our shared environment; how to see that
human rights everywhere are upheld- at all times, by all nations;
and how to face up to the urgent challenges of globalization.

THE B AHA'f W ORLD

In the end, despite our great diversity, we successfully agreed
on a powerfully worded "Declaration and Agenda for Action." It
offers a bold vision for humanity's future and outlines a series of
concrete steps that the United Nations, governments, and members of civil society themselves can take to address the global
problems facing humanity today.
After hearing your speeches here over the last three days, I
must say that our vision and plan of action are consonant with
much of what has been said here.
I am personally heartened by this and feel that this historic
Summit may well be remembered as having opened the door to a
long-awaited era of peace, justice, and prosperity for all humanity. This new era will, of course, require concrete deeds and not
just words.
We in civil society stand ready to work with you and your
governments, side by side, in a strong new partnership to create
this new world. At the same time, civil society also stands ready
to hold you to your commitments if you do not deliver on your
words.
Throughout history, from the abolition of slavery to the recognition of the equality of women and men, most great social
movements have begun not with governments but with ordinary
people.
Even the idea of creating an international organization to end
war and establish a permanent peace originated with civil society.
Before the outbreak of the First World War, the leaders of a number of international NGOs argued for the establishment of a
"Commonwealth of Nations" or "League of Nations" in which all
states would band together in collective security. These same organizations actively supported the work of the League of Nations
in the late 1920s.
In 1945, civil society again played an important role in shaping many of the key articles found in the Charter of the United
Nations, especially in the area of human rights.
More recently, NGOs have played a leading role in shaping
and supporting an International Criminal Court, in the movement
for debt cancellation, and in the International Campaign to Ban

MILLENNIUM S UMMIT

Landmines. Likewise, NGOs have led in creating such partnerships with the UN and governments as with the NGO Steering
Committee for the Commission on Sustainable Development.
On a number of occasions, Secretary-General Kofi Annan has
said that civil society participation in and partnership with the
United Nations is not an "option," but a "necessity."
We appreciate his efforts to facilitate effective partnership
with civil society at the United Nations. We thank him especially
for opening the UN to the Millennium Forum last May. As many
of you know, the idea for our Forum essentially originated with
Mr. Annan some three years ago when he called for a "companion
People's Assembly" to this Summit. And we thank Mr. Annan for
making the Millennium Forum Declaration available to this Summit as a UN document.
The Millennium Forum itself grew out of long-established
NGO committees and networks. Planning began with the Conference on Non-Governmental Organizations (CONGO), and
included the UN DPI/NGO Executive Committee. We sought to
build upon an impressive series of global NGO gatherings held
last year, such as the Hague Appeal for Peace, the Seoul International Conference ofNGOs, the World Civil Society Conference,
and the Young People's Millennium Assembly, as well as all of
the great global NGO forums held in parallel with the major
United Nations conferences of the last decade, including the Earth
Summit, the Beijing Women's Conference, and the Social Summit, among others.
We ask that you review carefully our Millennium Forum
Declaration. I think you'll find that, for the most part, we are simply calling on governments to live up to the commitments and the
principles that they agreed to in the great global conferences of
the 1990s. We are also seeking increased NGO access to the UN
General Assembly and its main committees.
Allow me to give you a few highlights of what the Forum
called for in its Declaration.
The Forum's participants believe that, when a billion people
go to bed hungry, it is a gross violation of human rights. The Declaration calls for immediate debt cancellation. It also calls for a

"Global Poverty Eradication Fund," aimed at offering the poor
access to credit.
On globalization, the Forum took the view that, while it offers
"significant opportunities for people to connect, share and learn
from each other," in its currently unregulated form it increases "inequities between and within countries, undermines local traditions
and cultures, and escalates disparities between rich and poor,
thereby marginalizing large numbers of people in urban and rural
areas. "
The Declaration urges governments to make serious "commitments to restructure the global financial architecture based on
principles of equity, transparency, accountability, and democracy,"
stating clearly that the United Nations should be the preeminent
international organization overseeing the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund, and the World Trade Organization.
The Declaration also calls for a greatly strengthened and democratized United Nations, the most important global institution in
the world today- and the only one currently capable of providing
the international framework and coordination needed to address the
critical challenges ahead.
Specifically, the Forum called for a strengthened peacekeeping regime, with the establishment of permanent police and
peacekeeping forces. It also calls for a reformed Security Council,
invigorated through an enlarged membership, more democratic
procedures, and eventual elimination of the veto. It also urges the
formulation of a draft proposal for global disarmament, to be discussed in a special session of the General Assembly.
In this day of global interdependence, a much strengthened
United Nations is our best protection against global calamity, be
it economic, environmental, the spread of a new epidemic, or a
major new conflict.
To conclude, the Millennium Forum Declaration seeks to articulate the hopes and aspirations of the peoples of the world. As
its opening paragraphs state:

Our vision is of a world that is human-centered and genuinely democratic, where all human beings are full participants
and determine their own destinies. [n our vision we are one

human family, in all our diversity, living on one common
homeland and sharing a just, sustainable and peaceful world,
guided by universal principles of democracy, equality, inclusion , voluntarism, non-discrimination, and participation by
all persons ...

Thank you for your attention.

This statement was presented by the
Baha'i International Community to the
45th session of the Commission on the
Status of' Women, held in New York
6- 16 March 2001.

ENDING
RACE &GENDER
DISCRIMINATION

r-y-ihe Baha'i International Community is pleased that the Com-
.l mission on the Status of Women is focusing global attention
on the impact of racism on women at its 45th session. Baha'is the
world over- regardless of gender or ethnicity- have longed for
and promoted both the advancement of women and the elimination of all forms of prejudice, including those based on race,
ethnicity, and gender.
A world that promotes the equality of women and men will
lift much of the burden from women. Likewise a world free of
racism will further lighten women's load. But the benefits extend
even further. While women are the ones primarily affected when
race and gender inequalities coincide, the human race as a whole
is disadvantaged and its progress retarded by these injustices. As
the Baha'i writings state, "As long as women are prevented from
attaining their highest possibilities, so long will men be unable to
achieve the greatness which might be theirs." 1

1'Abdu'l-Baha, Paris Talks: Addresses given by 'Abdu '/-Ba ha in Paris in 19I1-
1912, 10th ed. (London: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1979), p. 133.

TH E B AI-IA.'f W OI<LD

Women throughout the world find themselves greatly disadvantaged in a socially stratified world by the compounding of
discrimination based on race, gender, class, and age. Within what
has been termed a "matrix of domination," or "a range of interlocking inequalities" that defines gender, women belonging to an
oppressed group feel the effects of these disadvantages most keenly,
as they belong simultaneously to two groups that are discriminated
against. Racism creates basic social divisions and power structures,
and the inequality promoted by racial divisions is reinforced by
structures that also limit opportunities for women. Because of this
double jeopardy, women belonging to minority races or ethnic
groups often live in virtual invisibility. Neglecting their history
and using the media to reinforce gender stereotypes exacerbates
the problem.
The disadvantages and injustices suffered by women of oppressed groups living in societies where resources are limited have
been highlighted over the past two decades in international fora
such as the United Nations. These women endure discrimination
in education, particularly where tradition decrees that girl children
are not "worth" educating. Their health is jeopardized through poor
nutrition, poor reproductive health care, and ineffective protection
from unwanted pregnancies and sexually transmitted diseasesall a result of their social status. The brutal practice of female
genital mutilation causes pain and suffering and endangers
women's health in the name of "cultural practice," and if the procedure renders them infertile, they are stigmatized as oflittle value
in societies that measure women's worth largely by their ability
to produce children. The perilous situation of women in the midst
of armed conflict, who are subjected to violence, the trafficking
in women and girls for the purposes of prostitution, the exploitation of women laborers-all of these have been documented and
examined at length.
Women positioned at the intersection of race and gender are
most glaringly affected by the social structures that sustain discrimination and exploitation, but these injustices affect everyone.
For example, disadvantages experienced by women oppressed because of race produce unacknowledged benefits for women and

men belonging to favored groups. The reluctance to acknowledge
these privileges perpetuates injustice and hinders society from developing in healthy ways. When women everywhere, in every
culture and society, are welcomed as full partners with men in all
fields of endeavor, conditions that promote real justice and peace
will prevail.
Since the founding of the United Nations, the Baha'i International Community has spoken many times in international fora
about the baneful effects of discrimination, especially racism, and
about the need for women's equality. The Baha'i community is
dedicated in principle and practice to the abolition of racism and
the promotion of the equality of women and men at all levels.
Within the family, Baha'is seek to teach their children the
values of oneness, equality, and justice. Baha'is value interracial
marriage for its positive effect on society and educate their daughters in the same curricula as their sons. If the family is not able to
provide for the education of both, parents are encouraged to give
preference to the girls, as they will be the first educators of the
next generation.
In local communities, Baha' i institutions are charged with
promoting both the equality of women and men and the abolition
of racial prejudice. If Baha' i parents are remiss in providing for
the education of their daughters, the local Baha'i community must
arrange for it. Women are fully eligible to elect and to serve on
local and national governing councils. In Baha'i elections, if the
vote results in a tie between two people, one of whom is a member of a minority group, that person is automatically considered
as elected. In Baha' i communities both women and men learn the
art of"consultation," or the frank and courteous exchange of views.
Social and economic development projects have established
schools specifically for girls and training institutes for women that
not only teach literacy and practical skills by which they can earn
a livelihood but also strengthen moral values and spiritual capacities to assist them to contribute to the advancement of society.
Village health care programs promote the well-being of women
and children in remote areas of the world, thereby benefiting the
whole society.

THE B AHA'I W ORLD

In international fora, the Baha'i International Community has
long encouraged a fundamental change in beliefs and attitudes
about race through education and the promotion of the concept of
world citizenship. It has also worked in these fora to advance the
status of women.
Baha'is believe that civilization is ever advancing, and the
achievement of unity at all levels and in all aspects of life is of
paramount importance at this stage in human development. As
Baha'u' llah has written, "The well-being of mankind, its peace
and security, are unattainable unless and until its unity is firmly
established." 2
Baha' is do not regard themselves as experts in this endeavor,
but if their more than one hundred and fifty years of experience
can be of service to others pursuing this goal, they are happy to
offer it for study. It is clear that only when "The injury of one
shall be considered the injury of all; the comfort of each, the comfort of all; the honor of one, the honor of all," 3 will the human race
have addressed the challenges inherent in social structures based
on domination, in which injustice is accepted as the natural order
of things.

2 Baha' u' ll ah, Gleanings jiwn the Writings of Baha 'u 'llah (Wilmette: Baha' i
Publi shing Trust, 1982), p. 11 6.
3 'A bdu ' l-B aha, The Promulgation of Universal Peace: Ta lks delivered by

'Abdu 'l-Baha during His Vis it to the United States and Canada in 191 2, rev.
ed. (Wilmette: Baha' i Publishing Trust, 1982 ), p. 168.

Th e S aha 'i International Community
presented this oral statement to the 5 7th
session of the United Na tions Commission
on Human Rights in Geneva,
29 March 200 1.

CURRENT
SITUATION
OF THE
BAHA'fS
rNJRAN

I t is with great regret that we must inform the Commission that
the relentless persecution of the Baha'is in Iran is still a fact of
life.
Although it would be correct to say that there have been
some improvements since the last session of the Commissionsome prisoners have been released, two death sentences have
been commuted, and measures were taken by the government
which, by consequence, made it possible for married Baha' i
couples to be registered as husband and wife, and for their children to be registered- persecutions, deprivations, and sufferings
remain the everyday lot of Baha'is, and this has been so for the
past 21 years. Throughout those years this persecution has taken
all possible forms , ranging from death sentences and imprisonment to a wide range of deprivations including the rights to work,
to education and to inheritance, not to mention the right to profess
one's belief. All thi s is being perpetrated against the Baha'is
purely on the basis of their religious beliefs.

We also need to note that although the registration of marriages has had the effect of meeting some of the urgent needs of
Baha'i couples, it also allows the Iranian government to avoid the
issue of recognition of Baha'i marriages.
Furthermore, seven Baha'is are still in prison, and two of
them are under sentence of death. The charges brought against all
the prisoners are clearly and solely based on the fact that they are
members of the Baha'i community.
After his visit to Iran in 1996, the Special Rapporteur on
Religious Intolerance, Mr. Abdelfattah Amor, specified a comprehensive set of measures that the government should take to
remedy the situation of the Baha'is. Mr. Amor called on the government of Iran to grant the Baha'is the following:
• freedom to bury their dead
• freedom of movement
á no impediment to access to education or employment
• security of the person and physical integrity
• civil rights and, in particular, the freedom to manifest their
belief
• the review and setting aside of the death sentences
á return of community properties and compensation for the
destruction of places of worship
á equal treatment by the judiciary
• equal rights for all, regardless of their beliefs or the community to which they belong
á reestablishment of Baha'i institutions
We would like to emphasize that reestablishment of Baha'i
institutions is particularly critical, as they constitute the core around
which Baha'i community life revolves. Because the Baha'i Faith
has no clergy, the arbitrary dissolution of these institutions, ordered by the government of the Islamic Republic oflran in 1983,
was equivalent to abolishing cardinals, bishops, and parish priests
in Christian communities. These institutions not only guide the
community and nurture the individual members, but they perform
such canonical functions as marriages and burials.

However, there has never been the political will nor any form
of sustained commitment on the part of the government of the
Islamic Republic to implement seriously and systematically the
recommendations of the Special Representative on Iran and the
Special Rapporteur on Religious Intolerance.
In fact, the government refused the very simple gesture of
issuing visas to members of the delegation of the Baha'i International Community to the Asia Regional Preparatory Meeting for
the World Conference Against Racism, which was held in Iran. It
should be noted that the delegation was composed of three indigenous members of our national affiliates from India, Korea, and
Japan, and myself, a native of Eritrea. We had submitted all the
documents needed well in advance and even complied with additional and non-necessary requests. All of this to no avail. No visas
were issued. This, when the subject of the meeting was combating
racism and intolerance.
Thus we are compelled to conclude that, despite the promises
made last year by representatives of the Islamic Republic in various
UN fora, including this Commission, the situation of the Baha'is in
Iran has not improved, and Baha'is remain non-persons under the
law. The above-mentioned new developments appear to be cosmetic steps taken by the government of the Islamic Republic in the
hope of presenting a new face to the Commission, while in reality
there has been no fundamental change in attitude towards the
Baha'is.
In fact, the past year witnessed more examples that the
policy of the government of Iran towards the Baha'is is chronic
and its aim, as formulated in the 1991 memorandum of the Iranian
Supreme Revolutionary Cultural Council on "the Baha'i question," is to destroy the Baha'i community as a viable entity. These
violations, some of which have been reported by the special representative, Maurice Copithome, have been amply documented,
and these documents are available for close examination.
Therefore, we regrettably have to reiterate that a systematic
pattern of persecutions remains, which needs to be addressed, and
that until the Baha'i community, the largest religious minority in

Iran, is granted legal protection, its situation will remain precarious. Thus, continued monitoring by the UN, and especially by the
Commission on Human Rights, constitutes a vitally important
source of protection for this community until it can finally be fully
emancipated.

The Baha'i International Community
presented this statement to the 52nd session
of the United Nations Sub-Commission on
the Promotion and Protection of Human
Rights, held in Geneva, 2 August 2000.

CURRENT
SITUATION
OF THE
BAHA'fS
IN EGYPT

I t is with great reluctance that we bring to the attention of the
Sub-Commission the discrimination and persecution of the
Baha'i community in Egypt. We do this only after patient efforts,
conducted in a quiet and constructive manner with the relevant
diplomats and government authorities over a period of several
years, have failed to resolve this half-century-old situation. Since
we are addressing this issue at the Sub-Commission for the first
time, it may be helpful to give you a brief history of the persecution of the Baha'i community in Egypt.
The persecution of the Baha'i community in Egypt started in
1960 when former President Nasser decided, through Presidential
Decree No. 263, to dissolve all Baha'i institutions. Because the
Baha'i Faith has no clergy, the arbitrary dissolution of these institutions was equivalent to abolishing cardinals, bishops, and parish
priests in Christian communities. These institutions not only guide
the community and nurture the individual members, but they perform such canonical functions as marriages and burials.

At the time of the decree, all Baha'i properties and assets were
confiscated-some appropriated for the benefit of certain Muslim
organizations- and the Baha'i activities previously conducted by
these institutions were banned. It was officially stated that the restrictive measures were directed only at the Baha'i administrative
institutions and their activities, and that individuals remained free
to believe in and practice the Baha'i Faith in accordance with the
religious freedom constitutionally guaranteed to all. In practice,
however, Baha'is have been imprisoned on charges related solely to
their religious convictions on six occasions in the past 30 years.
Homes were searched, and all Baha'i materials seized. Accusations
focused on attempting to teach their religion or holding Nineteen-
Day Feasts, which are religious celebrations observed by Baha'is in
their homes at the beginning of every month of the Baba' i calendar.
The Egyptian Baha'is have challenged in court the legality of
Decree No. 263 on the basis of its unconstitutional discriminatory
dispositions, its interference with their religious freedom, its nonconformity with the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, and
the failure of the president to submit it to the Parliament, as required by the Egyptian Constitution. On 1 March 1975 the
Supreme Court rejected the case brought by the Egyptian Baha'is
and ruled that the Decree was constitutional. Moreover, the Administrative Court and the Supreme Court designated the Baha'i Faith
an unrecognized religion and in so doing completely ignored the
fact that the Egyptian government had treated the Baha'i community as a recognized religious community for over half a century.
Furthermore, the Supreme Court's determination that the Baha'i
Faith was against the public order and/or the social order ignored
entirely the fact that the Baha'i community had existed in Egypt
since 1868 without once drawing such an accusation. The actions
of the government seem to be intended to pacify a few religious
extremists at the expense of a peaceful, law-abiding Baha'i community. This is an abdication of state responsibility to protect the
rights of all its citizens.
At this time the entire community in Egypt is under strict
and constant police surveillance. Baha'is are not permitted to

gather for any purpose, not even to commemorate the most holy
occasions of their religion. Periodically, their homes are searched
and their Baha'i literature taken away and destroyed. As part of
their systematic intimidation of the community, the police often
remind the Baha'is that informers have been recruited from their
community. As the Baha'is cannot legally marry unless they declare themselves to be adherents of one of the three recognized
religions- Islam, Christianity, or the Jewish Faith, which they are
not willing to do, the entire Baha'i community is without legal
means for controlling such matters as family allowances, pensions, inheritance, divorce, alimony, or custody of children.
Baha'i marriage is considered to be concubinage, and Baha'i
children are regarded as illegitimate. Moreover, govemmentcontrolled news media, including the State-owned radio and TV
stations, periodically orchestrate hate campaigns against the
Baha'i Faith, calling for its extermination. Because of emigration
to escape such gross violations of human rights, the once-vibrant
Egyptian Baha'i community has, within a few decades, been reduced to only several hundred.
In 1993 the UN Human Rights Committee, when considering a report submitted by the Arab Republic of Egypt under article
40 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights,
expressed anxiety over the treatment of Baha'is. We note in paragraph 12 of the Concluding Observations of the Human Rights
Committee (CCPR/C/79/Add.23) dated 9 August 1993 the following statement: " .. .the Committee is worried about restrictive
legal provisions existing in Egypt with regard to freedom of
thought, conscience, religion, assembly, and association. Restrictions not in conformity with article 18 of the Covenant regarding
various religious communities or sects, such as Baha'is, are a
matter of particular concern."
Seven years have passed since the Human Rights Committee submitted its Concluding Observations. According to our
information, the situation of the Baha'is in Egypt has failed to
improve and has even, in some instances, deteriorated. We would

like to bring to your attention a "fatwa" dated 19 May 1998 issued by the Azhar Council of Islamic Research, Fatwa
Committee. This document, which has recently come to light,
presents the distorted view of the Fatwa Committee on the Baha'i
Faith, thanks the Government of Egypt for issuing Presidential
Decree no. 263, and implores it to continue to enforce its provisions. The fatwa was in answer to a letter to the Azhar written by
several professors protesting the planned hiring of a Baha'i lecturer at the University of Cairo. The Baha'i maintained that she
had a right to apply for this position regardless of her religion.
Despite the fatwa, the lecturer was hired, which demonstrates that
when there is a will on the part of the government, even a fatwa
may be disregarded.
In light of the above, the Baha'i International Community
believes that the following grave breaches of freedom of religion
suffered by the Baha'is need to be addressed by the Government
of Egypt.

• The Presidential Decree of 1960 dissolving the Baha' i institutions and making illegal the performance of any of their
activities should be repealed, and the right of the Baha'i community to form its religious institutions restored.
á A civil authority needs to be assigned responsibility for registering the marriages of Baha' is, or such authority should
be given to Baha' i institutions.
á In matters pertaining to identity, birth, and official documentation, Baha'is must be given the same treatment as the
members of other religious minorities.
• Finally, the government-controlled media should cease disseminating incorrect information designed to stir up hatred
against the Baha'is.
The Baha'i International Community asks that the Sub-
Commission express its grave concerns to the Government of Egypt.

This statement was presented by the
Baha 'i International Community at the
request ofMary Robinson, UN high
commissioner.for human rights, on the
occasion of the International Day for the
Elimination of Racial Discrimination,
21 March 2001 .

ELIMINATION
oFRACISM

T he coming together of the peoples of the world in a harmonious and creative relationship is the crucial need of the present
hour. In the wake of advances in human knowledge which have
deepened bonds of interdependence and contracted the planet, the
central task now before all its inhabitants is laying the foundations of a global society that can reflect the oneness of human
nature. Creating such a universal culture of collaboration and
conciliation will require a return to spiritual awareness and responsibility.
More than a century ago, Baha'u'llah declared that humankind was entering a new era in its history when accelerating
processes of unification would soon compel recognition that humanity is a single people with a common destiny. In appealing to
humanity to accept the central truth of its oneness, and to set aside
the barriers of race, religion, and nationality, which have been the
principal causes of conflict throughout history, Baha'u'llah urges,
" ... regard ye not one another as strangers. Ye are the fruits of one
tree, and the leaves of one branch." There is, He said, no possibility of achieving world peace until the fundamental principle of

unity has been accepted and given practical effect in the organization of society: "The well-being of mankind, its peace and security,
are unattainable unless and until its unity is firmly established." 1
And: "Deal ye one with another with the utmost love and harmony,
with friendliness and fellowship ... So powerful is the light of unity
that it can illuminate the whole earth." 2
The unity that must underpin a peaceful and just social order
is a unity which embraces and honors diversity. Oneness and
diversity are complementary and inseparable. That human consciousness necessarily operates through an infinite diversity of
individual minds and motivations detracts in no way from its essential unity. Indeed, it is precisely an inhering diversity that
distinguishes unity from homogeneity or uniformity. Acceptance
of the concept of unity in diversity, therefore, implies the development of a global consciousness, a sense of world citizenship, and
a love for all of humanity. It induces every individual to realize
that, since the body of humankind is one and indivisible, each
member of the human race is born into the world as a trust of the
whole. It further suggests that if a peaceful international community is to emerge, then the complex and varied cultural
expressions of humanity must be allowed to develop and flourish,
as well as to interact with one another in ever-changing patterns
of civilization. "The diversity in the human family," the Baha'i
writings emphasize, "should be the cause of love and harmony, as
it is in music where many different notes blend together in the
making of a perfect chord." 3
From this basic principle of the unity of the earth's peoples
are derived virtually all concepts concerning human liberty and
well-being. If the human race is one, any notion that a particular
racial, ethnic, or national group is in some way superior to the rest
of humanity must be dismissed; society must reorganize its life to
give practical expression to the principle of equality for all its

1 Baha'u' llah, Gleanings from the Writings of Baha 'u '!!ah (Wilmette: Baha'i

Publishing Trust, 1994), p. 286.
2 Gleanings, p. 288.

3 ' Abdu'l-Baha, Paris Talks: Addresses given by 'Abdu '/-Bahti in Paris in 1911-

1912 (London: Baha' i Publishing Trust, 1995), p. 53.

EI)M_I NATlON O F R ACISM

members regardless of color, creed, or gender; and all individuals
must be given the opportunity to realize their inherent potential
and thereby contribute to "an ever-advancing civilization."
For too much of history, the evil of racism has violated human dignity. Its influence has retarded the development of its
victims, corrupted its perpetrators, and blighted human progress.
Overcoming its devastating effects will thus require conscious,
deliberate, and sustained effort. Indeed, nothing short of genuine
love, extreme patience, true humility, and prayerful reflection will
succeed in effacing its pernicious stain from human affairs.
"Close your eyes to racial differences," is Baha'u'llah's counsel,
"and welcome all with the light of oneness."4
Clearly, the promotion of tolerance and mutual understanding among the diverse segments of the human race cannot be a
passive or rhetorical exercise. All forms of provincialism, all insularities, and prejudices must be directly confronted. The
implementation of appropriate legal measures that safeguard the
rights and opportunities of all and the adoption of educational
initiatives that foster human solidarity and global citizenship
should be among the first practical steps taken by all nations.
The moral leadership provided by religious communities
must undoubtedly be a key component of any such effort. To ensure a constructive role for religion, however, the followers of all
faiths must acknowledge the strife and suffering caused by those
who have appropriated the symbols and instruments of religion
for their own selfish purposes. Fanaticism and conflict poison the
wells of tolerance and represent corrupt expressions of true religious values. The challenge facing all religious leaders is to
contemplate, with hearts filled with the spirit of compassion and a
desire for truth, the plight of humanity, and to ask themselves
whether they cannot, in humility before their Almighty Creator,
submerge their theological differences in a great spirit of mutual
forbearance that will enable them to work together for the advancement of social justice and peace. In His exhortation "to

4Baha'u' llah, quoted in Shoghi Effendi, The Advent ofDivine Justice (Wilmette:
Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1993), p. 37.

observe tolerance and righteousness," 5 Baha'u'llah affirms that it
is possible both to believe in God and to be tolerant.
The path of unity and reconciliation is the only path available to the human family. A world in which all nations, races,
creeds, and classes are closely and permanently united is not autopian vision but an inevitable and vital necessity. "Illumine and
hallow your hearts; let them not be profaned by the thorns of hate
or the thistles of malice," Baha'u'llah warns. "Ye dwell in one
world, and have been created through the operation of one Will.
Blessed is he who mingleth with all men in a spirit of utmost kindliness and love." 6

5 Baha'u ' llah, Tablets ofBaha 'u '!!ah revealed after the Kitab-i-Aqdas (Wilmette:

Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1997), p. 36.
6Gleanings, p. 334.

INFORMATION
REsON
URcEs
OBITUARIES

Martin Aiff
On 13 March 200 I, in Windhoek, ministrator, and manager of arts and
Namibia. Martin Aiff was born in crafts centers. For seven years he and
Darmstadt, Germany, on 21 March his wife had served as caretakers of
19 J9. He became a Baha'i in 1946 the German national center, and they
and soon after was appointed to the perfom1ed the same duty at the na-
National Youth Committee in Ger- tional center in Windhoek during
many. In 1948, he married Gerda their residence in that city. Mr. Aiff
Hartmann and they had six children served on the National Spiritual Astogether. He was elected to the sembly of South and West Africa in
National Spiritual Assembly of Ger- 1973- 74 and was elected to the Namany and served as a member of that tional Spiritual Assembly ofNamibia
body from 1957 to 1959, when he left upon its formation in 1981. He was a
Germany to live and teach the Baha' i member of that National Spiritual
Faith in Africa during the Ten Year Assembly from 1981 until 1984 and
Crusade. The family settled in South- in 1985. In 1986 he was appointed to
west Africa (later Namibia) in the the Auxiliary Board, serving that incapital of Windhoek and remained stitution until 1996. In its message
there until 1967 before moving to after his death, the Universal House
Leuderitz and later Tsumeb. Mr. Aiff of Justice wrote that his persistent achad a variety of jobs in Namibia, tivities in Africa would "serve as
working as a commercial salesman, shining examples of devotion for genmanager of general stores, school ad- erations to come."

Najmieh Ala'i cousin of 'Abdu'l-Baha, was impris-
On 4 September 2000, in Auckland, oned along with Him in Palestine. The
New Zealand. Najmieh Lameh was year of her birth, 'Abdu'l-Baha was
born on 12 March 1908 in Tabriz, released from imprisonment and her
Tran. She was a fourth generation family settled near the Sea of Gali-
Baha ' i and served the Baha'i Faith lee. She married Muhammad Baha'i
in many capacities during her life and together they had six children. Her
in Iran. She was a member of many professional nursing training enabled
administrative committees, including her to serve many people in the area,
the Advancement of Women Com- especially with her fluency in Arabic,
mittee, Young Women's Education English, Hebrew, and Persian. Con-
Committee, and the Armenian Teach- sequent to the kidnapping of her
ing Committee. She graduated as a husband during the 1948 War of Intrained nurse and around 1955 be- dependence, she and her family
came the head of nurse training for accepted an offer to stay with Shoghi
the Baha'i-run Mithaqiyyih Hospi- Effendi. After the war, with her hustal. She married Ra~matu'llah Ala'i band safely released, the family moved
in 1928 and the two had three chil- to Nazareth while Mr. Baha'i assisted
dren before Mrs. Ala'i was widowed Shoghi Effendi with the construction
in 1940. In the early 1980s, when of the International Baha' i Archives
the persecution of Baha' is in Iran and the superstructure of the Shrine
was at its height, she moved to New of the Bab at the Baha'i World Centre
Zealand, settling in the city of in Haifa. Because the family was able
Kaikohe, where the National Spiri- to acquire some of the land surroundtual Assembly had identified a need ing the Shrine ofBaha'u'llah at Bahji,
for teachers of the Baha'i Faith. which they donated to the World Cen-
She moved to Auckland a few years tre, the Baha'i community was able
later and lived there until the time to protect the Shrine and its surroundof her death . In its message after ing properties. After the death of her
her passing, the Universal House of husband, she moved to Oakville,
Justice recalled her "staunchness of Ontario, Canada in 1966, and from
Faith" and "dedication ... to the 1968 to 1974 she was the hostess of
Baha'i community." the national Baha ' i center in Canada.
She later pioneered to Guadeloupe and
Husnieh Baha'i St. Lucia in the Caribbean but returned
On 18 November 2000, in Oshawa, to Canada when her health began to
Ontario, Canada. Husnieh Zikru'llah fail. In Canada, she was known as
Irani was born in Tiberias, Palestine, "Mama Baha'i" and was remembered
in 1908. Her grandfather was Mirza by the Universal House of Justice for
Muhammad-Quli, the youngest half- her "characteristic generosity, kindbrother of Baha' u' llah. Her father, a ness, and hospitality."

OBITUARIES

Massoud Berdjis with the goal of establishing a Local
On 1 February 2001, in Saarlouis, Spiritual Assembly there. He trav-
Germany. Massoud Berdj is was eled extensively through Germany,
born to a Baha'i family in Kashan, giving lectures and seminars on the
Iran, on 9 January 1927. He moved Faith, and until the end of his life
to Zurich, Switzerland, in 194 7 to was dedicated to assisting the Baha'i
pursue his studies and was very ac- community.
tive in the Baha'i community there;
for one semester he interrupted hi s Victor de Araujo
studies to assist Hand of the Cause On 4 January 200 I, in Norwalk,
of God Adelbert Mi.ilschlegel to Connecticut, the United States. Victranslate the Kitab-i-iqan . He gradu- tor de Araujo was born near London,
ated with a degree in mechanical England, on 19 February 1922. He
engineering in 1951 and obtained a spent his childhood in Brazil and
doctoral degree in Germany, where went to the United States in 1946 in
he met and married Hermine Mayer, his capacity as the vice-consul at the
with whom he had four children . Brazilian Consulate in Chicago. He
The family moved to Vienna, Aus- became a Baha'i that same year, and
tria, and Mr. Berdjis served on the a year later marri ed Betty Scheffler.
first National Spiritual Assembly of They had two children . He earned a
that country in 1959- 60 and again master's degree in English from
from 1964 to 1968. He also served Northwestern University in Chicago
on the National Spiritual Assembly and later a PhD in English from the
of Germany from 1972 to 1994 after University of Washington in Seattle.
returning there from Austria. He He taught at Yakima Community
worked for various engineering College and later the University of
firms and research centers in Ger- Washington before taking an assismany and was able, due to the tant professorship at the University
flexibility of his work, to make trips of Michigan. In 1967, he became the
throughout German-speaking Eu - principal representative of the
rope to teach the Baha'i Faith. He Baha 'i International Community
was appointed as the J:luququ'llah (BIC) to the United Nations and
representative in Germany and served in that position for 23 years,
served in that capacity from 1970 representing the Baha'i community
until his death . During the Iranian and chairing numerous committees
Revolution , he was instrumental in on behalf of the BIC. He also coassisting the Baha'i community of authored many statements by the
Gennany to establish good relations Baha ' i International Community,
with the German government to which presented Baha'i views on a
present the case of the Baha' is per- wide range of issues. In its message
secuted in Iran. In 1985, he resettled after his death , the Universal House
in the Gennan town of Saarlouis, of Justice recalled his "gentle spirit"

and "dignified bearing" and praised 1960 she went to Switzerland,
the "efficacy of his tireless, exem- where she stayed for six years and
plary exertions" in the service of the helped to establish the Local As-
Baha'i International Community. sembly of Locarno. She eventua lly
relocated to South Africa and
Habib Esfahani served as the secretary of the Na-
On 11 January 2001 , in Cote tional Teaching Committee and on
d'Ivoire. Habibu'llah Esfahani was the National Spiritual Assembly of
born to a Baha ' i fami ly in Port that country from 1973 until 1985.
Said, Egypt, on 9 August 1922. He In the face of poor health and failworked as an accountant and ing eyesight, she returned to the
served on the Local Spiritual As- United States in 1986, joining her
sembly in Port Said, until his family in California , where she
decision to depart in April 1954 for continued to serve the Baha'i Faith
Senegal , where he stayed before until the end of her life.
moving to Cote d'Ivoire, then
'Abdu'llah Mesbah
known as French West Africa, in
On 12 October 2000 , 1n Saint-
1960. He was the first Baha ' i to
louis, France. ' Abdu 'llah Mes bah
settle in the country and was named
was born to a Baha'i family in 1910
by Shoghi Effendi as a Knight of
in Tehran, Iran. He served on many
Baha'u'llah for French West Afcommittees in Iran during his time
rica , remaining in Cote d'Ivoire
there, including the Translation
until his death .
Committee and the National Youth
Rose Perkal Gates Committee. He left for France in
On 2 February 2001, in Orange, 1931 to earn a degree in mathemat-
California, the United States. Rose ics, and stayed four years before
Gates was born in the United States returning to Iran. He spent two
on 13 April 1904. She became a years in Iraq , from 1943 to 1945 ,
Baha'i in 1948 and in 1953 re- before leaving Iran for good in
sponded to a call for Baha'is to 1954, moving first to Belgium, then
settle in remote areas during the Morocco , and later to Lebanon.
Ten Year Crusade by moving to During his travels, he worked as a
Kodiak , Alaska , where she stayed professor of mathematics in several
for seven years. As the first Baha'i universities and was active in the
in the Kodiak Islands , she was Baha ' i communities, teaching the
named a Knight of Baha'u'llah by Faith and serving on various ad -
Shoghi Effendi . She assisted in the ministrative bodies as a member of
establishment of two Local Spiri- the Auxiliary Board serving Hand
tual Assemblies in Alaska and of the Cause Musa Banani. In 1968,
served for two years on the Na- he was invited to work at the
tional Spiritual Assembly there. In Baha'i World Centre in Haifa, to

QBITl !ARI ES

assist in the establishment of the Landegg Academy in the first study
Research Department of the Uni- course for Baha'is from the USSR,
versal House of Justice, and he and helped to establish the Institute
remained for twenty years. After of Spiritual Foundations at the
leaving Israel he lived in the Neth- Ukrainian University for National
erlands for ten years before moving Progress.
to France for the last two years of
Hans Odemyr
his life.
On 24 January 2001, in Stockholm,
Feizollah Namdar Sweden. Hans Odemyr was born in
On 22 March 2001, in Lenzberg, Stockholm, Sweden, on 25 August
Switzerland. Feizollah Namdar was 1921 . He managed a family-owned
born in Baku, Russia, on 23 Decem- clothing industry throughout his life,
ber 1919. He moved to Iran in 1943 , assisted by his wife, Saga, with
where he worked as a radio techni- whom he had two children. His first
c 1an and broadcaster. After contact with the Baha'i Faith came in
becoming a Baha ' i there, he relo- 1948, when he met two American
cated to Europe, where he worked Baha'is who had pioneered to Swefor several engineering firms. In den . He maintained close contact
1954 he moved to Germany and with the Stockholm Baha'i commuthere met Ursula Mauthe, who he nity and finally became a Baha'i in
married in 1956. Mr. Namdar was a January, 1953 ; his wife became a
member of the first National Spiri- Baha' i the following month. He was
tual Assembly of Luxembourg from elected to the Local Spiritual Assem-
1961 until 1963, when he moved to bly of Stockholm in 1953 and
Switzerland, serving on the National remained on that body until his death .
Spiritual Assembly there from 1965 In addition , he served on the Reuntil 1984, and staying in that coun- gional Spiritual Assembly of
try until his death . He made frequent Scandinavia and Finland from 1957
trips to his native Russia, returning until 1962, and on the National Spiriin 1989 as a representative of the tual Assembly of Sweden from the
Baha'i International Community to time of its forn1ation in 1962 until
meet with the Russian Council on 1992. He also worked on a number of
Religious Affairs about the official committees, including the National
registration of the Baha'i community Teaching Committee and the Nain that country. He returned to Rus- tional Publishing Committee. He
sia several times during the 1990s initiated and oversaw the publication
and served as a liaison between the of the Swedish Baha' i newsletter. Mr.
Baha'i community and the gov- Odemyr's actions were instrumental
ernment. He also assisted the in the purchase, in 1957, of the nadevelopment of Baha'i institutions in tional Baha'i center and of the Baha'i
Russia, served as a lecturer at temple site in Stockholm in 1958.

Both of these goals had been empha- Botswana, which addressed her as
sized by Shoghi Effendi. During his the "beloved mother of our country."
lifetime, he gave many talks and in-
Augusto Robiati
terviews about the Baha'i Faith and
On 5 October 2000, in Monza, Italy.
authored pamphlets about the Faith.
Augusto Robiati was born in Milan,
In its message after his passing, the
Italy, in 1912. As part of his work as
Universal House of Justice lauded his
a civil engineer, he left Italy in 1936
efforts, which "played a vital role in
to undertake a vast project to build
the .. . establishment of the Baha'i
roads and bridges between Asmara,
community" in Sweden.
Ethiopia, and Massawa, Eritrea. A
Audrey Robarts member of the engineering corps of
On 22 August 2000, in Rawdon , the Italian army during the Second
Quebec, Canada. Audrey FitzGerald World War, he was captured and
was born in Montreal, Quebec, in held in Asmara while building roads
l 904. In 1928, she married John for the Italian military. Shortly after
Robarts, the marriage producing four escaping captivity, he met his wife,
children. She and her husband be- Alma. The two had four children, all
came Baha'is in 1937 and both were born in Asmara. It was also in
active teachers of the Faith. In 1953, Eritrea that he first learned of the
at the beginning of the Ten Year Cru- Baha ' i Faith, declaring his belief
sade, they became the first Baha' is in 1959. He traveled throughout
to settle in Bechuanaland (now Eritrea to teach the Baha'i Faith and
Botswana) and for this were named upon his return to Italy in 1961 un-
Knights of Baha'u ' llah by Shoghi dertook numerous trips throughout
Effendi. After Mr. Robarts was ap- that country to spread the Faith. He
pointed as a Hand of the Cause of was elected to the first Italian Na-
God in 1957, the fami ly travelled tional Spiritual Assembly in 1962
extensively throughout Africa to and attended the first International
teach the Baha'i Faith and assist in Convention to elect the Universal
the consolidation of young Baha'i House of Justice. In addition to his
communities. They returned to work as a civil engineer, he was also
Canada in 1967 and settled in the the dean of the poetic and artistic
small French Canadian town of coterie of Monza. He contributed
Rawdon, but continued their world regularly to the Italian journal
travels for many years. In 1992, af- Opinioni Baha'i and published ten
ter her husband 's death, Mrs. Robarts books about religion and the Baha' i
travelled to four countries in south- Faith, including Gli Otto Veli (The
ern Africa teach the Baha'i Faith, in Eight Veils), L 'Islam e ii Carano (Isresponse to a request from the Na- lam and the Qur'an), and a recent
tiona I Spiritual Assembly of two-volume work entitled le

OBITUARIE S

Grandi Tappe dell 'Evoluzione de! and Isobel later moved to Kenya, but
Pensiero e dello Spirito (The Great left Africa in 1983 when he and
Stages in the Evolution of Thought Isobel were invited to serve at the
and Spirit). Mr. Robiati also lectured Baha' i World Centre in Haifa. There
at schools and universities through- he was instrumental in establishing
out Italy on the Baha' i Faith and on the Office of Social and Economic
other topics dealing with the prob- Development, in which he served for
lems of mankind , such as drug 13 years. Isobel, with whom he had
abuse, violence, and famine. After a son and daughter, had been a Conhis death , the Universal House of tinental Counsellor in Africa and
Justice wrote of his "staunchness of served as a member of the Internafaith, his indefatigable endeavors in tional Teaching Centre during their
the teaching and administrative time in Haifa. She died in 1992. He
fields , and the purity of motive married Betty Goode in 1994 and the
which characterized his manifold couple served at the Baha'i World
activities." Centre until 1996, when they moved
to the United Kingdom. Following
Hassan Abdel-Fattah Sabri his death, the Universal House of Jus-
On 11 November 2000, in Heme! tice sent a message praising his life
Hempstead, Hertfordshire, the United of service and requesting that me-
Kingdom . Mr. Sabri was born into morial services be held in the United
a Baha' i family in Cairo, Egypt, on Kingdom and the African countries
31 March 1922. He served on the where he had lived.
Local Spiritual Assembly of Cairo
while he trained as a mechanical en- Fatollah Soltani
gineer. He went to the United On 18 June 2000, in Londrina, Bra-
Kingdom for postgraduate studies in zil. Fatollah Soltani was born to
1945 and between 1945 and 1950 Baha'i parents in 1925 in Hamedan,
served on a number of Local Spiri- Iran. At age 25 he married Fatemeh
tual Assemblies, the National Youth Masnoui and the two had one
Committee, and the National Teach- daughter. Mr. Soltani worked for the
ing Committee. He married Isobel government in Tehran but lost his
Locke in 1951 , and that same year job because of government opposithey moved to Dar es Salaam, Tan- tion to the Baha' i Faith. The family
zania, as Baha' i pioneers. In 1954, decided to move to Brazil in 1977
the couple relocated to Kampala, and a year later he was elected to the
Uganda. During his time in Uganda, first Local Spiritual Assembly of
Mr. Sabri worked as for the Ford Mo- Ribeirao Preto, Sao Paulo. The famtor Company as an engineer and was ily soon moved to the city of
later a lecturer at the local technical Londrina, where they started a busicollege, eventually becoming head ness making traditional Brazilian
of the engineering department. He food. Mr. Soltani and his wife were

both active in teaching the Baha'i the "Adam and Eve of the Faith in
Faith in Brazil although they had Cameroon." Mr. Tanyi had been
little fom1al education and were not working as a bookkeeper, but left
fluent in Portuguese. During one Cameroon with his wife in 1955 to
two-month teaching project in the teach the Baha'i Faith in Benin, then
Amazon, close to two hundred moved to Ghana in 1957 and stayed
people declared their belief in there for many years, and the couple
Baha'u'llah. The Soltanis were in- eventually settled in Kumesi. In
spired by their meeting with Hand Ghana, he worked as a shoemaker
of the Cause of God Amatu'l-Baha until he became certified as an ac-
Ruf_Jiyyih Khanum at an inter- countant and got a job in the Finance
national Baha ' i conference in Department of the University of Sci-
Manaus. Afterwards, Mr. Soltani ence and Technology. At various
and his wife, despite their advanc- times he served on Local Spiritual Asing age , embarked on many semblies in Cameroon and Ghana,
teaching trips through the states of was a member of the Auxiliary Board
Parana, Rio Grande do Sul, and and was elected to the National Spiri-
Santa Catarina from 1985 to 1991 . tual Assembly of Ghana . In
Although he suffered a stroke in recognition of his being the first
1991 after a heart operation , he Baha'i to settle in French Togoland
continued to be active in the com- (now Togo), he was named by Shoghi
munity, teaching and assisting with Effendi as a Knight ofBaha'u'llah.
the commemoration of the seventy-
Bahiyyih Randall Winckler
fi fth anniversary of the Baha ' i
On 8 September 2000, in Sabie,
Faith in Brazil.
South Africa. Margaret Peregrine
David Tanyi Randall was born 3 August 1907 in
On 3 June 2000, in Bakebe village, Medford, Massachusetts, the United
Cameroon. Nyenti David Tanyi was States. By her own account, she beborn on 1 January 1928, in Bakebe came a Baha'i at the age of five,
village, in the Southwest Province when she had the opportunity to
of Cameroon. Mr. Tanyi became a meet ' Abdu'l-Baha, who had come
Baha'i in 1953 , taught by Hand of to visit her sick mother. She went
the Cause of God Enoch Olinga. Mr. on pilgrimage to Haifa at age 12
Tanyi and his wife, Esther Oben and later published an account of
Tabi , had twelve children together, it called My Pilgrimage to Haifa:
although only two survived to adult- 1919. During her pilgrimage ,
hood. Mrs. Tanyi was the first 'Abdu'l-Baha gave her the name
woman to embrace the Baha'i Faith Bahiyyih (Arabic for " beautiful") .
in Cameroon and she and her hus- She was appointed to the National
band were nicknamed by Mr. Olinga Youth Committee in the US in 1926

QBITL 'ARIES

and served on the Local Spiritual Kay Zinky
Assembly of Boston after she turned On I 0 May 2000, in Colorado
21. In 1952 , Shoghi Effendi re- Springs, Colorado, the United States.
quested that she visit 15 European Edith "Kay" Mehring was born 25
countries where Baha'is had re- March 1903 in Rocky Ford, Colocently pioneered. For the length of rado. She was trained as an operatic
the four-month trip, she gave two singer. A skillful seamstress, she inlectures a day in cities and towns vented and patented a method for
throughout Europe . Shoghi Effendi making silk stockings that did not run.
further directed her to settle in Her marriage to Raymond Zinky in
South Africa, and she arrived there 1922 produced twin sons. She bein 1953 with her second husband, came a Baha' i in 194 7 and served
Harry Ford, whom she married in on many Baha ' i committees and in-
1938. She was followed to South stitutions in Colorado, including
Africa by her mother and stepfather, managing the Temerity International
her daughter from her first mar- Baha'i School in Pine Valley. In 1954,
riage, and her brother. Her husband she left the United States and was one
passed away in Johannesburg in of the first two Saha 'is to settle in
1954 . She married Godfried the Magdalen Islands, Canada, an act
Winckler in 1973 , who died in for which she was named as a Knight
Sabie in 1986. She traveled widely of Baha'u'llah by Shoghi Effendi.
in Africa and became an expert on Upon returning to the United States
African beadwork and a renowned after a year in the Magdalens, she
speaker on African art, making a traveled extensively throughout the
business of acquiring and promot- country. Always active in the Baha'i
ing it. She was a member of the first community, she made compilations
Local Spiritual Assembly in South of Baha'i writings for publication and
Africa and secretary of the first Na- teaching in Baha'i summer and wintional Teaching Committee, also ter schools. Her research in the British
serving on the National Spiritual Museum Library helped to uncover
Assembly from 1960 to 1966 and some three hundred previously unfrom 1967 to 1968. In 1968, she known Baha'i Tablets. Later in life,
was appointed to the Continental she traveled to Africa and Europe to
Board of Counsellors and served teach the Baha'i Faith. The Univerthat body for 17 years. After her sal House of Justice, in its message
death, the Universal House of Jus- after her death, remarked that her "intice sent a message advising that domitable spirit will certainly remain
memorial services should be held in a source of inspiration for generations
her honor throughout South Africa. to come."

STATISTICS
General Statistics

Worldwide Baha'i population more than 5 million

Countries/dependent territories where 190 countries/
the Baha'i Faith is established 46 territories

Continental Counsellors 81

Auxiliary Board members serving 990
throughout the world

National/Regional Spiritual Assemblies 182

Local Spiritual Assemblies 11,740

Localities where Baha'is reside 127,381

Indigenous tribes, races, and ethnic groups 2,112
represented in the Baha'i community

Languages into which Baha'u'llah's 802
writings have been translated

Publishing Trusts 33

Geographic Distribution of Local Spiritual Assemblies
by Continent

Australasia 856

Growth in the Number of Localities Where Baha'is Reside
140,000 -- --

120,000

100,000

80 ,000

60,000

40,000

20 ,000

In n n n n 0 nnnn ~~
b°.) bc:o bC/J Ki'], Ki0 Ki'O ~" ~.... ~"" "°<:::, "°°.) "°c:o "°C/J PJ'], PJ0 PJ'O s::i"
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

STATISTICS

Growth in the Number of National and
Regional Spiritual Assemblies
20 onl~

,,11011nnnnlllli110111aa1001lllllllllll

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~#~~~~
00000000000000000000000000~

Social and Economic Development
Baha 'f development activities are initiated either by Baha 'f administrative institutions or by individuals or groups. Togethe1~ these activities
contribute to a global process of learning about a Ba ha '[ approach to
social and economic development. They presently/a// into three general
categories.

Activities of Fixed Duration
Most Baha' i social and economic development efforts are fairly
simple activities of fixed duration in which Baha'is in villages
and towns around the world address the problems and challenges
faced by their localities through the application of spiritual principles. These activities either originate in the Baha'i communities
themselves or are a response to the invitation of other organizations. It is estimated that in 2000- 0 I there were more than 1,800
endeavors of this kind , including tree-planting and clean-up
projects, health camps, workshops and seminars on such themes
as race unity and the advancement of women, and short-term trainmg courses.

Sustained Projects
The second category of Baha 'i social and economic development
consists of approximately 393 ongoing projects. The vast majority are academic schools, while others focus on areas such as literacy, basic health care, immunization, substance abuse, child care,
agriculture, the environment, or microenterprise. Some of these
projects are administered by nascent development organizations
which have the potential to grow in complexity and in their range
of influence.

Organizations with Capacity to Undertake Complex Action
Certain Baha'i development efforts have achieved the stature of
development organizations with relatively complex programmatic
structures and significant spheres of influence. They systematically train human resources and manage a number of lines of action to address problems of local communities and regions in a
coordinated, interdisciplinary manner. Also included in this category are several institutions-especially large schools- which,
although focusing only on one field , have the potential to make a
significant impact. In this category there are currently 45 such
organizations.

_l l .__ I U.9111.hl_L.J

DIRECTORY

Associations for Baha'i Studies
ARGENTINA CAMEROON
Centro de Estudios Baha'is Association fo r Baha 'i Studies
Otamendi 215 c/o Mr. Enoch Tanyi
1405 Buenos Aires BP 4230
Argentina Yaounde, Cameroon
E-mail: camabs@hotmail. com
AUSTRALIA
Association for Baha'i Studies CHILE
PO Box 319 Asociaci6n de Estudios Baha'is
Rosebery, NS W 2018 Casilla 3731, Santiago 1
Australia Chile
E-mai l: abs@bahai.org.au E-mail: uninet@chi lepac.net

BRAZIL COLOMBIA
Association for Baha'i Studies Asociaci6n de Estudi os Baha'is
Rua Dom Pedro II , 1641 Apartado Aereo 51387
CP 233 Santa Fe de Bogota DC
90,000 Porto Alegre Colombia
Brazil E-mail: bahaicol @colombianet.net

EAST, CENTRAL, AND INDIA
SOUTHERN AFRICA Association for Baha'i Studies
Baha'i Studies Association e/o Professor MD Teli
PO Box 42846 Flat 16, New Building
Nairobi Mumbai University's
Kenya UDCT Campus
ECUADOR Matunga-400 019
Asociaci6n de Estudios Baha'is India
c/o Peter Newton E-mail: absindia@bom5.vsnl.net.in
Apartado 1142 JAPAN
Quito Association for Baha'i Studies
Ecuador c/o Jane Nishi Goldstone
ENGLISH-SPEAKING EUROPE Banberu 603
Association for Baha ' i Studies 2-8-4 Momijigaoka
27 Rutland Gate Fuchu-shi, Tokyo
London, SW7 IPD Japan
United Kingdom
MALAYSIA
E-mail: nsa@bahai.org.uk
Association for Baha'i Studies
FRANCOPHONE EUROPE 4 Lorong Titiwangsa 5
Comite de I' Association pour les Setapak 53000
etudes baha'ies Kuala Lumpur
Dufourstrasse 13 Malaysia
CH-3005 Bern E-mail: nsa-sec@ nsam.po.my
Switzerland
NEW ZEALAND
GERMAN-SPEAKING EUROPE
Association for Baha'i Studies
Gesellschaft flir Baha'i Studien
PO Box 21-551
clo Markus Mediger
Henderson
Wirichsbongardstr. 40
Auckland 1231
52062 Aachen
New Zealand
Germany
E-mail: natsee@nsa.org.nz
E-mail: medi@gi.rwth-aachen .de
GHANA NORTH AMERICA
Association for Baha'i Studies Association for Baha'i Studies
PO Box 7098 34 Copernicus Street
Accra-North Ottawa, Ontario KIN 7K4
Ghana Canada
E-mail: abs-na@ istar.ca
HAWA/I
Association for Baha'i Studies PHILIPPINES
c/o Robert McClelland Association for Baha'i Studies
2142 Aluka Loop 20-D Macopa Street
Pearl City, HI 96782-1317 Basak Engineering
USA 6000 Cebu City
E-mail: ramabm@aloha.net Philippines

PUERTO RICO WEST AFRICA
Asociaci6n de Estudios Baha'is Association for Baha'i Studies
c/o Dr. Cesar Reyes c/o PO Box 2029
Chemistry Dept. Marina-Lagos
University of Puc110 Rico Nigeria
Mayaguez 00708
Puerto Rico ZAMBIA
Association for Baha'i Studies
RUSSIAN FEDERATION c/o Mr. Vahdat Al avian
Association for Saha ' i Studies Box 51170
PO Box 55 Lusaka
Moscow 1295 15 Zambia
Russia
E-mai I: secretariat@bnc.glasnet.ru

SINGAPORE
Association for Baha ' i Studies
c/o Dr. Anjam Khursheed Baha'i Publishing Trusts
B, #09-02 , Kent Vale
I 05 Clementi Road ARGENTINA
Singapore 129789 Editorial Baha'i
E-mail: khur@po.pacific.net.sg Indolatinoamericana (EBILA)
Otamcndi 215
SPAIN
1405 Buenos Aires
Asociaci6n de Estudios Baha ' is de
Argentina
Espana
E-mail: ebila@ciudad.com.ar
Matias Turri6n, 32
ES-28043 Madrid AUSTRALIA
Spain Baha ' i Publications Australia
E-mail: 173 Mona Vale Road
aen.secretaria@com-bahai .es Ingleside NSW 2101
Australia
TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO
E-mail: bpa@bahai .org.au
Association for Baha ' i Studies
PO Box 755 BELGIUM
Port of Spain Maison d'Editions Baha ' ics
Trinidad 205 rue du Trone
West Indies B- I 050 Brussels
E-mail: hfarabi @carib-link.net Belgium
E-mail: Center.bahai @skynet.be
VENEZUELA
Association for Baha ' i Studies BRAZIL
Apartado 934 Editora Baha ' i do Brasil
Barquisimeto, Edo . Lara Caixa Postal 198
3001-A 13800-000 Mogi Mirim, SP
Venezuela Brazil
E-mail: dwitzel @sa.omnes.net E-mail: editbahai @ mogi.com.br

CAMEROON ITALY
Baha'i Publishing Agency of Casa Editrice Baha'i
Cameroon Via Filippo Turati, 9
PO Box 145 1-00040 Ariccia (Rome)
Limbe ltaly
Cameroon E-mail: ceb.italia@pcg.it
E-mail: niazbushrui @douala I .com
JAPAN
COTE D'IVOIRE Baha'i Publishing Trust
Maison d'Editions Nur 7-2-13 Shinjuku
08 BP 879 Shinjuku-ku
Abidjan 08 Tokyo 160-0022
Cote d'Ivoire Japan
E-mail: asnbahai @ci .refer.org E-mail: nsajpn@tka.att.ne.jp
FIJI ISLANDS KENYA
Baha'i Publishing Trust Baha'i Publishing Agency
PO Box 639 PO Box 47562
Suva Nairobi
Fiji Islands Kenya
GERMANY E-mail: bpakenya@alphanet.co.ke
Baha'i-Verlag KOREA
Eppsteiner Strasse 89 Baha'i Publishing Trust
D-65719 Hofheim 249-36 Huam-Dong
Germany Yongsan-ku
E-mail: office@bahai-verlag.de Seoul 140-190
HONGKONG Korea
Baha'i Publishing Trust E-mail: nsakorea@nuri.net
C-6, 11th Floor, Hankow Center
IC Middle Road, Tsim Sha Tsui LEBANON*
Kowloon
MALAYSIA*
Hong Kong
E-mail: bahaihk@asiaonline.net
NETHERLANDS
INDIA Stichting Baha'i Literatuur
Baha'i Publishing Trust Riouwstraat 27
F-3/6, Okhla Industrial Area NL-2585 GR
Phase- I, New Delhi 110 020 The Hague
India The Netherlands
E-Mail: bptindia@del3.vsnl.net.in E-mail: nsaneth@tref.nl

*Address communication to Baha'i World Center, PO Box 155, Haifa 31001, Israel.

DIRECTO RY

NIGER ROMANIA
Maison d ' Editions Fada ' il Casa de Editura ~i Tipografia
BP 12858 Baha'i
Niamey CP 124 OP 1
Niger 3400 Cluj-Napoca
E-mail: mef@intnet.ne Romania
E-mail: bahai@mail.soroscj.ro
NIGERIA
Baha'i Publishing Trust RUSSIAN FEDERATION
PO Box 2029 Unity Baha'i Publishing Trust
Marina-Lagos PO Box 288
Nigeria 198 013 St. Petersburg
E-mail: ngrbahai @yahoo.com Russia
NORWAY E-mail: unity@mail.wplus.net
Baha ' i Forlag SOUTH AFRICA
Drammensveien 110 A Baha'i Publishing Trust
N-0273 Oslo PO Box 902
Norway Worcester 6849
E-mail: bahaiforlag@c2i.net South Africa
E-mail: bpt@bahai.org.za
PAKISTAN*
SPAIN
PHILIPPINES Arca Editorial
Baha'i Publishing Trust Joan d'Austria, 95-97 , 5° la
PO Box 4323 08018 Barcelona
1004 Manila Spain
Philippines E-mail: edibahai@ arrakis.es
E-mail : nsaphil @skyinet.net
SWEDEN
POLAND Baha'i FOrlaget AB
Baha ' i Publishing Trust Box 60
ul. Barbackiego 93 S-194 21 Upplands Yasby
33-300 Nowy Saez Sweden
Poland E-mail: forlaget@bahai.se
E-mail: bahainsa@medianet.com.pl
TAIWAN
PORTUGAL Baha'i Publishing Trust
Editora Baha'i de Portugal 3/F, # 149- I 3 Hsin Sheng South
Avenida Ventura Terra, No. 1 Road
1600-780 Lisboa Section 1, Taipei 106
Portugal Taiwan
E-mail: aen@bahai.pt E-Mail: bpt@ms38.hinet.net

UGANDA Baha'i Computer and
Baha'i Publishing Trust Communications Association
PO Box 2662 c/o New Era Communications
Kampala attn: Don Davis
Uganda 5 Ravenscroft Drive
E-mail: bahai @ spacenetuganda.com Asheville, NC 28801
USA
UNITED KINGDOM
E-Mai l: bcca-cc@bcca.org
Baha'i Publishing Trust
Web: <www.bcca.org>
4 Station Approach
Oakham Baha'i Health Agency
Leicestershire 27 Rutland Gate
LEIS 6QW London
England SW7 !PD
E-mail: bpt.enquiries@bahai.org.uk United Kingdom

UNITED STATES Bah:i'i International Community,
Baha'i Publishing Trust Haifa Offices:
415 Linden Avenue • Secretariat
Wilmette, IL 6009 l •Office of Public Information
USA PO Box 155
E-mail : bpt@ usbnc.org 31 001 Haifa
Israel
E-Mail : opi @bwc.org
Miscellaneous Addresses Web: <www.bahai.org>

Association medicate baha'ie Baha'i International Community,
c/o Mirabelle Weck New York Offices:
• Un ited Nations Office
26 rue de Paris
• Office for the Advancement of
F-78560 Paris
Women
France
•Office of the Environment
Bahaa Esperanto-Ligo (BEL) 866 United Nations Plaza, Suite 120
Eppsteiner Strasse 89 New York, NY 10017-1822, USA
D-65719 Hotheim E-Mail : bic-nyc @bic.org
Gennany Web: <www.onecountry.org> and
E-Mail : bahaaeligo@ bahai.de <www.bic-un.bahai.org>
Baha'i Association for the Arts Baha'i International Community,
Dintel 20 Geneva Office:
7333 MC • United Nations Office
Apeldoom Route des Morillons 15
Netherlands CH- 1218 Grand-Saconnex, Geneva
E-Mail: abuys@wxs.nl Switzerland
Web: <bahai-library.org/bafa> E-Mail: bic@geneva.bic.org

Baha'i International Community, Health for Humanity
Paris Office: 415 Linden Avenue, Suite B
•Office of Public Information Wilmette, IL 60091-2886
45 rue Pergolese USA
F-75116 Paris E-Mail: health@usbnc.org
France
E-Mail: opiparis@club-internet.fr International Environment Forum
c/o Sylvia Karlsson
Baha'i Justice Society Sigmund Freudstrasse 36
PO Box 79684 D-53127 Bonn
Houston, TX 77279 Germany
USA E-mail: ief@ bcca.org
E-mail: Web: <www.bcca.org/ief>
info@bahaijusticesociety.org
Web : <www.bahaijustice.org>
Hong Kong Baha'i Professional
Forum
Baha'i Medical Association of C-6, J l th Floor, Hankow Center
Canada Middle Road,
931 Beaufort Ave Tsim Sha Tsui
Halifax , Nova Scotia B3H 3X8 Kowloon
Canada Hong Kong
Baha'i Office of the Environment Landegg Academy
for Taiwan CH-9405 Wienacht/AR
149- ! 3 Hsin Sheng South Road
Switzerland
Section I , Taipei ! 0626
E-Mail: info@ landegg.edu
Taiwan
Web: <www.landegg .edu>
E-Mail: tranboet@asiaonline.net.tw
Mottahedeh Development Services
European Baha'i Business Forum
Baha'i Unity Center
c/o George Starcher, Secretary
2370 Wesley Chapel Road
35 avenue Jean-Jaures
Decatur, GA 30035
F-73000 Chambery
USA
France
E-Mail: mdssed@msn.com
E-Mail: ebbf@ebbf.org
Web: <www.mdssed.org>
Web: <www.ebbf.org>
European Baha'i Youth Council World Community Foundation
45 rue Pergo!cse 3 ! 5 West 70th Street
F- 75116 Paris, France Suite !4C
E-Mail: secreteria@ebyc.org New York, NY 10023
Web: <new.ebyc .org> USA

Selected NEW
PUBLICATIONS

Amatu'l-Baha Visits India
Violette Na)sbjavani. New Delhi: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 2000. 203 pp.
Recounts Hand of the Cause of God Arna tu '1-Baha RuJ:iiyyih Khan um 's
first tour of the Indian subcontinent, which covered more than fifty-five
thousand miles over seven months . The author, who traveled with
Amatu'l-Baha, draws from her daily diary records as well as from taperecorded speeches to examine the methods Amatu'l-Baha used to teach
the Baha ' i Faith and studies her simplicity, sincerity, and devotion to the
Faith.

Century of Light
Prepared under the supervision of the Universal House of Justice.
Haifa: Baha'i World Centre, 2001. 157 pp.
An examination of the twentieth century from the vantage point of the
turbulence of society and the simultaneous process of the emergence of
the Baha'i Faith from obscurity. Of the book, the Universal House of
Justice wrote, "We commend it to the thoughtful study of the friends, in
the confidence that the perspective it opens up will prove both spiritually
enriching and of practical help in sharing with others the challenging
implications of the Revelation brought by Baha'u'llah."

THE B AHA'f W ORLD

Child of the Covenant: A Study Guide to the Will and Testament
of 'Abdu'l-Baha
Adib Taherzadeh. Oxford: George Ronald, 2000. 480 pp.
Provides a detailed and insightful study of the Will and Testament of
'Abdu ' l-Baha, a document wh ich Shoghi Effendi described as the "charter
ofBaha'u'llah's New World Order." This book is a sequel to Mr.
Taherzadeh 's 1992 volume, The Covenant of Baha 'u 'llah .

Compilation of Compilations, Volume Three
Research Department of the Universal House of Justice. Ingleside,
New South Wales: B a ha'i Publications Austra li a, 2000. 320 pp.
Comp il ation of 11 collections of Baha'i writings previously assembled by
the Research Department on the subj ects of agriculture, community
functioning, cultural diversity, the importance of the arts, the national
convention, promoting entry by troops, the sanctity and nature of Baha'i
elections, Baha'i scholarship, serv ices in Baha'i houses of worship,
socioeconomic deve lopment, and teaching indigenous peoples.

Door of Hope: The Baha'i Faith in the Holy Land
David S Ruhe. 2d rev. ed. Oxford: George Ronald, 200 l . 246 pp.
Definitive guide to the hi story and pilgrimage sites of the Baha'i Faith in
Israel. The book offers a study of the geography, archaeology, and hi story
of all that relates to the Baha'i Faith in the Holy Land.

Her Eternal Crown
D ella L Marcus. Oxford: George Ronald , 2000. 3 19 pp.
Recounts the relationship between the first monarch to accept the teachings of Ba ha ' u ' ll ah and the religion she embraced. The author draws on
Queen Marie 's own letters and diary entries, and the letters and articles of
her friend, Hand of the Cause of God Martha Root. The book provides a
unique glimpse into the life of Queen Marie and her struggle to proclaim
the new religion.
I Beheld a Maiden: The Baha'i Faith and the Life of the Spirit
Terry C ulha ne. Los Angeles : Kali m at Press, 2000. 157 pp.
Proposes a reading of the body of Baha'u'llah's writings as a conversation
between a Jover (Baha'u' llah) and His Beloved (the Maiden). The book
offers an examination of Baha ' i mystical writings and shares insights
from the author's own spiritual journey.
The Importance of Obligatory Prayer and Fasting
Compiled by the Research Department of the U niversal House of
Justice. Haifa: Baha'i World Centre, 2000. 30 pp.

NEW PUBLICATIONS

Selection of newly translated extracts and prayers from the Baha'i
writings regarding obligatory prayer and fasting, to which Baha'u'llah
refers collectively as the "sun and moon" of religion.
The Institution of the Counsellors
Prepared by the Universal House of Justice. Haifa: Baha'i World
Centre, 2001. 47 pp.
Outlines and explains the functions and responsibility of an institution of
the Baha'i administrative order comprising emminent and devoted
Baha'is appointed by the Universal House of Justice for the specific
purpose of protecting and propagating the Faith of Baha 'u 'llah.

Islam and the Baha'i Faith: An Jntroduction to the Baha'i Faith
for Muslims
Moojan Momen. Oxford: George Ronald, 2000. 293 pp.
Introduces the Baha'i Faith from the perspective of Muslim theology. The
author uses the authoritative Sunni collection of Traditions and draws on
Islamic prophecies to explain the significance of the Baha'i Faith. He
describes the Baha'i view of the Prophet Muhammad and of Islam, the
spiritual and ethical teachings of the Baha'i Faith, Baha'i spirituality, and
Baha'i law, social teachings, and community life, and provides a brief
history of the Baha'i Faith.

The Kitab-i-Aqdas
Baha'u'llah.
New Delhi: Rakmo Press, 2000.
Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 2000.
Budapest: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 200 I.
The Kitab-i-Aqdas, the Most Holy Book, is Baha'u ' llah 's charter for a
new world civilization. Written in Arabic circa 1873 , these are the
volume's first authorized Oriya, Arabic, and Hungarian editions.
Learn Well This Tablet
H Richard Gurinsky. Oxford: George Ronald, 2000. 327 pp.
Offers a line-by-line study of the text of the Tablet of Ahmad, revealed by
Baha'u'llah during His exile in Adrianople and identified by Shoghi
Effendi as being invested with a "special potency and significance." The
book seeks to increase understanding and appreciation of the historical
context of the prayer's revelation, as well as its significance and importance in life today. lt also contains a biographical sketch of Mirza Ahmad
Yazdi, to whom the Tablet was addressed.

Life, On the Fence
Marvin "Doc" Holladay. Oxford: George Ronald, 2000. 258 pp.

An autobiographical telling of an insider's view of the world of jazz and
its origins, alongside the author 's discovery of the Baha'i Faith. The book
details the author's life and his struggles with art and spirituality, and his
struggle with racism as a white musician in a predominantly black
musical world.
Logos and Civilization: Spirit, History, and Order in the Writings
of Baba'u'llah
Nader Saiedi. Bethesda, Maryland: University of Maryland Press,
2000. 404 pp.
A systematic exposition of major themes to be found in the principal
writings of Baha'u'llah. The author outlines three successive stages of
Baha'u' llah 's writings, which collectively laid the foundation for His
ethics and mysticism, followed by theology and hermeneutics and then
the laws of personal and social conduct, as well as the structure of a new
administrative order.

Mahatma Gandhi and the Baha'is: Striving Toward a Non-
Violent Civilization
MV Gandhimohan. New Delhi: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 2000. 212 pp.
Introduces a vision of a nonviolent civilization as described both in the
writings of Mahatma Gandhi and those of the Baha' i Faith. Questioning
mainstream political, economic, social, and religious notions of success,
the book's analysis paints an optimistic future of an ever-advancing
civilization that cultivates unity in diversity.
The Priceless Pearl
Ru~iyyih Rabbani. 2nd ed. Oakham, United Kingdom: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 2000. 484 pp.
A biography of Shoghi Effendi, great-grandson of Baha' u'llah and
Guardian of the Baha' i Faith from 1921 until his death in 1957, written
by his widow, Amatu ' l-Baha RuJ:iiyyih Khanum.

Racial Healing: The Institutes for the Healing of Racism
Reginald Newkirk and Nathan Rutstein. Albion, Michigan: National
Resource Center for the Healing of Racism, 2000. 201 pp.
Story of the grassroots movement of Institutes for the Healing of Racism
throughout North America, a spiritually-based, nonconfrontational
process by which to heal human hearts of racism. This book offers readers
a standard text that sets forth the philosophy, psychology, and format of
the Institutes and shares the personal accounts of the authors as they
journey along the path to healing.

NE W P UBLICATIONS

Re-thinking, Re-visioning, Re-placing
Theo Cope. Oxford: George Ronald, 2001. 322 pp.
Presents two works, "Heart Thoughts" and "A Place for a Psychological
Philosophy," which attempt to rethink some ideas of Western philosophy
and metaphysics. The book examines the teachings of Swiss psychiatrist
CG Jung in light of the teachings of the Baha ' i Faith and challenges
Jung 's followers to examine the spiritual dimension of existence.

Solitude & Solidarity: The Artist and the Baha'i Community
Michael Fitzgerald. Los Angeles: Kalimat Press, 2000. 121 pp.
Explores the relationship between art and spirituality through a collection
of essays on the role of the Baha'i artist. The author discusses his craft,
the inner life of the artist, current events, and the spirit of the age.

A Tribute to Amatu'l-Baha Ru~iyyih Khanum
Violette Nakhjavani. Nepean, Ontario: Nine Pines Publishing, 2000.
86 pp.
A biography of Hand of the Cause of God Amatu ' l-Baha Ru~iyyih
Khanum . The author, a close friend and traveling companion to Amatu'l-
Baha for 40 years, offers a succinct and compelling memoir of one of the
great women of the Baha ' i Faith. The story elucidates events of Amatu ' l-
Baha 's life, from her early childhood and youth in Canada and Europe,
through her years of marriage to Shoghi Effendi in the Holy Land, to her
final travels and last decades of service.

A Basic BAHA'I
READING List

The following list has been prepared to provide a sampling of works conveying
the spiritual truths, social principles, and history ofthe Bahci 'i Faith. ft is by no
means exhaustive. For a more complete record of Baha'i literature, see
Bibliography of English-language Works on the Babi and Baha'i Faiths, I 844-
1985, compiled by William P Collins (Oxford: George Ronald, 1990).

SELECTED WRITINGS OF BAHA'U'LLAH

The Kitab-i-Aqdas
The Most Holy Book, Baha'u'llah's charter for a new world civilization. Written
in Arabic in 1873, the vo lume 's first authorized English translation was released
in 1993.

The Kitab-i-iqan (Book of Certitude)
The Book of Certitude was written prior to Baha'u'llah's declaration of His mission as an explanation of progressive revelation and a proof of the station of the
Bab.

The Hidden Words ofBaM'u'llah
Written in the form of a compilation of moral aphorisms, these brief verses distill
the spiritual guidance of all the divine Revelations of the past.

Tablets of Baha'u'llah revealed after the Kitab-i-Aqdas
A compilati on of Tablets revealed between 1873 and 1892 which enunciate important principles of Baha' u' llah's Revelation, reaffirm truths He previously proclaimed, elaborate on some of His laws, reveal furth er prophecies, and establish
subsidiary ordinances to suppl ement the provisions of the Kitab-i-Aqdas.

Gleanings from the Writings of Baha'u'llah
A selecti on of Baha' u' llah's sacred writings translated and compiled by the Guardian of the Baha' i Faith to convey the spirit of Baha' u ' llah's li fe and teachings .

WRITINGS OF THE B.AB

Selections from the Writings of the Bab
The fi rst compilation of the Bab's writings to be translated into English.

SELECTED WRITINGS OF 'ABDU'L-BAHA

Paris Talks: Addresses given by 'Abdu 'l-BaM in Paris in 1911- 1912
Addresses given by ' Abdu ' I-Ba ha to a wide vari ety of audi ences in Pari s in 1911 -
19 12, explai ning the bas ic pri nciples of the Baha' i Faith .

The Secret of Divine Civilization
A message addressed to the rulers and people of Persia in 1875 illuminating the
causes of the fa ll and rise of civilizati on and elucidating the spiritual character of
true civilizati on.

Selections from the Writings of 'Abdu'l-Baha
A compilation of selected letters from ' Abdu ' l-Baha's extensive correspondence
on a wide variety of topics, including th e purpose of li fe, th e nature of love, and
the development of character.

Some Answered Questions
A translation of 'Abdu ' l-Baha's answers to a seri es of questi ons posed to Him
during interviews with Laura Cli ffo rd Barney between 1904 and 1906. The topics
covered include the influence of the Prophets on the evolution of humanity, the
Baha' i perspective on Christian doctrine, and th e powers and conditions of the
Mani festa ti ons of God.

SELECTED WRITINGS OF SHOGHI EFFENDI

God Passes By
A detailed hi story of the first one hundred years of the Baha'i Faith.

The Promised Day Is Come
A commentary on Baha'u'llah 's letters to the kings and rulers of the world.

The World Order of BaM'u'llah: Selected Letters
An ex position on the relation between the Baha'i community and the entire process of social evolution under the dispensation of Baha'u'llah, in the form of a
series of letters from the Guardian of the Baha ' i Faith to the Baha ' is of the West
between 1929 and 1936.

INTRODUCTORY WORKS

Baha'u'llah
Baha'i International Commun ity, Office of Public Information, 1991.
A brief statement detailing Baha'u'llah's life and work issued on the occasion of
the centenary of His passing.

Baha'u'llah and the New Era
John Ess lemont. 5th rev. paper ed. Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1980.
The first comprehensive account of the Baha ' i Faith, written in 1923 and updated
for s ubsequent editions.

The Baha'i Faith: The Emerging Global Religion
William S Hatcher and J Douglas Martin. Rev. ed. Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1998.
Textbook providing an overview of Baha 'i history, teachings, administrative structure, a nd community life.

All Things Made New
John Ferraby. 2d rev. ed. London: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1987.
A comprehensive outline of the Baha'i Faith.

Most a/the books listed above have been published by various Baha 'i Publishing Trusts and are available in bookshops, libraries, or from the Trusts. Please
see the Directory for addresses.

GLOSSARY

'Abdu'l-Bah:i: (1844-1921) Son ofBaha'u'llah, designated His successor and authorized interpreter of His writings. Named 'Abbas after
His grandfather, 'Abdu ' l-Baha was known to the general public as
'Abbas Effendi. Baha'u'llah gave Him such titles as "the Most Great
Branch," "the Mystery of God," and "the Master." After Baha'u'llah's
passing, He chose the name 'Abdu'l-Baha, meaning "Servant of
Baha ' u ' llah. "

Administrative Order: The system of administration as conceived by
Baha'u'llah, formally established by 'Abdu'l-Baha, and realized during the Guardianship of Shoghi Effendi. It consists, on the one hand,
of a series of elected councils, universal, national, and local, in which
are invested legislative, executive, and judicial powers over the Baha'i
community, and, on the other hand, of eminent and devoted Baha' is
appointed for the specific purposes of propagation and protection of
the Faith under the guidance of the Head of that Faith, the Universal
House of Justice.

Amatu'l-Baha Ru~iyyih Khan um: ( 19 I 0- 2000) Mary Sutherland
Maxwell, an eminent North American Baha'i who became the wife
of Shoghi Effendi Rabbani , Guardian of the Baha' i Faith, in 1937,

after which she became known as Rul:iiyyih Khanum Rabbani.
(Amatu'l-Baha is a title meaning "Handmaiden ofBaha'u'llah.") She
served as the Guardian's secretary during his lifetime and was appointed a Hand of the Cause of God in 1952. After Shoghi Effendi's
passing in 1957 she traveled extensively to teach the Baha'i Faith,
consolidate Baha'i communities, and serve as a representative of the
Universal House of Justice at major events.

Arc: An arc cut into Mount Carmel in Haifa, Israel, along which the
international administrative buildings of the Baha'i Faith have been
built.

Auxiliary Boards: An institution created by Shoghi Effendi in 1954 to
assist the Hands of the Cause of God. When the institution of the
Continental Boards of Counsellors was established in 1968 by the
Universal House of Justice, the Auxiliary Boards were placed under
its direction.

Bab, the: The title, meaning "Gate," assumed by Siyyid ' Ali-Mul:iammad, who was the Prophet Founder of the Babi Faith and the
ForerunnerofBaha'u'llah. Born 20 October 1819, the Bab proclaimed
Himself to be the Promised One of Islam and announced that His
mission was to alert the people to the imminent advent of"Him Whom
God shall make manifest," namely, Baha'u'llah. Because of these
claims, the Bab was executed by order of Na~iri ' d-Din Shah on 9
July 1850.

Baha'i Era: The period of the Baha'i calendar beginning with the Declaration of the Bab on 23 May 1844, and expected to last until the
next appearance of a Manifestation (Prophet) of God after the expiration of at least one thousand years.

Baha'i International Community: A name used generally in reference
to the worldwide Baha'i community and officially in that community's external relations. In the latter context, the Baha'i International
Community is an association of the National Spiritual Assemblies
throughout the world and functions as an international non-governmental organization. Its offices include its Secretariat at the Baha'i
World Centre, a United Nations Office in New York with a branch in
Geneva, an Office of Public Information, an Office of the Environment, and an Office for the Advancement of Women.

GLOSSARY

Baha'i World Centre: The spiritual and administrative center of the
Baha'i Faith, comprising the holy places in the Haifa-Acre area and
the Arc of administrative buildings on Mount Carmel in Haifa, Israel.

Baha'u'llah: Title assumed by Mirza J:lusayn- 'Ali, Founderofthe Baha'i
Faith. Born on 12 November 1817, He declared His mission as the
Promised One of All Ages in April 1863 and passed away in Acre,
Palestine, on 29 May 1892 after 40 years of imprisonment, banishment, and house arrest. Baha'u' llah's writings are considered by
Baha'is to be direct revelation from God.

Bahji: Arabic for "delight." Located near Acre, it is a place of pilgrimage for Baha ' is which comprises the Shrine of Baha'u'llah, the
mansion which was His last residence, and the surrounding gardens
that serve to beautify the site.

Calendar, Baha'i: Year consisting of nineteen months of nineteen days
each, with the addition of certain "intercalary days" (four in ordinary
and five in leap years) between the eighteenth and nineteenth months
in order to adjust the calendar to the solar year. The Baha'i new year
is astronomically fixed, commencing at the vernal equinox (21
March). The Baha'i era (BE) begins with the year of the Bab's declaration ( 1844 CE).

Consultation: A form of discussion between individuals and within
groups which requires the subjugation of egotism so that all ideas
can be shared and evaluated with frankness , courtesy, and openness
of mind, and decisions arrived at can be wholeheartedly supported.
Its guiding principles were elaborated by 'Abdu'l-Baha.

Continental Boards of Counsellors: An institution created in 1968 by
the Universal House of Justice to extend into the future the work of
the institution of the Hands of the Cause of God, particularly its appointed functions of protection and propagation . With the passing of
Shoghi Effendi, the Guardian of the Baha'i Faith, there was no way
for additional Hands of the Cause to be appointed. The duties of the
Counsellors include directing the Auxiliary Boards in their respecti ve areas, advising and collaborating with National Spiritual
Assemblies, and keeping the Universal House of Justice informed
concerning the conditions of the Faith in their areas. Counsellors are

appointed for terms of five years.

Convention: A gathering called at a regional, national, or international
level for consultation on matters affecting the welfare of the Baha'i
community and for the purpose, respectively, of electing delegates
to a National Convention, electing members of a National Spiritual
Assembly, or electing members of the Universal House of Justice.

Hands of the Cause of God: Individuals appointed by Baha'u'llah, and
later by Shoghi Effendi, who were charged with the specific duties of
protecting and propagating the Faith. (Four individuals were recognized posthumously as Hands of the Cause by 'Abdu'l-Baha.) With
the passing of Shoghi Effendi there was no further possibility for
appointing Hands of the Cause; hence, in order to extend into the
future the important functions of propagation and protection, the
Universal House of Justice in 1968 created Continental Boards of
Counsellors and in 1973 established the International Teaching Centre, which coordinates their work.
Holy Days: Eleven days commemorating significant Baha'i anniversaries, on nine of which work is suspended.

I:Iuququ'llah: Arabic for "the Right of God." As instituted in the Kitabi-Aqdas, payment to "the Authority in the Cause to whom all must
tum" (at present, the Universal House of Justice) of 19 percent of
what remains to one's personal income after one's essential
expenses have been covered. Funds generated by the payment of
I:Iuququ'llah are used for the promotion of the Faith and for the welfare of society.

International Teaching Centre: An institution established in 1973 by
the Universal House of Justice to bring to fruition the work of the
Hands of the Cause of God in the Holy Land and to provide for its
extension into the future . The duties of the International Teaching
Centre include coordinating, stimulating, and directing the activities
of the Continental Boards of Counsellors and acting as liaison between them and the Universal House of Justice. The membership of
the Teaching Centre comprises the surviving Hands of the Cause and
also nine Counsellors appointed by the Universal House of Justice.
The seat of the International Teaching Centre is located at the Baha'i
World Centre in Haifa, Israel.

Knight of Bah:i'u'll:ih: Title initially given by Shoghi Effendi to those

GLOSSARY

Baha'is who arose to open specified new territories to the Faith
during the first year of the Ten Year Crusade ( 1953- 1963) and subsequently applied to those who first reached the remaining unopened
territories on the list at a later date.

Lesser Peace: A political peace to be established by the nations of the
world in order to bring about an end to war. Its establishment will
prepare the way for the Most Great Peace, a condition of permanent
peace and world unity to be founded on the spiritual principles and
institutions of the World Order ofBaha'u'llah and signalizing humanity's coming of age.

Local Spiritual Assembly: The local administrative body in the Baha' i
Faith, ordained in the Kitab-i-Aqdas. The nine members are directly
elected by secret ballot each year at Ric;lvan from among the adult
believers in a community.

Monument Gardens: Beautifully landscaped gardens at the heart of
the Arc on Mount Carmel where befitting monuments have been
erected over the graves of the daughter and the wife of Baha'u 'llah,
His son who died in prison in Acre, and the wife of ' Abdu'l-Baha.

Mount Carmel: The mountain spoken of by Isaiah as the " mountain of
the Lord." Site of the Baha'i World Centre including several Baha'i
holy places, the most important of which are the Shrine of the Bab
and the Monument Gardens.

National Spiritual Assembly: The national administrative body in the
Baha ' i Faith, ordained in the Baha ' i sacred writings, with authority
over all activities and affairs of the Baha'i Faith throughout its area.
Among its duties are to stimulate, unify, and coordinate the manifold
activities of Local Spiritual Assemblies and of individual Baha'is
within its jurisdiction. The members of National Spiritual Assemblies throughout the world constitute the electoral college for the
Universal House of Justice. At Ric;lvan 2000, there were 182 National
or Regional Spiritual Assemblies. See also Regional Spiritual Assembly .
Nineteen Day Feast: The principal gathering in each local Baha'i community, every Baha'i month, for the threefold purpose of worship,
consultation, and fellowship.

Pioneer: Any Baha'i who arises and leaves his or her home to journey

to another country for the purpose of teaching the Baha'i Faith.
"Homefront pioneer" describes those who move to areas within their
own country that have yet to be exposed to the Baha' i Faith or where
the Baha'i community needs strengthening.

Regional Baha'i Council: An element of Baha'i administration between the local and national levels, established at the discretion of
the Universal House of Justice in countries where the condition and
size of the Baha'i community warrant. A means of decentralizing the
work of the National Spiritual Assembly, a Regional Council may be
formed either by election or by appointment, depending on local requirements and the condition of the Baha'i community. It provides
for a level of autonomous decision making on both teaching and administrative matters. In some countries, State Baha'i Councils perform
these tasks within specific civic jurisdictions.

Regional Spiritual Assembly: An institution identical in function to
the National Spiritual Assembly but including a number of countries
or regions in its jurisdiction, often established as a precursor to the
formation of a National Spiritual Assembly in each of the countries it
encompasses.

Ri~van: Arabic for "Paradise." Twelve-day festival (from 21 April
through 2 May) commemorating Baha'u'llah's declaration of His
mission to His companions in 1863 in the Garden of Ri9van in
Baghdad.

Shoghi Effendi Rabbani: (1897- 1957) The Guardian of the Baha'i Faith
after the passing of 'Abdu'l-Baha in 1921, designated in His Will
and Testament as His successor in interpreting the Baha'i writings
and as Head of the Faith.

Shrine of Baha'u'llah: The resting place of Baha'u'llah's mortal remains, located near the city of Acre, Israel. The Shrine is the holiest
spot on earth to Baha'is and a place of pilgrimage.

Shrine of the Bab: The resting place of the Bab's mortal remains, located on Mount Carmel in Haifa, Israel, a sacred site to Baha'is, and
a place of pilgrimage.

State Baha'i Council: See Regional Baha'i Council.

Tablet: Divinely revealed scripture. In Baha'i scripture, the term is used

GLOSSARY

to denote writings revealed by Baha'u'llah, the Bab, and 'Abdu'l-Baha.

Ten Year Crusade: ( 1953- 1963) Ten Year Plan initiated by Shoghi
Effendi for teaching the Baha'i Faith, which culminated with the election of the Universal House of Justice during the centenary of the
Declaration of Baha'u'llah. The objectives of the Crusade were the
development of the institutions at the World Centre, the consolidation of the communities of the participating Nationa l Spiritual
Assemblies, and the opening of the main unopened territories. See
also Knight of Baha 'u 'llah.

Universal House of Justice: Head of the Baha'i Faith after the passing
of Shoghi Effendi, and the supreme administrative body ordained by
Baha'u ' llah in the Kitab-i-Aqdas, His book of laws. The Universal
House of Justice is elected every five years by the members of all
National Spiritual Assemblies, who gather at an International Convention. The House of Justice was elected for the first time in 1963.
It occupied its permanent seat on Mount Carmel in 1983.

Some entries adapted from A Basic Baha'i Dictionary, Wendi Momen, ed.
(Oxford: George Ronald, 1989).

I NDEX

A Antenne Lumiere 59
'Abdu'l-Baha 9- 12, 109, 268, 275 , Arbab Correa, Hal eh l 00
299, 301 , 303 , 304 Arc 32, 300, 303 See also Baha'i
passing of 304 World Centre
Will and Testament of 304 Archbishop of Canterbury 124
writings and utterances of 25- 30, Area Growth Programs 83
50, 66, 74, 83 , 147, 153- 54, Argentina 80, 28 l, 283
158, 159, 182, 184- 86, 189- 90, arts 55, 62- 66
213- 14, 215- 16, 223 , 229- 30, Arturo, Lawrence 89, 91
249,296 Associations for Baha'i Studies 281 -
Adams, Mohamed 51 83
Adelman, Howard 177 Association for World Education 141
advancement of women 33, 50- 53, Association medicale baha'ie 286
117, 120, 122- 24, 219- 27, 249- Atkinson, Robert 145
52 Aum Shinri Kyo 204
Advancement of Women: A Baha'i Australia 59, 62, 63 , 64, 127, 133 ,
Perspective 52 137, 140, 281 , 283
Afnan, Elham 175 Australian Agency for International
Agenda 21 71 , 229, 230, 231 , 232 Development (AusAID) 58
Ahderom, Techeste 88, 92- 93, 243 Australian High Commission 221
Aiff, Martin 267 Australia, National Gallery of 63
Ajami, Fouad 206 Austria 120, 127, 269
' Ala'i , Diane 89 Auxiliary Boards 41-47, 111, 198,
Ala ' i, Najmieh 268 300
Albright, Madeleine 135 conference of38 , 41-47
Ali Khan, Ustad Amjad 97
Ali , Muhammad Ashraf 77 B
All India Radio 68 Bab, the 8, 11, 72, 112, 175 , 182,
All Party Parliamentary Friends of 188, 300, 304
the Baha ' is 134 Shrine of II, 108, 109, 111- 13 ,
Alliance of Religions and Conserva- 127, 177, 181- 82, 187- 88, 268,
tion (ARC) 185, 231, 239 303 , 304
Always Be Tolerant Organization Terraces of the Shrine of 32, 110-
(ABETO) 70 14, 175- 90
Amanat, Hossein 189 writings of 175, 296
Amatu'l-Baha RuJ:iiyyih Khanum Babi religion 9
See Hands of the Cause of God Baha ' i Association for the Arts 286
American Jewish Committee 140 Baha ' i community 13- 18
Amor, Abdelfattah 133 , 138, 140, Baha'i Computer and Communica-
254 tions Association (BCCA) 286
Andaman and Nicobar Islands 68, 193 Baha ' i Era 300 See also Baha'i
Angola 68 Faith, ages of
Annan, Kofi 64,88,91,92,245 Baha'i Esperanto League 286

Baha'i Faith 301 - 03
administrative order of 11 - 13, 36, Office of Social and Economic
299, 301 - 02, 304 Development 33, 274
ages of 34, 38, 48 visitors to 114, 126- 27
aims of 15 , 18 Baha'i World News Service (BWNS)
history of 8- 11, 13 116- 17
holy days 302 Bahti 'i World Web site 33 , 116-18,
involvement in the life of society 127
70-74 Bahamas 80
laws and moral teachings 14 Baha' u'llah 9- 10, 14, 17, 32, 109,
reading list of basic Baha'i books 168, 300, 301 , 303- 04
295- 97 Shrine of 113, 189, 268, 301, 304
spiritual and moral teachings of writings of 21 - 25 , 53 , 56, 62, 65 ,
13- 15 74, 78, 99, 146, 154, 157, 159,
statistics of the Baha'i world 167, 171 , 181 , 182- 83, 191 ,
community 277- 80 235,237,238, 241,252, 261 ,
teaching the Baha'i Faith 18, 83- 262,263 , 264, 295 , 296
85 Bahji 301
Baha'i Health Agency 286 Mansion of 113, 30 I
Baha'i, Husnieh 268 Visitors' Center 32, 113
Baha'i International Community 8, Banani, Amin I05
15, 17, 34, 67, 71 - 72, 74, 88- Bangladesh 83
90, 98, 116-17, 119- 29, 173, Barbados 172
214, 230, 251 , 260, 269, 300 Barli Development Institute for
Geneva Office 286 Rural Women (BDIRW) 220-
Office for the Advancement of 27
Women 15, 120, 122- 24, 286, BBC 58
300 Beeby, Thomas 187
Office of the Environment 15, Belarus 75
120, 124-25, 286, 300 Belgium 127, 271, 283
Office of Public Information 15, Bellamy, Carol 64
113, 119, 126-129, 286, 300 Benin 275
Paris Office 128, 287 Berdjis, Massoud 269
statements of 229- 64 Bolivia 7, 55 , 61 , 72, 80, 98
United Nations Office 15, 88, 97, Bosnia-Herzegovina 61, 172
119- 20, 125, 286, 300 Botswana 52
Baha' i Justice Society 287 Boyd, Russell 65
Baha'i Medical Association of Boyles, Ann 201
Canada 287 Braithwaite, Helena 65
Baha' i Office of the Environment for Brazil 60, 61 , 74, 125, 140,269,
Taiwan 287 274,281,283
Baha' i Publishing Trusts 283- 86 Peace Monument in 74, 125
Baha ' i World Centre I0, 11, 32, 41 - Bremer, Paul 205 , 207, 210
47, 109- 14, 268, 271 , 274, Brown, Joanne Marie Salas 53

I NDEX

Bulgaria 128 Constantinescu, Fori 61
Burkina Faso 82 Continental Counsellors 37- 38, 41 -
47, 111 , 195, 197- 99,300,301
c conference of 38, 46-47
Calendar, Baha'i 30 I Conventions, Baha ' i 302
Cambodia 57, 172 Copithome, Maurice 138, 140, 255
Cameroon 60, 274, 281, 284 Cote d'Ivoire 67, 270, 284
Canada 54-55 , 59, 79, 107, 127, culture
137, 140, 197, 268, 276, 282 conservatism and dynamism in
Canadian High Commission 221 145- 73
Canadian International Development evolution of 154- 60
Agency (CIDA) 98, 221 globalization of 149, 152
Canary Islands 76 historical development of 149
Caribbean islands 80 ritual in 150
Centre for the Study of the Texts role ofreligion in 166-67, 170
109, 110, 189 Czech Republic 127
Century of Light 35, 133, 148, 169,
212,214,216,289 D
Chad 59 Danesh, Hossain I 04, I 05, I 07
Chair for Baha ' i Studies I 03, 105 Darwin, Charles 160
Chihriq 112 Dawn-Breakers, The 11
Children 's Theater Company 64 Dawson, Patrick 66
Chile 79, 80, 120, 127, 281 de Araujo, Victor 269- 70
China 127, 204 de Vila, Tito Hoz 72
Clinton, William 135 Denmark 107
Clinton, Hillary 64 Dhabi~i-Muqaddam , Sirus 138
CNN 72 Dominica 68
Codification of the law of Dominican Republic 79
Huququ 'lfah, A 35 Dorzhieva, Oxanna 57
Collins, William 76 Drake, CJM 202
Colloquium on Science, Religion, Dugal-Gujral, Bani 91, 97
and Development 95- 100
Colombia 7, 81, 98, I 00, 172, 192, E
281 Earth Charter 125
Commitment to Global Peace Earth Summit see United Nations,
See Millennium World Peace Conference for Environment
Summit of Religious and and Development
Spiritual Leaders, Declaration Ecuador 79,80, 196-97,282
of education 55, 59- 62, 80, 81
community development 74-78 Education for Peace project 172
Congo, Democratic Republic of 42, Education for Justice Project 60
84-85, 192 Egypt 121,257,270,273
Congo Republic 85 situation of the Baha ' i community
Constantinescu, Emil 61 in 121, 138, 257-60

Eiyo, Judith 70 187- 88
El Salvador 79- 80 as a model for development 188-
Encyclopedia Britannica 8 90
environment 185- 87, 224 as images of paradise 176- 78
Equal Wings program 50- 52 Garden of Eden 176- 78
Erikson, Erik 165- 66 Gethsemane 178
concept of identity 165 hanging gardens of Babylon
Eritrea 272 177
Esfahani, Habib 270 as represented in the Baha'i
Eshetu, Fisseha 61 - 62 writings 182, 187- 88, 189- 90
ethic, global 168 as utopia 178- 81
Ethiopia 7, 51, 61 , 120, 127, 272 beauty of 184-85
European Baha'i Business Forum influence on city planning 179- 81
72, 125, 287 Gates, Rose 270
European Baha' i Youth Council 72, Georgia, Republic of 127
125,287 German Templer Colony 188
European Public Information Germany 71 , 127, 134, 267, 269,
Bulletin 128 271 , 282, 284
European Public Information Ghana 52, 275,282
Management Seminar 128 glossary of Baha' i terms 299- 304
European Union 128, 134 God Passes By 11
Expo 2000 71 Golden Age See Baha' i Faith, Ages
of
F
Greenspan, Louis 177
Fernandez-Scarberry, Arthur 54
Grimsson, Olafur Ragnar 73
fifth epoch See Baha'i Faith, ages of
Guadeloupe 268
Fiji 63 , 80, 284
Guam 52
Finland 271
Guam, University of 53
Five Year Plan 37, 46, 195
Guardian of the Baha' i Faith
Flores, Jayne 53
See Shoghi Effendi
Formative Age See Baha'i Faith,
Guardianship 12
ages of
Gudmundsson, Vilhjalmur 73
Foundation for the Application and
Guyana 79
Teaching of the Sciences
(FUNDAEC) 100, 172
H
Four Year Plan 31- 34, 38, 195, 198
Habitat II 87, 230
Fozdar, John 75
Haghighi , Kiumars 106
France 126, 271
Hague Appeal for Peace 245
furutan , ' Ali-Akbar See Hands of
Haifa Tourist Board 114, 127
the Cause of God
Haines, Alice 65
G Hamadani , SM Waris 76
gardens Hands of the Cause of God 12, 44,
and ecology 185- 87 300, 301 , 302
and mystical experience 181 - 83, Amatu ' l-Baha Rul)iyyih Khanum

I NDEX

274,299 Prosperity 95, 96, 98, I 0 I, 129
Furutan, 'A li-Akbar 45 , 46, 111 Institution of the Counsellors, The
Muhajir, RaJ:imatu ' llah 220 35
Mulschlegel, Adelbert 269 International Advisory Council of
Olinga, Enoch 274 Religious and Spiritual Leaders
Robarts, John 272 239-40
Varqa, 'Ali-MuJ:iammad 44, 111 fnternational Association for Reli-
Happy Hippo Show, Th e 33, 78 See gious Freedom 141
also Royaumont Process International Baha'i Archives 11,
Harald V, King (of Norway) 68 109, 189, 268
Hawaiian Islands 78, 80, 282 International Baha'i Library Web site
Health for Humanity 287 11 7
Hebrew University of Jerusalem, the International Bill of Human Rights
103- 05 133
Helen Maxwell Gallery 63 International Conference on Modern
Historic Age See Baha'i Faith, ages Religions I 03- 07
of International Day for the Elimination
Honduras 61 of Racial Discrimination 173 ,
Hong Kong 284 261
Hong Kong Baha'i Professional International Day of Prayer for
Forum 287 World Peace 67- 68
Hope for the Heart literacy project International Day of the World's
172 Indigenous People 54
Houses of Worship, Baha' i 15 International Environment Forum
in Indi a 73- 74, 96, 97 287
in Panama 68 International Monetary Fund 124,
Howard, Ebenezer 180 169,246
human rights 11 7, 120- 22, 125 International Teaching Centre 35,
Human Rights Education Newsletter 37- 38,41,44,3 02
122 building 40, 110-1 I, 189
Hungary 127 inauguration of 37, 41 -47, 111
tiuququ'llah 269, 302 International Women's Day 51, 52,
Huxley, Aldous 179 224
International Year of the Family 60
interreligious dialogue 34, 66-70,
Iceland 73
103- 07
importance of Obligatory Prayer and
Iran 33, 12 I, I 82, 188, 253, 268,
Fasting, The 35
269,271,274
India 56,68, 70, 73- 74,96,97,98,
situation of the Baha'i community
127, 172, 197, 204, 219- 27 ,
in I7, 33, 121 , 131-4I , 253- 56
282, 284
Iraq 271
indigenous peoples 53- 55, 6 I, 84
Ireland 66, 67, 127, 13 7, 140
Indonesia 60 Israel I07 , 126, 127, 207, 268
Institute for Studies in Global Israel Postal Authority 114

Italy 77, 120, 121, 127, 128, 272, Laszlo, Ervin 167
284 Latvia 127
Lebanon 271, 284
J Letters of the Living 182
Japan 204,282, 284 Levy, Sandra 65
Javid, Shahin 73 Library of Congress 76
Jihad vs. Mc World 152 Lincoln, Albert 90, 235
Johnson , Kirk 53 Local Spiritual Assembly See
Johnston, Janice 66 Spiritual Assembly, Local
Jordan 64 Ludher, Lee Lee Loh 52, 81
Jung, CG 155, 163- 65 Luff, Peter 134
archetypes 155 Luxembourg 271
Lyons, Susan 55
K
Kallingal, George 53 M
Kamien, Anita 106 Macedonia 78
Kapoor, Vijai 96 Magidor, Menachem I 04-05
Kashifi-Najafabadi, Hidayat 138 Mah-Ku 112, 175, 188
Kazakhstan 61 Malawi 61
Kenya 52, 71, 120,274,282, 284 Malaysia 50, 52, 75 , 282, 284
Khadem , Mojgan 64-65 Maneck,Susan 105
Khatami , Mohammad 134 Manifestations of God 8- 10, 13
Khulusi , Manuchihr 131 - 32, 138 Mariana Islands 80
King David String Ensemble, the Marshall Islands 80
106 Marshall, Katherine 97, 97- 98
Kiribati 44, 80 Martel , Pat 55
Kitab-i-Aqdas 14, 33 , 76, 76- 78, Matembe, Miria 70
302, 303, 304 Mauritius 67
Kitab-i-iqan 269 Mauritius Broadcasting Corporation
Knight ofBaha'u ' llah 270, 275, 67
276, 302 McGilligan , James 226
Korea 284 McGilligan , Janak Palta 223 , 226
Kosovo 128 Mesbah, 'Abdu'llah 270- 71
Kouchner, Bernard 128 Millennium Assembly, Young
Krier, Leon 180 People's 245
Kung, Hans 134, 168 Millennium Dome 72
Millennium Forum ofNGOs See
L United Nations, Millennium
Lafe, Tiki 75 Forum ofNGOs
Lambden, Stephen 105 Millennium World Peace Summit of
Landegg Academy 104- 05, 172, Religious and Spiritual Leaders
271, 287 36- 37, 67, 87, 89- 91 , 125, 129,
Laos 81 212,232, 235
Laqueur, Walter 201 , 204 Millennium Summit of World

I NDEX

Leaders. See United Nations, 285
Millennium Summit of World Commission on Human Values 69
Leaders Norwegian Agency for Development
Mirza 'Ali-Mut:iammad Cooperation (NORAD) 74, 221
See the Bab Nur University 72
Mirza IJusayn-' Ali
See Baha'u'llah
Odemyr, Hans 271 - 72
Mongolia 84
Olmert, Ehud 104- 05
Monument Gardens 112, 303
One Country 117, 120, 128- 29
moral education 33, 35, 60, 61 , 194
Web site 117, 128
More, Thomas 179
Opik, Lembit 134
Utopia 179
Morgan, Denver 65- 66 p
Morocco 271 Pacific Daily News 53
Morris, William 179, 185 Pakistan 77, 79, 285
Mottahedeh Development Services Palmer, Martin 185
221 , 287 Panama 68, 82, 127
Mount Carmel 175 , 186, 30 I, 303 Pandeya, AN 66
Baha'i projects on 109- 14 Paraguay 79, 80
Murdoch, Simon 63 Parliament of the World's Religions
168, 172, 231, 239
N Payam-e-Doost 33
Namdar, Fei zollah 271 peace 17
Namibia 52, 127, 267 Lesser Peace 36, 303
Na~iri'd-Din Shah 300 Perth Internationa l Arts Festival 64
Na~irizadih , ' Ata'u'llah Hamid 138 Philippines 61, 282, 285
National Spiritual Assembly See pioneer 303
Spiritual Assembly, National Poe, Helen 76, 77
Nasser, Gama! Abdel 257-- 58 Poland 285
Nepal 98, 127 Portugal 285
Netherlands 97, 284 Prince Philip, HRH the Duke of
Netzer, Ammon 107 Edinburgh 239
New Era Development Institute 172 Pring, Martin 65
New Era Foundation 221 Promise of World Peace, The 17, 68,
New Zealand 59, 63, 127, 268, 282 210, 237
New Zealand Official Development Prosperity of Humankind, The 18,
Assistance (NZODA) 58- 59 237, 239
Nicobar Islands, see Andaman and Puerto Rico 283
Nicobar Islands Puri, DN 66
Niger 52, 285
R
Nigeria 127,283, 285
race unity 53- 55, 261 - 64
Nineteen Day Feast 303
Radio Brakoss 59
Noor, Queen (of Jordan) 64
Ra ' fati, Vahid 105
Norway 68- 70, 73 , 127, 134, 140,
RAGA Radio 84

THE BAHA'I W ORLD

Regional Baha'i Council 37, 304 Sicily 77
Regional Spiritual Assembly See Sierra Leone 7, 51
Spiritual Assembly, Regional Simon Wiesenthal Center 140
Ric;lvan 304 Singapore 127, 283
Riqvan- the New Dawn Oratorio 65 Singh, Choudhary Randhir 68
Robarts, Audrey 272 Slovenia 127
Robiati, Augusto 272- 73 social and economic development
Robinson, Mary 133, 261 33 , 56- 59, 117, 194, 219- 27
Romania 61 , 128, 285 spiritual perspective in 95- 101 ,
Roosta, Manijeh 72 229- 33
Royaumont Process 61 , 78 , 128 statistics 279
RTCN 84 Solomon Islands 59
Ruhi Institute 82, 192, 196, 197 Soltani , Fatollah 273- 74
Russian Federation 7, 56, 83 , 107, Sorabjee, Zena 73, 97
127, 271 , 283 , 285 South Africa 52, 61 , 107, 172, 270,
Rwanda 84 275 , 285
Spain 76, 283 , 285
s Spirit Run 53, 54
Sabri , Hassan Abdel-Fattah 273
Spiritual Assembly, Local 13 , 195,
Sahba, Fariborz 181
Salas Brown, Joanne Marie 53
Spiritual Assembly, National 12, 33 ,
Samoa 58
75 , 121 , 122, 303
Samoan Nutrition Center 58
Spiritual Assembly, Regional 13, 304
Samoan Television Corporation 58
Sri Lanka 69, 98
Sant ' Elia, Antonio 180
St. Lucia 268
scholarship 77- 78
State Baha' i Council 304
religious I 03- 07
Stolberg, Jens 73
Schroeder, Gerhard 134
Strandlie Thoresen, Britt 69
sci ence and religion 99- 100
study circles. See training institutes
Seoul International Conference of
Swaminathan, MS 100
NGOs 245
Sweden l 07 , 272, 285
Senegal 270
Swedish International Development
Serenades 64- 65
Authority (SIDA) 221
Sesame Street 64
Swindon Twelve to Eighteen
Shah, Ramnik 73
Program (STEP) 57
Sharon, Moshe I 04, l 05
Switzerland 71 - 72, 104, l 07, 120,
Shieh, Thomas 53
121 , 125 , 135 , 172, 269, 270,
Shoghi Effendi 10-11 , 12, 109, 116,
271 , 282
147, 156, 2 13 , 268 , 275 , 299,
300, 301 , 302, 304 T
writings of 16, 115 , 152, 158, J60, Tablet 304
170, 183, 187- 88, 189, 216- 17, Tablets of the Divine Plan 10
297 Ta'i, Benham 97
Shpakovskaya, Agata 75 Taiwan 285

I NDEX

Taj Mahal 73 Conference on Environment and
Tanyi, David 274 Development (Earth Summit)
Tanzania 52, 129, 273 74, 87, 125, 229, 231, 245
Ten Year Crusade (1953- 1963) 302, Conference of Non-Governmental
305 See also Knight of Organizations (CONGO) 245
Baha'u'llah Conference on the State of the
terrorism 201 - 17 World's Children 64
and Islamic fundamentalism 206- Convention on the Elim ination of
07 Discrimination Against Women
causes of 203- 04, 208 (CEDAW) 124, 126
history and development of 204- Decade for Human Rights
08 Education 120, 12 1- 22
response to 209- 12 fiftieth anniversary of 18
role ofreligion in combating 213- Geneva 2000 Summit for Social
14, 2l5- l 7 Development 72
Thailand 68, 107, 120 Human Rights Committee 126,
Theatrical Youth of Macedonia 78 257, 259- 260
Toki , Leba 63- 64 International Labour Organization
Togo 275 (!LO) 135
Tonga 78 International Year for the Culture
training institutes 81- 82, 192- 99 of Peace 122
Tranquility Zones 58, 73, 198 International Year of Peace 15
Trinidad and Tobago 283 Millennium Forum ofNGOs 34,
Turning Point.for All Nations 18 36- 37, 87, 88- 89, 92, 125, 129,
Tuvalu 80 212, 243--47
Declaration of 88, 92, 244,
u 245--46
Uganda 51 , 52, 70, 273 , 286 Millennium Summit of World
Ukraine 82, 126- 27 Leaders 36--37, 87, 91 - 93 , 125 ,
Unidad de Los Pueblos school 55 129,212
United Kingdom 57- 58, 66, 73 , Declaration of 91
107, 125 , 126, 127, 134, 172, presentation of the Millennium
180, 198, 269, 273, 282, 286 Forum to 243--47
United Nations 15- 16, 54, 60, 67, United Nations Children's Fund
70- 71 , 87- 93, 119- 25, 137--40, (UNICEF) 58, 64, 79, 98, 120,
243 , 245--46, 250, 257, 269 123- 24, I 26, 128, 221, 240
Commission on Human Rights United Nations Development Fund
134, 138, 139--40, 253 for Women (UNlFEM) 98, 120,
Commission on the Status of 124, 125
Women 123, 126, 249 United Nations Development
Committee on the Elimination of Program (UNDP) 98, 240
Racial Discrimination 126 United Nations Economic and
Committee on the Rights of the Social Council (ECOSOC) 120,
Child 126, 139 126, 214

United Nations Educational , v
Scientific, and Cultural Organi- Yahedi, Farida 96
zation (UNESCO) 98, I 00, Vajdi, Tahirih K 220, 226
167,214, 240 Vanuatu 195
United Nations Environment Varqa, ' Ali-Mu~ammad See Hands
Program 226 of the Cause of God
World Conference against Racism Varqa Foundation 79
54, 121 , 133, 255 Venezuela 61 , 283
World Conference on Human Virtues Project 59- 60
Rights 87 Vishina N iketan Peace Center 69
World Conference on Religion and
Peace 123 w
World Conference on Women 87 Wales, National Chamber Orchestra
World Health Assembly 126 of 65
World Health Organization " Wanita 2000" 50, 52
(WHO) 98, 120, 126 War on Want 22 I
World Summit for Social Develop- Waradi, Akuila 63
ment 18, 87, 124 Warren, Lally 52
World Summit on Sustainable Weinberg, Matthew 96, 100-01
Development 229 White, Robin 63
United States 53, 54, 59, 64-65, 76, Wh o ls Writing the Future? 18, 33
107, 120, 127, 129, 135, 207, Wilkinson, Paul 202, 203
269, 275 , 286 Winckler, Bahiyyih Randall 274- 75
Commission on Religious Free- Wom en and the Peace Process 52
dom 135 World Bank 97, 98, 124, 169, 240,
Federal Bureau of Investigation 246
202 World De velopment Report 20001
National Commission on Terror- 2001 124
ism 205 , 209 World Citizenship 122
unity World Civil Society Conference 245
Baha'i vision of 169- 70 World Community Foundation 221 ,
in diversity 158- 60 287
Unity College 62 World Faiths Development Dialogue
Universal House of Justice 8, 12, 31 , (WFDD) 97, 124, 231 , 237,
41 , 46, 47, 79, 83 , 111 , 195- 96, 239
220, 301 , 302, 305 World Food Day 58
election of 303, 304 World Summit of Young Entrepremessages of 31 - 38, 44, 48, 93 , neurs 61
167, 194, 195,210- 13 World Trade Organization 246
Research Department of 271 World Wide Web 115- 18, 127
Seat of 109, 189 Wright, Robert 148--49, 155, 159,
Uruguay 68, 80 170- 71

JN DEX

Nonzero: Th e Logic of Human Youth Can Move the World project
Destiny 148 79
Wundt, Wilhelm 161- 65 Youth Leadership Project for the
stages of mankind 162 Common Good 80
Yugoslavi a 127
y
Young Lions social project 56--57 z
Young, Aden 65 Zakovitch, Yair I 05
youth 52, 54, 56- 58, 77, 78- 81, Zaire see Congo, Democratic
196, 198 Republic of
Baha ' i Youth Movement 79-80 Zambia 52, 283
conferences 79, 79- 81 "zero-sum" and "non-zero-sum"
International Youth Congresses games 148--49
79- 80 Zimbabwe 52, 61
workshops 78 Zinky, Kay 275

I n just over one hundred years, the Baha'i Faith has grown from
an obscure movement in the Middle East to the second-most
widespread of the independent world religions. Embracing people
from more than 2, 100 ethnic, racial, and tribal groups, it is quite
likely the most diverse organized body of people on the planet today. Its unity challenges prevailing theory about human nature and
the prospects for our common future.
The Faith's central message is that of unity. Its Founder,
Baha'u' Ilah, teaches that there is only one God, that there is only
one human race, and that all the world's religions have been stages
in the revelation of God's purpose for humankind. Today, humanity has collectively come of age: "The earth is but one country,"
Baha'u'llah asserts, "and mankind its citizens." The emergence of
the Baha' i community offers persuasive evidence that the human
race, in all its diversity, can learn to live and work as a single people
in its planetary homeland.
The Baha'i World is the principal public record of the community's growth and development. The volumes reproduce major
documents and provide statistical data and other infonnation on the
Baha'i Faith's wide-ranging program of activities, which are illustrated by many photographs and charts. In-depth articles focus
on major areas of Baha'i concern.
For the serious researcher and the general student alike, the
dramatic growth of the Baha'i Faith raises new and interesting
questions about the role ofreligion in social development. The Baha 'i
World is designed primarily to help answer these questions.

ISBN 0-85398-977-X (Hardcover)
ISBN 0-85398-978-8 (Softcover)